Report of the Joint Inquiry Into the Terrorist Attacks of Se

What you are allowed to think and what you do think are two different things, aren't they? That's another way of saying that this forum may be NSFW, if your boss is a Republican. A liberal won't fire you for it, but they'll laugh at you in the break room and you may not get promoted. Unless you're an engineer, of course, in which your obsession with facing reality is not actually a career-disabling disability.

Re: Report of the Joint Inquiry Into the Terrorist Attacks o

Postby admin » Sat Mar 26, 2016 7:28 am

Part 5 of 6

.. Many CIA managers at headquarters posited that the guidelines did not present a problem and that no extra labor [was] required on the part of field officers as a result of the guidelines. Many others, including CIA officers in the field who brought their concerns to the attention of HPSCI members and staff, had a different view . . . . Their concerns were not that waivers were denied, but that they were not career enhancing and that the process by which requests were brought forward was cumbersome and resulted in disincentive to work to recruit anyone who might have been involved in proscribed acts. . . .


Prior to September 11, the FBI also attempted, but with only limited success, to develop human sources regarding the activities of al-Qa'ida and other terrorist groups within the United States. Again, the difficult nature of the target, as well as FBI and Department of Justice policies and practices, may have hampered the FBI's coverage of the radical fundamentalist community in this country.

Recruiting sources in fundamentalist communities within the United States may have been more difficult than such recruitments abroad. The FBI advised the Joint Inquiry that, for example, only 21 FBI agents possess the Arabic language skills that would be expected to be important in pursuing such recruitments.

However, even those FBI agents who were skilled at developing such sources faced a number of difficulties that may have hampered the FBI's ability to gather intelligence on terrorist activities in the United States. According to several FBI agents, for example, FBI Headquarters and field managers were often unwilling to approve potentially controversial activity involving human sources who were in a position to provide counterterrorism intelligence. The 1996 Antiterrorism and Effective Death Penalty Act specifically outlawed providing material support to terrorism. If an FBI source was involved in illegal funding or in terrorist training, the agent responsible for the source had to obtain approval from FBI Headquarters and the Department of Justice to allow the source to engage in the illegal activity. According to FBI personnel, this was a difficult process that sometimes took as long as six months. Because terrorist sources frequently engaged in activity that violated the 1996 Act, the cumbersome approval process often discouraged aggressive recruitment of these sources in the field.

[page 100]

94

FBI agents also cited to the Joint Inquiry the requirement for prior DCI approval of FBI source travel abroad as a roadblock to sending sources overseas for operational purposes. Several FBI agents expressed the opinion to the Joint Inquiry that the CIA took advantage of this requirement to prevent FBI sources from operating overseas. Another FBI agent complained that FBI Headquarters management did not readily approve overseas travel for sources because of its belief that the FBI should focus on activity within the United States. When FBI management did approve overseas travel for assets, it often declined to allow the responsible agents to accompany the sources during such travel. These decisions, according to FBI agents in Joint Inquiry interviews, significantly diminished the quality of the operations.

The FBI also apparently did not use those counterterrorism sources that had been identified in the most effective and coordinated manner. The FBI generally focused source reporting on cases and subjects within the jurisdiction of specific field offices and did not adequately use sources to support a national counterterrorism intelligence program. For example, the FBI received intelligence in 1999 that a terrorist organization was planning to send students to the United States for aviation training. While an operational unit at FBI Headquarters instructed twenty-four field offices to "task sources" for information, it appears that no FBI sources were in fact asked about the matter.

In addition, when the Phoenix FBI agent reported to FBI Headquarters in July 2001 his concern that Middle Eastern students were coming to the United States for civil aviation-related training, there was no effort by either FBI Headquarters or the field office that was advised of his concern by FBI Headquarters to task counterterrorism sources for any relevant information. Similarly, when Minneapolis FBI field office agents detained Zacarias Moussaoui in August 2001, they were concerned that he might be part of a larger conspiracy. Nonetheless, neither the Minneapolis field office nor FBI Headquarters asked any FBI sources whether they knew anything about Moussaoui or the existence of any larger plot.

[Page 101]

[Finally, in August 2001, the FBI learned from the CIA that terrorist suspects Nawaf al-Hazmi and Khalid al-Mihdhar were in the United States. Neither the FBI field offices that were involved in the search nor FBI Headquarters thought to ask FBI field

95

offices to ask their sources whether they were aware of the whereabouts of the two individuals, who later took part in the September 11 attacks. As one result, the San Diego counterterrorism informant who had numerous contacts with those two individuals during 2000 was never asked to help the FBI locate them in the last weeks before September 11].

12. Finding: During the summer of 2001, when the Intelligence Community was bracing for an imminent al-Qa'ida attack, difficulties with FBI applications for Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA) surveillance and the FISA process led to a diminished level of coverage of suspected al- Qa'ida operatives in the United States. The effect of these difficulties was compounded by the perception that spread among FBI personnel at Headquarters and the field offices that the FISA process was lengthy and fraught with peril.

Discussion: In the summer of 2000, during preparation for the trial in New York of those involved in the bombing of the U.S. embassies in East Africa, prosecutors discovered factual errors in applications for FISA orders sanctioning electronic surveillance. The FISA Court found that these errors included an erroneous statement that a FISA target was not under criminal investigation, erroneous statements concerning overlapping intelligence and criminal investigations, and unauthorized sharing of FISA information with criminal investigators and prosecutors.

The FISA Court also determined that these errors called into question the certifications that had been made by senior officials that the FISA surveillances requested by the applications had as their purpose the gathering of foreign intelligence, rather than criminal-related information, as required by FISA. After being informed of additional errors in subsequent months, the FISA Court barred an FBI agent who had prepared one of the erroneous applications from appearing before the Court again.

The FBI and the Department of Justice's Office of Intelligence Policy and Review (OIPR) began a systematic review of the FISA application process in September 2000 to [page 102] ensure the accuracy of FISA Court filings. Some FISA surveillances targeting al-Qa'ida agents were allowed to expire while OIPR and the FBI investigated how the errors had occurred. These orders were not renewed until after the attack on USS Cole in October 2000. In April 2001, the Bureau promulgated procedures for the review of draft

96

FISA declarations and the submission of FISA applications to the Court. OIPR also revised the standard al-Qa'ida FISA application to reduce the amount of extraneous information that was required and that increased the likelihood of factual errors.

During this process, many FISA surveillances of suspected al-Qa'ida agents expired because the FBI and OIPR were not willing to apply for application renewals when they were not completely confident of their accuracy. Most of the FISA orders targeting al-Qa'ida that expired after March 2001 were not renewed before September 11. The Joint Inquiry received inconsistent figures regarding the specific number of FISA orders that were allowed to expire during the summer of 2001. One FBI manager stated that no FISA orders targeted against al-Qa'ida existed in 2001, others interviewed said there were up to [ ] al-Qa'ida orders at that time, and an OIPR official explained that approximately two-thirds of the number of FISA orders targeted against al-Qa'ida had expired in 2001.

Several organizations played a role in the breakdown of the FISA process in the year before the September 11 attacks. According to FBI personnel, OIPR and the FISA Court erred by requiring much extraneous information in FISA applications, thus increasing the likelihood of mistakes. Bureau agents frequently could not or did not verify the accuracy of information in the FISA applications. The FISA Court's order prohibiting an FBI agent from appearing before the Court also apparently had a chilling effect on FBI agents, and they became increasingly unwilling to confirm the veracity of FISA applications.

13. Finding: [ [page 103] ].

97

Discussion: [During his tenure, President Clinton signed documents authorizing CIA covert action against Usama Bin Ladin and his principal lieutenants. [ ].

[ ]:

o [ ].

o [ ].

[ ] [page 104] [ ]. [Former National Security Advisor Sandy Berger testified to the Joint Inquiry on September 19, 2002 that, from the time of the East Africa U. S. Embassy bombings in 1998, the U. S. Government was:

. . . embarked [on] an very intense effort to get Bin Ladin, to get his lieutenants, through both overt and covert means. . . . We were involved - at that point, our intense focus was to get Bin Ladin, to get his key lieutenants. The President conferred a number of authorities on the Intelligence Community for that purpose.


98

Senator Shelby: By "get him," that meant kill him if you had to, capture him or kill him?

Mr. Berger: I don't know what I can say in this hearing, but capture and kill. . . . There was no question that the cruise missiles were not trying to capture him. They were not law enforcement techniques. . . ."]


[ ].

[ ]." As former National Security Advisor Berger noted in his Joint Inquiry interview, "We do not have a rogue CIA."

[ ]."

In his June 11, 2002 briefing to the Joint Inquiry, Mr. Clarke reiterated this point when he said: [page 105]

I think if you look at the 1980s and 1970s, the individuals who held the job of [DDO], one after another of them was either fired or indicted or condemned by a Senate committee. I think under those circumstances, if you become Director of Operations, you would want to be a little careful not to launch off on covert operations that will get you personally in trouble and will also hurt the institution. The history of covert operations in the 1950s and 1960s and 1970s was not a happy one, and I think that lesson got over-learned by people who at the time were probably in their twenties and thirties, but by the time they became in their fifties, and they were managers in the [Directorate of Operations], I think that they institutionalized a sense of covert action is risky and is likely to blow up in your face. And the wise guys at the White House who are pushing you to do covert action will be nowhere to be found when the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence calls you up to explain the mess that the covert action became.


99

Mr. Clarke went on to say: "I think it is changed because of 9/11. I think it is changed because George Tenet has been pushing them to change it."

In a July 26, 2002 Joint Inquiry interview, a former Chief of CTC made a similar point when he implicitly acknowledged that he pushed whenever possible for clarity in the covert action authorities [ ]."

The policy makers' reluctance [ ] limited the scope of CIA operations against Bin Ladin. [ ] [Page 106] [

100

]."

[ ]:

[ ].

In any event, the differing perceptions about the scope of the authorizations shaped the types of covert action the CIA was willing to direct against Bin Ladin prior to September 11, 2001 and, therefore, its ultimate effectiveness. [ ].

[ ] [Page 107] [ ].

101

The CIA's actual efforts to carry out covert action against Bin Ladin in Afghanistan prior to September 11, 2001 were limited and do not appear to have significantly hindered al-Qa'ida's ability to operate. [ ]:

o [ ];

o [ ];"

o [ ];

o [ ];"

[Page 108]

o [

102

];

o [ ]; and,

o [ ].

Many of these efforts were key elements in "the Plan" - initially developed in 1999 and subsequently modified -- that the DCI described in his testimony before the Joint Inquiry on October 17, 2002. "The Plan" did not, however, feature elements commonly associated with war plans or contingency plans, such as a mission statement, strategic goals or objectives, a statement of commander's intent, a delineation of the resources that would be required or are available for the operation, or the measures by which operational success might be measured. Although a covert action plan might not be expected to contain all of the elements of a war plan, the absence of all these elements suggests an absence of rigor in the planning process.

[ ] [Page 109] [ ].

The Joint Inquiry heard testimony on September 12 and September 19, 2002 that, between March 2001 and September 2001, the Bush Administration was engaged in a

103

review of counterterrorism policy. ].

[ ]. [Deputy Secretary of State Armitage testified that the Bush Administration was considering, among other things, "increased authorities for the Central Intelligence Agency" in the summer of 2001 and was close to final agreement on a more aggressive strategy against Bin Ladin and his followers by September 11, 2001:

The National Security Council . . . called for new proposals [in March 2001] on a strategy that would be more aggressive against al-Qa'ida. The first deputies meeting, which is the first decision making body in the administration, met on the 30th of April and set off on a trail of initiatives to include financing, getting at financing, to get at increased authorities for the Central Intelligence Agency, sharp end things that the military was asked to do. . . . So, from March through about August, we were preparing a national security Presidential directive, and it was distributed on August 13 to the principals for their final comments. And then, of course, we had the events of September 11. . . .]


14. Finding: [Senior U.S. military officials were reluctant to use U.S. military assets to conduct offensive counterterrorism efforts in Afghanistan, or to support or participate in CIA operations directed against al-Qa'ida prior to September 11. At least part of this reluctance was driven by the military's view that the Intelligence Community was unable to provide the intelligence needed to support military operations. Although the U.S. military did participate in [ ] counterterrorism efforts to counter Usama Bin Ladin's terrorist network prior to September 11, 2001, most of the military's focus was on force protection].

Discussion: National Security Council officials, CIA officers in the CTC, and senior U.S. military officers differ regarding the U.S. military's willingness to conduct operations against Usama Bin Ladin prior to September 11, 2001. In general, however, [page 110] these officials indicate that senior military leaders were reluctant to have the military play a major role in offensive counterterrorism operations in Afghanistan prior to September 11:

104

o In his June 11, 2002 remarks, former National Coordinator for Counterterrorism Richard Clarke said, "the overwhelming message to the White House from the uniformed military leadership was 'we don't want to do this,' [ ]. Later in that same briefing, he said: "The military repeatedly came back with recommendations that their capability not be utilized [ ] in Afghanistan."

o In a written response to the Joint Inquiry, former National Security Advisor Sandy Berger said:

President Clinton's top military advisers examined [military options]. They advised us that there would be a low probability of success for such operations in Afghanistan (before 9/11 when we did not have the cooperation of Pakistan and other bordering nations) in the absence of substantial lead-time actionable intelligence (i.e., specific advanced knowledge of where bin Ladin would be at a specific time and place). There were many obstacles to deploying ground troops into Afghanistan from staging areas at some distance, including a serious possibility of detection, difficulty of basing back-up forces nearby and logistical difficulties.


o Interviews of officials at the CTC and a review of CTC documents support the finding that the military did not seek an active role in offensive counterterrorism operations. For example, ]." In the CTC's view, although there was "lots of desire at the working level," there was "reluctance at the political level," and it was "unlikely that JSOC will ever deploy under current circumstances."

[Page 111]

o On September 12, 2002, a former Chief of CTC said: "You know, [the U.S. military] - they have their own views on their willingness to take casualties and take risky operations… For them to go, they are more exacting in their requirements, in terms of intelligence certainly, before they engage."

105

o Another former Chief of CTC testified:

Actually it was discussed… turning the ball over to [the military], but having them do it themselves. They declined, as I recall, as best I recall, because they lacked the covert action authorities to work in that environment. Since there wasn't an official declaration of war, there wasn't fighting, they didn't think they had the authorities to go in and do it themselves. They were willing to help… but they couldn't put boots on the ground themselves.


o The former Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff stated that the U.S. military primarily thought about the threat posed by Usama Bin Ladin's network in terms of protecting U.S. forces deployed overseas from terrorist attack. He also stated his belief that the CIA and FBI should have the lead roles in countering terrorism, and that military tools should be viewed as an extension and supplement to the leading roles played by the CIA and FBI. In discussing offensive counterterrorism operations in Afghanistan, the former Chairman cited the lack of actionable intelligence, noting "Look at the risk associated with swooping in." With regard to using U.S. military forces in clandestine operations, the former Chairman said: "you don't put U.S. armed forces in another country if the President doesn't declare war, unless you declare war on the Taliban." He said he never received a tasker to put boots on the ground to obtain actionable intelligence, noting "the military does what it is told to do."

o The Joint Chief of Staff's Director of Operations indicated that options developed by the military for the White House in 2000 were in part aimed at "educating" the National Security Advisor on the complexities of operations in Afghanistan involving "U.S. boots on the ground."

[Page 112]

In Joint Inquiry interviews, senior and retired U.S. military officers cited the lack of precise, actionable intelligence as a primary obstacle to the military conducting its own operations against Bin Ladin. The former Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff stated, for example: ". . . you can develop military operations until hell freezes over, but they are worthless without intelligence."

106

However, according to CIA officers in the CTC who testified before the Joint Inquiry on September 12, 2002, the U.S. military often levied so many requirements for highly detailed, actionable intelligence prior to conducting an operation - far beyond what the Intelligence Community was ever likely to obtain - that U.S. military units were effectively precluded from conducting operations against Bin Ladin's organization on the ground in Afghanistan or elsewhere prior to September 11. A former Chief of CTC's special Bin Ladin unit said:

[the military's] requirements, before they operate, are absolutely impossible for us to collect in most instances. [ ]. And the requirements they sent us included items like, which side of the door are the hinges on, do the windows open out or go up and down. And it is just not the kind of intelligence we can provide on anything resembling a regular basis.


The Department of Defense did ask the Defense HUMINT [Human Intelligence] Service to determine whether it could obtain information regarding Bin Ladin's whereabouts. However, the former Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff indicated that the U.S. military did not undertake any independent efforts, utilizing U.S. military forces, to determine Bin Ladin's location.

Lower-level military officers appeared to be more enthusiastic than senior military officials about active military participation in counterterrorism efforts. Senior CIA officers, CIA documents, and at least one former special operations forces [page 113] commander indicated, in interviews and testimony, that military operators were both capable and interested in conducting a special operations mission against Bin Ladin in Afghanistan prior to September 11. A former JSOC commander told the Joint Inquiry that his units did have the ability to put small teams into Afghanistan. A CIA document commenting on the prospects of Joint Special Operations Command units participating in an operation to capture Bin Ladin said: "lots of desire at the [military] working level," but there was "reluctance at the political level."

Despite senior officers' reluctance to play a major role, military personnel and assets did contribute to several counterterrorism efforts in addition to force protection.

107

The Joint Inquiry has identified [ ] major types of military participation in, or support for, operations to counter Usama Bin Ladin's terrorist network prior to September 11:

o On August 20, 1998, following the bombings of two U.S. embassies in East Africa, the U.S. military, acting on President Clinton's orders, launched cruise missiles at Usama Bin Ladin-related targets in Sudan and Afghanistan. One of the objectives of those strikes was to kill Usama Bin Ladin. As former National Security Advisor Sandy Berger testified: "we [were] trying to kill Bin Ladin, we dropped cruise missiles on him;"

o Between 1999 and 2001, the U.S. military positioned a number of Navy ships and submarines armed with cruise missiles in the North Arabian Sea to launch additional cruise missile strikes at Bin Ladin in the event the Intelligence Community was able to obtain precise information on his whereabouts in Afghanistan; and

o [In 2000 and 2001, the Joint Staff and U.S. Air Force provided technical assistance in the development of the Predator unmanned aerial vehicle as a [Page 114] second source of intelligence on Usama Bin Ladin's precise whereabouts in Afghanistan. Former National Security Advisor Sandy Berger told the Joint Inquiry that:

The Clinton Administration was engaged in an active strategy against Bin Ladin and was continuously examining new initiatives for defeating Bin Ladin and al-Qa'ida, given what was known and the allies available at the time. For example, in 2000, we developed the Predator program, which was successfully tested in late 2000 and was available to be operationalized as a critical intelligence platform to confirm intelligence on his whereabouts when the weather cleared in the Spring of 2001].


In general, however, the CIA and U.S. military did not engage in joint operations, pool their assets, or develop joint plans against Usama Bin Ladin in Afghanistan prior to September 11, 2001 - despite interest in such joint operations at the CIA. Commenting on the idea of the CIA and U.S. military engaging in joint operations, a former Chief of CTC testified:

108

I think it is absolutely great [idea]. This is something we have been advocating for a long time. If you want to go to war, you take the CIA, its clandestinity, its authorities, and you match it up with special operations forces of the U.S. military, you can really - you can really do some damage.… This is something that we have tried to advocate at the working level, and we haven't made much progress. But, if this is something that [the Congress] would like to look into, it would be great for the United States.


Similarly, a former Chief of CTC's special Bin Ladin unit said: "As someone who served [ ] and worked with special forces, they want to work with us and we want to work with them. History was made between the CIA and special forces. We need to do that." However, the former Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff told the Joint Inquiry that he did not believe in joint operations with the CIA. He said, "I want to make sure the military piece of the plan is under military control, and not predicated on the CIA's piece being successful."

15. Finding: The Intelligence Community depended heavily on foreign intelligence and law enforcement services for the collection of counterterrorism intelligence and the conduct of other counterterrorism activities. The results were mixed in terms of productive intelligence, reflecting vast differences in the ability and willingness of the various foreign services to target the Bin Ladin and al-Qa'ida network. Intelligence Community agencies sometimes failed to coordinate their relationships with foreign services adequately, either within the Intelligence Community or with broader U.S. Government liaison and foreign policy efforts. This reliance on foreign liaison services also resulted in a lack of focus on the development of unilateral human sources.

[Page 115]

Discussion: [In the mid-1990s, CIA counterterrorism officials decided that unilateral operations alone were of limited value in penetrating al-Qa'ida and that foreign liaison services could serve as a force multiplier. Foreign intelligence and security services often had excellent local knowledge and capabilities; [ ]. Therefore, CIA, FBI, NSA, and other Intelligence Community agencies strengthened their liaison relationships with existing foreign partners and forged new relationships to fight al-Qa'ida and other radical groups. For example, the CIA [

109

]. The FBI expanded its Legal Attache (Legat) program].

[Despite those efforts, many weaknesses in foreign liaison relationships were apparent before the September 11 attacks. These weaknesses limited the amount and quality of the counterterrorism intelligence received as a result of those relationships. For example, individuals in some liaison services organization are believed to have cooperated with terrorist groups].

[Regarding Saudi Arabia, former FBI Director Louis Freeh testified that, following the 1996 Khobar Towers bombing, the FBI "was able to forge an effective working relationship with the Saudi police and Interior Ministry." A considerable amount of personal effort by Director Freeh helped to secure what he described as "unprecedented and invaluable" assistance in the Khobar Towers bombing investigation from the Saudi Ambassador to the United States and the Saudi Interior Minister. By contrast, the Committees heard testimony from U.S. Government personnel that Saudi officials had been uncooperative and often did not act on information implicating Saudi nationals].

[Page 116]

[According to a U. S. Government official, it was clear from about 1996 that the Saudi Government would not cooperate with the United States on matters relating to Usama Bin Ladin. [ ], reemphasized the lack of Saudi cooperation and stated that there was little prospect of future cooperation regarding Bin Ladin. [ ] told the Joint Inquiry that he believed the U.S. Government's hope of eventually obtaining Saudi cooperation was unrealistic because Saudi assistance to the U.S. Government on this matter is contrary to Saudi national interests].

[A U. S. Government official testified to the Joint Inquiry on this issue [ ] as follows:

110

[ ]….[F]or the most part it was a very troubled relationship where the Saudis were not providing us quickly or very vigorously with response to it. Sometimes they did, many times they didn't. It was just very slow in coming.


The Treasury Department General Counsel testified at the July 23, 2002 hearing about the lack of Saudi cooperation:

There is an almost intuitive sense, however, that things are not being volunteered. So I want to fully inform you about it, that we have to ask and we have to seek and we have to strive. I will give you one-and-a-half examples. The first is, after some period, the Saudis have agreed to the designation of a man named Julaydin, who is notoriously involved in all of this; and his designation will be public within the next 10 days. They came forward to us two weeks ago and said, okay, we think we should go forward with the designation and a freeze order against Mr. Julaydin. We asked, what do you have on him? Because they certainly know what we have on him, because we shared it as we tried to convince them that they ought to join us. The answer back was, nothing new.

. . . .

. . . I think that taxes credulity, or there is another motive we are not being told.


[Page 117]

[A number of U. S. Government officials complained to the Joint Inquiry about a lack of Saudi cooperation in terrorism investigations both before and after the September 11 attacks. ]. A high- level U. S. Government officer cited greater Saudi cooperation when asked how the September 11 attacks might have been prevented. In May 2001, the U.S. Government became aware that an individual in Saudi Arabia was in contact with a senior al-Qa'ida operative and was most likely aware of an upcoming al- Qa'ida operation. [ ].

[

111

].

Several other Arab governments hesitated to share information gleaned from arrests of suspects in the USS Cole bombing and other attacks. Even several European governments were described to the Joint Inquiry as indifferent to the threat al-Qa'ida posed prior to September 11, while others faced legal restrictions that impeded their ability to share intelligence with the United States or to disrupt terrorist cells. Prior to September 11, for example, [ ], despite repeated requests from CIA, [Page 118] provided little helpful information [ ]. A CIA representative described the situation in his testimony before the Joint Inquiry:

We had passed [ ] a great number of leads about al-Qa'ida members. We passed [them] a great deal of leads on al-Qa'ida members, including some of the people you see in the press now, like [ ], and we had really given them a lot of names to track after September 11. The arrests they made [after September 11, 2001] showed that they had in fact been following them and monitoring them to some extent. But the CIA did not get information back [ ] on it to any measurable extent that would help us with our efforts.


[CIA's liaison partners vary in competence and commitment. [ ]. However, the Agency still had to rely heavily on liaison partners in several countries in order to acquire counterterrorism intelligence for the conduct of other counterterrorism activities].

There were also missteps in the efforts of various Intelligence Community agencies to develop foreign liaison relationships. [ ]. However, significant problems arose because liaison on counterterrorism was not always well integrated into overall U.S. regional goals and

112

liaison relations. As a result, other issues, albeit important, sometimes diverted attention from counterterrorism.

The many channels for contact between U.S. and foreign intelligence services also led to a lack of coordination at times. Former National Security Advisor Sandy Berger noted that many U.S. agencies, ranging from the CIA and FBI to the Agriculture Department, develop liaison service relations and that, in some countries, there are now a dozen or more of these kinds of relationships. Often, U.S. ambassadors were not able to control these interactions, and, as a result, the U.S. Government did not always place [page 119] proper priorities on what it asked of foreign governments. In his testimony, Mr. Berger recommended giving "the DCI authority to coordinate all intelligence cooperation with other countries."

Finally, the capabilities of FBI Legats were not always incorporated within the overall intelligence relationship with a foreign country. Thus, other members of the U.S. Intelligence Community did not always utilize relationships developed by the Legats to their full advantage.

16. Finding: [The activities of the September 11 hijackers in the United States appear to have been financed, in large part, from monies sent to them from abroad and also brought in on their persons. Prior to September 11, there was no coordinated U.S. Government-wide strategy to track terrorist funding and close down their financial support networks. There was also a reluctance in some parts of the U.S. Government to track terrorist funding and close down their financial support networks. As a result, the U.S. Government was unable to disrupt financial support for Usama Bin Ladin's terrorist activities effectively].

Discussion: [Tracking terrorist funds can be an especially effective means of identifying terrorists and terrorist organizations, unraveling and disrupting terrorist plots, and targeting terrorist financial assets for sanctions, seizures, and account closures. As with organized criminal activity, financial support is critically important to terrorist networks like al-Qa'ida. Prior to September 11, 2001, however, no single U.S. Government agency was responsible for tracking terrorist funds, prioritizing and coordinating government-wide efforts, and seeking international collaboration in that effort. Some tracking of terrorist funds was undertaken before September 11. For the

113

most part, however, these efforts were unorganized and ad-hoc, and there was a reluctance to take actions such as seizures of assets and bank accounts and arrests of those involved in the funding. A U.S. Government official testified before the Joint Inquiry, for example, that this reluctance hindered counterterrorist efforts against Bin Ladin: "Treasury was concerned about any activity that could adversely affect the international financial system . . . ]."

Treasury Department General Counsel David Aufhauser testified to the Joint inquiry on July 23, 2002 that, prior to September 11, the financial war on terrorism was "ad-hoc-ism", episodic, and informal without any orthodox mechanism for the exchange [page 120] of information or setting of priorities. He stated that, prior to September 11, the DCI never asked Treasury to perform an analysis of Bin Ladin, al-Qa'ida, or associated terrorist financing.

At the same hearing, the Chief of the FBI's Financial Review Group also testified to the lack of an overall financial strategy against terrorist funding. He stated that the FBI's financial investigations prior to September 11 were inconsistent, done on a caseby- case basis, and not supervised by a specialized unit at FBI Headquarters.

Given this lack of focus on terrorist financing, the Intelligence Community was unable, prior to September 11, to identify and attack the full range of Bin Ladin's financial support network. Former National Counterterrorism Coordinator Richard Clarke described for the Joint Inquiry his pre-September 11 frustration with the Intelligence Community's lack of focus in this regard:

[].

. . . .

Whenever we pressed the various agencies to do more on finding Bin Ladin's money, we would hear that they didn't consider it as important as the White House did for the reason you specified, that you were able to stage an operation for a small amount of money. My view was that it may have been true that you could stage an operation for a small amount of money, but you couldn't run al-Qa'ida for a small amount of money. Al- Qa'ida was a vast worldwide organization that was creating terrorist groups in various countries that would not be called a-Qa'ida, but would be called names associated with that particular country. But they were creating terrorist groups, they were funding them from the start. They were taking preexisting terrorist groups and buying their allegiance and buying them additional capability. It seemed to me it must have cost a great deal of money to be al-Qa'ida, but I was never able to get the Intelligence Community to tell me within any range of magnitude how much money the annual operating budget of al-Qa'ida may have been.


114

[Page 121]

Prior to September 11, there was also some reluctance to use available financial databases to track suspected terrorists. The Chief of the FBI's Financial Review Group - which had been only a section in the FBI's White Collar Crime Unit before September 11 -- and the Director of the Treasury Department's Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN) both testified before the Joint Inquiry that, prior to September 11, they had capabilities to develop leads on terrorist suspects and link them to other terrorists and to terrorist funding sources. They both agreed that they would have been able to locate Nawaf al-Hazmi and Khalid al-Mihdhar in the United States in August 2001, if asked, through credit card and bank information. The use of these capabilities in the first weeks after September 11 enabled the FBI, with assistance from the Secret Service, to connect almost all of the 19 hijackers to each other very quickly by linking bank accounts, credit cards, debit cards, address checks, and telephones. Despite the existence of those capabilities, the FBI did not seek their assistance in the search for al-Hazmi and al- Mihdhar in late August 2001.

FinCEN was involved in tracking terrorist funds prior to September 11 and experienced some success. FinCEN began doing linkage analysis of terrorist financing in October 1999 and first identified a specific account with a direct link to al-Qa'ida in February 2001. It has the advantage of being able to work with both law enforcement and intelligence information, and to combine that information with Bank Secrecy Act and commercial data to assist the Treasury Department's Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) and others in the seizure, blocking, and freezing of terrorist assets. FinCEN's capabilities have been made available to federal, state, and local law enforcement agencies for lead purposes since before September 11.

115

The FBI did some tracking of terrorist funds prior to September 11, but this was mostly done on an episodic basis, primarily directed at money laundering activity, in the context of field office investigations with no national or international coordination, and with very limited cooperation with the Treasury Department. The Joint Inquiry was informed that the FBI's newly-formed Financial Review Group is developing what did not exist pre-September 11, a national strategy for a coordinated U.S. Government-wide [page 122] effort to track terrorist funds, mine financial data from a common database, investigate, disrupt, arrest, and prosecute.

International cooperation in tracking terrorist funds was also not easy to achieve prior to September 11. For example, the Director of OFAC at the Treasury Department testified that he made two trips to Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, the United Arab Emirates, and Kuwait in 1999 and 2000 to request their cooperation in tracking and restricting Bin Ladin and al-Qa'ida funds, but only achieved limited results. Pre-September 11, OFAC did take some actions, such as trade sanctions and an asset freeze against the Taliban for harboring Bin Ladin, that achieved a modicum of success.

On September 24, 2001, President Bush gave a new priority to the tracking of terrorist funds when he stated: "We will direct every resource at our command to win the war against terrorists, every means of diplomacy, every tool of intelligence, every instrument of law enforcement, every financial influence. We will starve the terrorists of funding." (Emphasis added.) The President made this statement four days after signing an executive order to block the funds of terrorists and their associates. Substantial actions have been taken by the U.S. Government in this area since September 11, including blocking terrorist-related assets; seizing assets and smuggled bulk cash; arresting terrorist financiers and indicting them; and, shutting down front companies, charities, banks, and hawala conglomerates that served as financial support networks for al-Qa'ida and Bin Ladin.

New authorities that have been granted since September 11 have also been instrumental in making these seizure and arrest actions successful. For example, OFAC at Treasury requested and received in the October 2001 USA PATRIOT Act explicit

116

authorities to block assets while an investigation is in progress and to use classified information as evidence in order to place additional names on the list for freezing and blocking assets. The challenge facing the Intelligence Community is to maintain, expand and adapt the use of these capabilities to combat future terrorist threats effectively. Despite improvements since September 11, former National Counterterrorism [page 123] Coordinator Richard Clarke told the Joint Inquiry that, as of June 2002, there were still many unanswered questions about Bin Ladin's finances:

We asked [CIA] in particular [ ], because initially - because he was said to be a financier. They were unable to do that, [ ].CIA was [ ] unable to tell us what it cost to be Bin Ladin, what it cost to be al-Qa'ida, how much was their annual operating budget within some parameters, where did the money come from, where did it stay when it wasn't being used, how it was transmitted. They were unable to find answers to those questions.


Part of the challenge for the Intelligence Community, and particularly the FBI, is the difference between terrorist financing and other forms of organized criminal money laundering. Strategies and tactics that were effective in countering money laundering must be reexamined in order to assure their effectiveness in regard to terrorist financing. The Treasury Department's General Counsel was in England at a money laundering conference on September 11, 2001 and explained to the Joint Inquiry how his perception of the problem shifted as he watched the two World Trade Center towers disintegrate:

It was as if we had been looking at the world through the wrong end of a telescope. . . . Money had been spirited around the globe by means and measures and in denominations that mocked all of our detection. . . . The most serious threat to our well being was now clean money intended to kill, not dirty money seeking to be rinsed in a place of hiding.


D. RELATED FINDINGS

During the course of this Joint Inquiry, testimony and information were received that pertained to several issues involving broader, policy questions that reach beyond the boundaries of the Intelligence Community. In the three areas described below, the Inquiry finds that policy issues were relevant to our examination of the events of September 11.

[Page 124]

117

17. Finding: Despite intelligence reporting from 1998 through the summer of 2001 indicating that Usama Bin Ladin's terrorist network intended to strike inside the United States, the United States Government did not undertake a comprehensive effort to implement defensive measures in the United States.

Discussion: As noted earlier, the Joint Inquiry has established that the Intelligence Community acquired and disseminated from 1998 through the summer of 2001 intelligence reports indicating in broad terms that Usama Bin Ladin's network intended to carry out terrorist attacks inside the United States. This information encompassed, for example, indications of plots for attacks within the United States that would include:

o attacks on civil aviation;
o assassinations of U.S. public officials;
o use of high explosives;
o attacks on Washington, D.C., New York City, and cities on the West Coast;
o crashing aircraft into buildings as weapons; and
o using weapons of mass destruction.

The intelligence that was acquired and shared by the Intelligence Community was not specific as to time and place, but should have been sufficient to prompt action to insure a heightened sense of alert and implementation of additional defensive measures. Such actions could have included: strengthened civil aviation security measures; increased attention to watchlisting suspected terrorists so as to keep them out of the United States; greater collaboration with state and local law enforcement authorities concerning the scope and nature of the potential threat; a sustained national effort to inform and alert the American public to the growing danger; and improved capabilities to deal with the consequences of attacks involving mass destruction and casualties. The U.S. Government did take some steps in regard to detecting and preventing the use of weapons of mass destruction, but did not pursue a broad program of additional domestic defensive measures or public awareness.

[Page 125]

118

Both the DCI and the FBI Director discussed the important role that defensive measures could have played. According to the DCI's 's testimony, looking back at the September 11 attacks:

. . . since now we understand and possibly have understood the basis of the history of specific reporting with regard to specific targets, and the context was we raced from threat period to threat period, from target to target, and once we resolved them we never thought about the fact that the security that was protecting, whether it's a plane or an infrastructure or a bridge, is poor to begin and somebody will come back to the same target that they've planned against. Unless they see a security profile and a deterrent posture that's different, there's nothing to stop them from doing that, because essentially we all believed that it would never happen here. That's the point.

. . . .

. . . I posit a theory that we were so busy overseas in terms of what we were doing at the time that, you know, they were looking here the whole time and steadily planning in terms of what they were doing. So they were operating on two fronts.


FBI Director Mueller added:

I think you can look at what happened September 11 and I think both of us would say there are things we did right and things we missed and did wrong. But you look at it from the perspective of could we have prevented these individuals, identified these individuals and prevented them from undertaking this multi-plane undertaking, and I guess I would say I think it's speculation, but in looking at each of the areas that we could have done better, I'm not certain you get to the point where we stop these individuals.

On the other hand, looking at the concept of hijacking planes and taking them over, as a country one could look back and say with reports of hijackings over a period of time, perhaps we as a country should have looked at changing the way we protect our planes, which means doing what we are doing now in terms of hardening the cockpit, understanding that the threat of a hijacking is not for a person to hijack a plane and get it to the ground, utilizing the passengers as hostages, but the concept of using a plane as a weapon. Had we, as a country, reached the position where the attacks were such and the possibilities such that we would change what we did in our airline industry to harden cockpits and train pilots to resist being taken over, that's another avenue that I think might have made a difference. But that's speculation.


119

18. Finding: Between 1996 and September 2001, the counterterrorism strategy adopted by the U. S. Government did not succeed in eliminating Afghanistan as a sanctuary and training ground for Usama Bin Ladin's terrorist network. A range of instruments was used to counter al-Qa'ida, with law enforcement often emerging [page 126] as a leading tool because other means were deemed not to be feasible or failed to produce results. Although numerous successful prosecutions were generated, law enforcement efforts were not adequate by themselves to target or eliminate Bin Ladin's sanctuary. While the United States persisted in observing the rule of law and accepted norms of international behavior, Bin Ladin and al-Qa'ida recognized no rules and thrived in the safehaven provided by Afghanistan.

Discussion: Between 1996 and September 2001, the United States worked with dozens of cooperating foreign governments to disrupt al-Qa'ida activities, arrest and interrogate operatives, and otherwise prevent terrorist attacks. Throughout that period of time, however, Afghanistan was largely a terrorist "safe haven." In its Afghan sanctuary, al-Qa'ida built a network for planning attacks, training and vetting recruits, indoctrinating potential radicals, and creating a terrorist army with little interference from the United States.

Some CIA analysts and operators have told the Joint Inquiry that they recognized as early as 1997 or 1998 that, as long as the Taliban continued to grant Bin Ladin's terrorist organization sanctuary in Afghanistan, it would continue to train a large cadre of Islamic extremists and generate numerous terrorist operations. In 1999, senior officials at the CIA and the State Department began to focus on the Taliban as an integral part of the terrorist problem. In 1999 and 2000, the State Department worked with the United Nations Security Council to obtain resolutions rebuking the Taliban for harboring Bin Ladin and allowing terrorist training. The Defense Department began to focus on this issue in late 2000, after the USS Cole bombing. A State Department demarche to Taliban representatives in Pakistan, on June 26, 2001, specifically noted the threats to Americans emanating from Afghanistan and stated that the United States would hold the Taliban regime directly responsible for any actions taken by terrorists harbored by the Taliban.

Former National Security Advisor Berger noted in a statement to the Joint Inquiry that "In fact, there was a concerted military, economic, and diplomatic pressure on the Afghanistan and the Taliban…." Mr. Berger also explained that Saudi Arabia and

120

Pakistan were pressed to cut support for the Taliban and that covert and military measures were taken to disrupt al-Qa'ida activities in Afghanistan. Unfortunately, the [page 127] Joint Inquiry found that none of these actions were effective in hindering terrorist training or al-Qa'ida's ability to operate from Afghanistan.

[Despite the Intelligence Community's growing recognition that Afghanistan was churning out thousands of radicals, the U.S. government did not integrate all the instruments of national power and policy - diplomatic, intelligence, economic, and military - to address this problem. [ ]. Prior to September 11, military force was used only in the August 20, 1998 cruise missile strikes on targets in Afghanistan and the Sudan. Former National Security Advisor Sandy Berger testified to the Joint Inquiry that massive military strikes on Afghanistan would have had little public or Congressional support before September 11, 2001. Moreover, as Mr. Berger noted to the Joint Inquiry, a lack of intelligence on which to base action hindered efforts to use military force in Afghanistan].

Permitting the sanctuary in Afghanistan to exist for as long as it did allowed Bin Ladin's key operatives to meet, plan operations, train recruits, identify particularly capable recruits or those with specialized skills, and ensure that al-Qa'ida's masterminds remained beyond the reach of international justice. In his testimony before the Joint Committee on October 17, 2002, the DCI responded to a question about what he would do differently prior to September 11, 2001, saying:

[H]indsight is perfect, we should have taken down that sanctuary a lot sooner. The circumstances at the time may have not warranted, the regional situation may have been different, and after [September] 11 all I can tell you is we let a sanctuary fester, we let him build capability. And there may have been lots of good reasons why in hindsight it couldn't have been done earlier or sooner. I am not challenging it, because hindsight is always perfect, but we let him operate with impunity for a long time without putting the full force and muscle of the United States against it.


As an adjunct to covert and military efforts to eliminate Bin Ladin's sanctuary in Afghanistan, the United States Government relied heavily on law enforcement to counter

121

[page 128] terrorism. The origins of this emphasis on prosecutions can be traced back to the 1980s, when Congress and President Reagan gave the FBI an important role in countering international terrorism, including events overseas. More recently, the successful prosecutions of individuals involved in the 1993 World Trade Center bombing, the plot to attack New York City landmarks, and the 1998 bombings of two U.S. Embassies in East Africa added to the emphasis on law enforcement as a counterterrorism measure.

Senior Department of Justice officials, including former U.S. Attorney for the Southern District of New York Mary Jo White, who prosecuted many of the most important cases against al-Qa'ida, point out that they saw their efforts as an adjunct to other means of fighting terrorism. Prosecutions do have several advantages in the fight against terrorism. As Ms. White noted to the Joint Inquiry, prosecutions take terrorists off the street. She acknowledged that this does not shut down an entire group, but some bombs do not go off as a result of the arrests. In addition, critical intelligence often comes from the investigative process, as individual terrorists confess or reveal associates through their personal effects and communications. Former FBI Director Louis Freeh pointed out to the Joint Inquiry, "you can't divorce arrest from prevention." Ms. White also contends that the prosecutions may deter some, though admittedly not all, individuals from using violence. Finally, the threat of a jail sentence often induces terrorists to cooperate with investigators and provide information.

Heavy reliance on law enforcement had limits, however. As Paul Pillar, National Intelligence Officer for the Near East and Asia, explained to the Joint Inquiry, it is easier to arrest underlings than masterminds. Those who organize and plan attacks, particularly the ultimate decision makers who authorize them, are often thousands of miles away when an attack is carried out. In addition, the deterrent effect of imprisonment is often minimal, particularly for highly motivated terrorists such as those in al-Qa'ida.

Moreover, law enforcement is time-consuming. The CIA and the FBI expended considerable resources supporting investigations in Africa and in Yemen regarding the Embassies and USS Cole attacks, a drain on scarce manpower and resources that could

122

[page 129] have been used to gather information and disrupt future attacks. Further, there were no established mechanisms for law enforcement officials to share foreign intelligence developed in these investigations with the Intelligence Community, and they did not always recognize it, prior to September 11. Finally, law enforcement standards of evidence are high, and meeting these standards often requires unattainable intelligence or the compromise of sensitive intelligence sources or methods.

At times, law enforcement and intelligence have competing interests. The former head of the FBI's International Terrorism Division noted to the Joint Inquiry that Attorney General Janet Reno leaned toward closing down Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act-based collection activities if they seemed to hinder criminal cases. Ms. White, however, said that the need for intelligence was balanced with the effort to arrest and prosecute terrorists.

The reliance on law enforcement when individuals can operate from a hostile country such as the Taliban's Afghanistan appears particularly ineffective, as the masterminds are often beyond the reach of justice. One FBI agent, in a Joint inquiry interview, scorned the idea of using the Bureau to take the lead in countering al-Qa'ida. He noted that the FBI can only arrest and support prosecution and cannot shut down training camps in hostile countries. He added that, "[it] is like telling the FBI after Pearl Harbor, 'go to Tokyo and arrest the Emperor.'" In his opinion, a military solution was necessary because, "[t]he Southern District [of New York] doesn't have any cruise missiles." As the DCI testified to the Joint Inquiry on June 19, 2002:

The fact that you went into the sanctuary and took it down is the single most important thing that occurred [after September 11], because they no longer operated with impunity in terms of their training and financing and all the things they were doing. And that opportunistically has changed the game. So the policy question I would answer first is, the longer you wait when you see this kind of thing, the longer you wait to intervene, the longer you wait to allow evidence to manifest behavior, I guarantee you will be surprised and hurt.
admin
Site Admin
 
Posts: 36135
Joined: Thu Aug 01, 2013 5:21 am

Re: Report of the Joint Inquiry Into the Terrorist Attacks o

Postby admin » Sat Mar 26, 2016 7:28 am

Part 6 of 6

19. Finding: Prior to September 11, the Intelligence Community and the U.S. Government labored to prevent attacks by Usama Bin Ladin and his terrorist

123

[page 130] network against the United States, but largely without the benefit of an alert, mobilized and committed American public. Despite intelligence information on the immediacy of the threat level in the spring and summer of 2001, the assumption prevailed in the U.S. Government that attacks of the magnitude of September 11 could not happen here. As a result, there was insufficient effort to alert the American public to the reality and gravity of the threat.

Discussion: The record of this Joint Inquiry indicates that, prior to September 11, 2001, the U.S. Intelligence Community was involved in fighting a "war" against Bin Ladin largely without the benefit of what some would call its most potent weapon in that effort: an alert and committed American public. Senior levels of the Intelligence Community, as well as senior U.S. Government policymakers, were aware of the danger posed by Bin Ladin. Information that was shared with senior U.S. Government officials, but was not made available to the American public because of its national security classification, was explicit about the gravity and immediacy of the threat posed by Bin Ladin. For example:

o In December 1998, as noted earlier, the DCI wrote: "We must now enter a new phase in our effort against Bin Ladin…We are at war…I want no resources or people spared in this effort, either inside CIA or the [Intelligence] Community."

o A classified document signed by the President in December 1998 read in part: "The Intelligence Community has strong indications that Bin Ladin intends to conduct or sponsor attacks inside the United States"; and

o A classified document signed by the President in July 1999 characterized a February 1998 statement by Bin Ladin statement as a "de facto declaration of war" on the United States.

In addition, numerous classified intelligence reports were produced and disseminated by the Intelligence Community prior to September 11, based upon information obtained from a variety of sources, about possible terrorist attacks being planned by Usama Bin Ladin's terrorist network. Some of this information was summarized and released, in declassified form, in the Joint Inquiry's September 18, 2002 hearing, including: [page 131]

o In June 1998, the Intelligence Community obtained information from several sources that Usama Bin Ladin was considering attacks in the United States, including against Washington, D. C. and New York;

124

o In August 1998, the Intelligence Community obtained information that a group of unidentified Arabs planned to crash an explosive-laden plane from a foreign country into the World Trade Center;

o In September 1998, the Intelligence Community obtained information that Usama Bin Ladin's next operation could possibly involve flying an aircraft loaded with explosives into a U.S. airport;

o In October 1998, the Intelligence Community obtained information that al-Qa'ida was trying to establish an operative cell within the United States, and that there might be an effort underway to recruit U.S. citizen- Islamists and U.S.-based expatriates from the Middle East and North Africa;

o In September 1999, the Intelligence Community obtained information that Usama Bin Ladin and others were planning a terrorist act in the United States, possibly against specific landmarks in California and New York City; and

o In late 1999, the Intelligence Community obtained information regarding the Bin Ladin network's possible plans to attack targets in Washington, D. C. and New York City during the New Year's Millennium celebrations.

There is little indication of any sustained and successful national effort to mobilize public awareness about the gravity and immediacy of the threat prior to September 11, however. Specifically citing speeches by President Clinton at the United Nations in 1995 and at George Washington University in 1996 regarding the fight against terrorism, former national Security Advisor Sandy Berger told the Inquiry that the President: "continuously attempted to raise public awareness of the terrorist threat, as a central challenge to our country and our future, [and] including in every State of the Union address for eight years."

Clearly, there were Presidential remarks regarding terrorism in the years before September 11, 2001, including references to the threat that Bin Ladin's network posed to the interests of the United States. There were also periodic statements and references to [page 132] the threat from terrorism and Bin Ladin in Congressional testimony and elsewhere by both the DCI and the FBI Director.

In an interview, Richard Clarke, the former National Counterterrorism Coordinator under President Clinton, pointed to background briefings to the press by his office immediately after the Millennium crisis in January-February 2000 and the

125

Administration's cooperation with the New York Times in December 2000 and with CBS's 60 Minutes on stories about terrorism as efforts to inform the American people of the growing terrorist threat.

These efforts were, however, largely sporadic and, given the classified nature of intelligence, limited in terms of the specifics that could be shared with the public about the immediacy and gravity of the threat. They were not sufficient to mobilize and sustain heightened public awareness about the danger of a domestic attack.

By comparison to what has occurred since September 11, the American public was not focused on and was not on heightened alert regarding Bin Ladin, his fatwa against the United States, and the immediate likelihood of a terrorist attack on American soil. In the aftermath of September 11, two incidents illustrate the difference that an alerted American public can, and does, make:

o On September 11, 2001, passengers aboard Flight 93, aware that two aircraft had been flown into the World Trade Center towers in New York City, attempted to retake control of their hijacked aircraft and, it is widely believed, saved further loss of life and destruction; and

o On December 22, 2001, an alert flight attendant on board an American Airlines flight from Paris to Miami noticed passenger Richard Reid attempting to light a fuse in his shoe. Reid was subsequently subdued by a number of passengers and has pleaded guilty to charges of attempting to blow up the aircraft.

[Page 133]

Kristen Breitweiser, speaking on behalf of the families of the victims of the September 11 attacks, reminded the Joint Inquiry of the importance of an alert and involved American public in the war against terrorism. In her testimony, she emphasized the potential importance of information that was not shared with the public before September 11, 2001:

One thing remains clear from history. Our intelligence agencies were acutely aware of an impending domestic risk posed by Al Qaeda. A question that remains unclear is how many lives could have been saved had this information been made more public.

. . . .

How many victims may have taken notice of these Middle Eastern men while they were boarding their plane? Could these men have been stopped? Going further, how many vigilant employees would have chosen to immediately flee Tower 2 after they witnessed the blazing inferno in Tower 1, if only they had known that an Al Qaeda terrorist attack was imminent?

Could the devastation of September 11 been diminished in any degree had the government's information been made public in the summer of 2001?


126

20. Finding: Located in Part Four Entitled "Finding, Discussion and Narrative Regarding Certain Sensitive National Security Matters."

127
admin
Site Admin
 
Posts: 36135
Joined: Thu Aug 01, 2013 5:21 am

Re: Report of the Joint Inquiry Into the Terrorist Attacks o

Postby admin » Sat Mar 26, 2016 7:38 am

Part 1 of 5

PART TWO - NARRATIVE - THE ATTACKS OF SEPTEMBER 11, 2001

I. The Plot Unfolds for the Attacks of September 11, 2001


The Joint Inquiry received testimony from the Director of Central Intelligence and the Directors of the Federal Bureau of Investigation and the National Security Agency, and also examined the records of these agencies, to determine what the Intelligence Community knows now about the September 11 attacks. FBI Director Mueller described efforts by the U.S. intelligence and law enforcement communities "to find out everything we could about the hijackers and how they succeeded."

A. The al-Qa'ida Roots of the September 11 Attacks

Usama Bin Ladin came to the FBI's attention after the first attack on the World Trade Center in February 1993. While the FBI has not linked that attack directly to Bin Ladin, the investigation developed information that Muslim men, including participants in the attack, had been recruited at the al-Kifah refugee office in Brooklyn, New York and sent to training camps in Afghanistan - first to fight the Soviet army and later to engage in a jihad against the United States. In 1993, the FBI also learned of a plot to blow up bridges, tunnels, and landmarks in New York. That investigation led to the conviction of Omar Abdul al-Rahman, the "Blind Sheikh," for soliciting others to commit all of those acts of terrorism in 1993. Bin Ladin's fatwas and press statements later called for avenging the Blind Sheikh's imprisonment.

The FBI has identified at least two Bin Ladin connections in Ramzi Yousef's 1995 conspiracy, centered in the Philippines, to blow up twelve U.S. airplanes flying East Asian routes to the United States. Mohamed Jamal Khalifah, the alleged financier of the plot, is Bin Ladin's brother-in-law. Ramzi Yousef was arrested at a Bin Ladin guesthouse in Pakistan to which Yousef had fled after the plot had been uncovered. Yousef was a principal in the first World Trade Center attacks, for which he was tried and convicted upon being returned to the United States. [Page 135]

128

George Tenet, the Director of Central Intelligence (DCI), testified that "a common thread runs between the first attack on the World Trade Center in February 1993 and the 11 September attacks." The thread is Khalid Shaykh Muhammad, also known as Mukhtar or "the Brain." According to the DCI, Muhammad, "a high-ranking al-Qa'ida member," was "the mastermind or one of the key planners of the 11 September operation." The DCI noted that Mukhtar is Ramzi Yousef's uncle, and, after the World Trade Center attack, Muhammad joined Yousef in the 1995 airplane plot, for which Muhammad has been indicted by a federal grand jury.

In August 1996, Bin Ladin issued the first fatwa declaring jihad against the United States. A second fatwa in February 1998 proclaimed: "to kill the Americans and their allies - civilian and military is an individual duty for every Muslim who can do it in any country in which it is possible to do it." Bin Ladin repeated these threats in a May 1998 press interview. The bombings of the U.S. embassies in Kenya and Tanzania followed in August.

In June 1998, the Department of Justice obtained a sealed indictment in the Southern District of New York against Bin Ladin as the sole named defendant in a "conspiracy to attack defense utilities of the United States." Among other overt acts, the indictment charged that in October 1993 "members of al-Qa'ida participated with Somali tribesmen in an attack on United States military personnel serving in Somalia [which] killed a total of 18 United States soldiers and wounded 73 others." The indictment was unsealed after the East African embassy bombings and was followed by a series of superseding indictments that charged Bin Ladin and others with a conspiracy to "murder United States nationals anywhere in the world, including in the United States."

The U.S. Government produced proof in the embassy bombing trials of Bin Ladin's direct connections to the attacks. Mohamed al- whali, who was to have been a suicide passenger in the Kenya bombing, ran from the bomb truck moments before it exploded. After his arrest in Kenya, al-Owhali confessed and admitted that he had been given a telephone number in Sana'a, Yemen, which he called before and after the bombing. Telephone records for calls to that number led to the bomb factory for the Nairobi attack in a house occupied by a ranking al-Qa'ida [page 136] member and training camp veteran. Calls from Bin Ladin's satellite phone to the Yemen number were made the day of the attack and the day after when al- Owhali called that number for help. Al-Owhali also confessed that he had asked Bin Ladin for a

129

mission, a request that led to his being in the bomb truck. According to al-Owhali, the suicide driver had been present with him at Bin Ladin's May 1998 press conference.

U.S. investigators have also described Bin Ladin's connection to the October 2000 attack on the United States Navy's ship, USS Cole. The [ ], which figured in the East Africa embassy bombings, was also used in planning the attack on USS Cole. In addition, Tawfiq bin Attash, known as Khallad, who had been a trainer at an al-Qa'ida camp in Afghanistan, prepared an introduction in the summer of 1999 for Abdel Rahim al-Nashiri addressed to Jamal al-Badawi, who had trained under Khallad. Al-Nashiri is believed to be a long-time Bin Ladin operative and a first cousin of the suicide driver who attacked the U.S. Embassy in Kenya. Khallad appears to have directed the Cole operation from Afghanistan or Pakistan, while al-Nashiri was its local manager.

Investigators believe that Khallad's letter set in motion plans to attack another U.S. Navy ship. Following al-Nashiri's introduction, Badawi obtained the boat that would be used in the failed attack on USS The Sullivans in January 2000. The same boat was used later that year in the attack against USS Cole.

[In testimony to the Joint Inquiry, the DCI explained that, after September 11, 2001, CIA learned [ ] that "in 1996, Bin Ladin's second- in-command, Muhammad Atif, drew up a study on the feasibility of hijacking U.S. planes and destroying them in flight." Khalid Shaykh Muhammad proposed to Bin Ladin that the World Trade Center "be targeted by small aircraft packed with explosives." Bin Ladin reportedly suggested using even larger planes].

According to the DCI, Muhammad Atif "chose the hijackers from young Arab men who had no previous terrorist activities." After Bin Ladin had approved the selection, Khalid Shaykh [page 137] Muhammad "trained them and instructed them on acquiring pilot training" and "supervised the 'final touches' of the 11 September operation."

130

B. The Springboards for the Attack - Germany and Malaysia

In addition to Afghani-based al-Qa'ida roots of the September 11 attacks, the FBI reports that "[t]he operational planning for the September 11th attacks took place in overseas locations, most notably Germany, Malaysia and the United Arab Emirates."

Malaysia

Two principal hijackers in the September 11 attacks, Khalid al-Mihdhar and Nawaf al- Hazmi, entered the United States on a flight from Bangkok on January 15, 2000, a week after leaving a meeting in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia. Three other principals, Mohammed Atta, Marwan al-Shehhi, and Ziad Jarrah, entered the United States in May and June 2000 from or through Europe. Atta, al-Shehhi, and Jarrah had lived in Hamburg, Germany where they associated with each other in various ways. A sixth principal, Hani Hanjour, had been in the United States off and on since October 1991.

In June 18 testimony at a Joint Inquiry hearing, the DCI described al-Hazmi and al- Mihdhar as "al-Qa'ida veterans." They had been involved with al-Qa'ida for six years before September 11, 2001, "having trained and fought under al-Qa'ida auspices in three different countries."

Al-Hazmi first traveled to Afghanistan in 1993 as a teenager and came into contact with a key al-Qa'ida facilitator in Saudi Arabia in 1994. In 1995, al-Hazmi and al-Mihdhar traveled to Bosnia to fight with other Muslims against the Serbs. Al-Hazmi probably came into contact with al-Qa'ida leader Abu Zubaydah when Zubaydah visited Saudi Arabia in 1996 to convince young Saudis to attend al-Qa'ida camps in Afghanistan. Sometime before 1998, al-Hazmi returned to Afghanistan and swore loyalty to Bin Ladin. He fought against the Northern Alliance, possibly with his brother Salem, another of the hijackers, and returned to Saudi Arabia in early 1999, [page 138] where, [ ], he disclosed information about the East Africa embassy bombings.

Al-Mihdhar's first trip to the Afghanistan training camps was in early 1996. [

131

]. In 1998, al-Mihdhar traveled to Afghanistan and swore allegiance to Bin Ladin.

In April 1999, Nawaf al-Hazmi, Salem al-Hazmi, and Khalid al-Mihdhar obtained visas through the U.S. Consulate in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia. Al-Mihdhar and Nawaf al-Hazmi then traveled to Afghanistan and "participated in special training," which, according to the DCI, may have been "facilitated by Khallad" (Tawfiq bin Attash who also directed the USS Cole operation). A USS Cole suicide bomber also participated in that training.

From Yemen, al-Mihdhar traveled to Kuala Lumpur, arriving on January 5, 2000. There he met al-Hazmi, who had traveled to Malaysia from Pakistan. In Malaysia, the two met Khallad at a condominium owned by Yazid Sufaat, who later signed letters of introduction on behalf of Zacarias Moussaoui that were found in Moussaoui's possessions after the September 11 attacks. Malaysian police arrested Sufaat in December 2001 after they developed information that he had procured four tons of bomb material, ammonium nitrate, for an Indonesian jihad cell.

Germany

In testimony before the Joint Inquiry, DCI Tenet described the significant characteristics that were shared by Muhammad Atta, Marwan al-Shehhi, and Ziad Jarrah - the September 11 hijackers who most likely piloted the airplanes that the groups they were part of commandeered. The three were intelligent, spoke English and were proficient in several other languages, and were familiar with Western society. They were also educated in technical subjects and had [page 139] mastered skills necessary to pilot planes. Of particular note, the three were part of a group of young Muslim men in Hamburg, Germany, who came from different countries and backgrounds, but attended the same mosques, shared acquaintances, and were drawn together by Islamist views and disenchantment with the West.

Atta was born in Egypt in 1968. He graduated from Cairo University with a degree in Architectural Engineering in 1990 and began attending the Technical University in Hamburg in 1992. Between 1996 and 1998, Atta traveled in the Middle East and then returned to Germany.

132

Al-Shehhi was born in the United Arab Emirates in 1978. A sergeant in the UAE Army, he was sent to Germany for technical studies in 1996. In 1997 and 1998, he studied English at the University at Bonn and electrical engineering at the Technical University in Hamburg.

Jarrah was born in Lebanon in 1975. He attended the Fachhochschule, a technical University in Hamburg from 1996 to 2000, studying aircraft construction and maintenance.

While in Germany, Atta, al-Shehhi, and Jarrah, according to FBI documents, kept company with a loosely organized group of associates comprised of roommates, co-workers and mosque colleagues." Three associates, Ramzi Bin al-Shibh, Said Bahaji, and Zakariya Essabar, became subjects of post-September 11 German arrest warrants for alleged membership in a terrorist organization and for murder and aircraft piracy. A fourth, Mounir el Motassadeq, is on trial in Hamburg on those charges.*

Bin al-Shibh, who was born in Yemen in 1972 and entered Germany in 1995, is described as a "supporting conspirator" in the Moussaoui indictment. In August 2000, Jarrah attempted to enroll Bin al-Shibh in the Florida Flight Training Center, where Jarrah was taking lessons. On August 15, Bin al-Shibh sent a $2200 wire transfer to the school for tuition, and in July and September, he transferred funds to al-Shehhi in Florida. Between May and October 2000, Bin al-Shibh unsuccessfully attempted four times -- three in Germany and once in Yemen [page 140] - to obtain a visa to travel to the United States. Between December 2 and 9, 2000, Bin al-Shibh was in London. Moussaoui flew from London to Pakistan on December 9.

FBI Director Mueller testified that Bin al-Shibh was a "significant money person." The Moussaoui indictment charges that Bin al-Shibh received $15,000 in wire transfers from the UAE on or about July 30 and 31, 2001 and that he wired $14,000 to Moussaoui in Oklahoma on or about August 1 and 3 from train stations in Dusseldorf and Hamburg.

[DCI Tenet testified that, after September 11, 2001, CIA received reports identifying Bin al-Shibh "as an important al-Qa'ida operative." The agency suspects that, "unlike the three

_______________

* Motassadeq was convicted in Germany on February 19, 2003 of being a member of a terrorist organization and accessory to over 3,000 murders in New York and Washington.

133

Hamburg pilots, he may have been associated with al-Qa'ida even before moving to Germany in 1995." Bin al-Shibh flew to Spain in early September 2001. He disappeared until an interview with al-Jazeera was aired in September 2002, and he was captured in Pakistan on September 11, 2002. Bin al-Shibh is now being held [ ] at an undisclosed location].

Atta lived at Marienstrasse 54 in Hamburg with Bin al-Shibh, Essabar, and Bahaji. Director Tenet testified that, after Bin al-Shibh failed to obtain a U.S. visa, "another cell member," Essabar, "tried [on two occasions in December 2000] and failed to obtain a visa in January 2001" to travel to Florida while Atta and al-Shehhi were there. Uncorroborated sources report that Essabar was in Afghanistan in late September 2001. Bahaji left Germany on September 3, 2001 for Pakistan. Uncorroborated sources also placed him in Afghanistan in late September 2001.

DCI Tenet testified that Muhammad Heydar Zammar was an acquaintance of members of Atta's circle in Hamburg, where Zammar lived. Zammar, a German citizen born in Syria in 1961, was described by DCI Tenet as "a known al-Qa'ida associate," active in Islamic extremist circles since the 1980s, who trained and fought in Afghanistan in 1991 and in Bosnia in 1995 and returned to Afghanistan a number of times between 1995 and 2000.

It has been reported that U.S. and German officials believe that Zammar is a pivotal figure in understanding the genesis of the September 11 attacks. DCI Tenet told the Joint [page 141] Inquiry that Zammar "was taken into custody by the Moroccans [ ]" when he traveled to Morocco to divorce his wife and that he was "moved from Morocco into Syrian custody, where he has remained." It has also been reported that Zammar has provided details about the September 11 attacks to U.S. investigators. According to the DCI, Zammar has said that he met Atta, al-Shehhi, and Jarrah in the late 1990s in Hamburg's al-Qods mosque and he "persuaded them to travel to Afghanistan to join the jihad."

DCI Tenet testified that Atta may have traveled to Afghanistan for the first time in early 1998. In June 1998, he applied for a new passport in Egypt, although his old one had not expired. This suggested, according to the DCI, "that he might have been trying to hide evidence of his travel to Afghanistan." On November 29, 1999, Atta flew from Hamburg to Istanbul and then to Karachi. He left Pakistan to return to Hamburg on February 25, 2000.

134

In the fall of 1999, al-Shehhi stayed at Bin Ladin's Qandahar guesthouse while awaiting transportation to Pakistan for medical treatment. He returned to Germany in January 2000. According to FBI information, Atta and al-Shehhi "were both present at Bin Ladin facilities in Kandahar in December 1999." The DCI noted that "Jarrah's travel at this time mirrored Atta's," as Jarrah flew from Hamburg to Karachi on November 25, 1999 and stayed in Pakistan for two months.

There are indications that Bin al-Shibh was in Afghanistan in 1998 and had been seen at the Khalden Camp or guesthouse in late 1998. The Moussaoui indictment alleges that Moussaoui had been present at the Khalden Camp in or about April 1998.

C. The Principals Arrive in the United States - January 2000 through April 2001

On January 15, 2000, one week after leaving Malaysia, Khalid al-Mihdhar and Nawaf al- Hazmi flew to Los Angeles from Bangkok and settled in the San Diego area. In April 2000, al- Hazmi took an introductory flying lesson at the National Air College in San Diego. A week [page 142] later, al-Hazmi received a $5000 wire transfer through a third party sent from the United Arab Emirates. In May, al- ihdhar and al-Hazmi took flight training in San Diego, and in June, al-Mihdhar left the U.S. on a Lufthansa flight from Los Angeles to Frankfurt, connecting to Oman. Al-Mihdhar did not return to the United States until thirteen months later in July 2001.

Al-Hazmi remained in the United States, staying in the San Diego area until December 2000 when he moved to Arizona with Hani Hanjour who had just returned to the United States. The DCI testified that Hanjour went to Afghanistan for six weeks in 1989 when he was 17 to participate in a jihad. He first entered the United States in October 1991 from Saudi Arabia to attend an English language program at the University of Arizona in Tucson. When he left the U.S. in early 1992 for Saudi Arabia, he was a "different person," according to a brother who spoke to the media. According to the DCI, Hanjour then "wore a full beard, cut his past social ties, and spent most of his time reading books on religion and airplanes." Hanjour returned to the United States in April 1996. After residing in Florida for a month, he moved to Oakland, California, where he took an English language course. In the summer, he began flight training, and in September, he moved to Arizona where he took flight lessons for a month in Scottsdale.

135

Hanjour left the U.S. for Saudi Arabia in November 1996, returning to the United States in November 1997.

Hanjour left the United States again in April 1999, after receiving an FAA commercial pilot certificate. In September, after an initial denial, he obtained a student visa in Jeddah and returned to the United States. Then in November 2000, having stayed in Florida for a month, he met al-Hazmi in California and traveled with him to Arizona in early December. On December 12, he took up residence in Mesa, Arizona with al-Hazmi and resumed aviation training. He took Boeing groundwork and simulator training in February and March 2001, when he and al-Hazmi left Arizona for northern Virginia.

Atta returned to Germany from Afghanistan through Pakistan in February 2000. On March 1, he sent the first of a series of e-mails to pilot training schools in Lakeland, Florida and Norman, Oklahoma. Claiming that his passport had been lost, Atta obtained a new Egyptian passport in Hamburg in May 2000 and a visa for travel to the United States. He crossed over to the Czech Republic by bus [page 143] and flew to Newark in June 2000. Al-Shehhi had arrived several days earlier on a flight from the United Arab Emirates through Brussels to Newark. He obtained a new passport, apparently in Pakistan before leaving for Germany at the beginning of January 2000. Later that month, he obtained a ten-year multiple entry visa at the U.S. consulate in Dubai. Atta and al-Shehhi stayed in the New York area, renting apartments together until the beginning of July when they flew to Oklahoma City for a short visit to the Airman Flight School in Norman. They proceeded to Florida, opened a joint account at Sun Trust Bank (depositing $7000), and began training at Huffman Aviation in Venice.

In the meantime, Jarrah arrived in the U.S. on June 27 at Atlanta, Georgia. Earlier in the year, he reported losing his Lebanese passport, and in May he obtained a five-year B1/B2 multiple entry visa. On arriving in the United States, Jarrah proceeded to Venice, Florida, where he began training at the Florida Flight Training Center.

In Fall 2000, Atta and al-Shehhi obtained instrument certifications and commercial pilot licenses while at Huffman Aviation. They also spent a brief period at Jones Aviation in Sarasota, Florida. From December 29 through 31, Atta and al-Shehhi received Boeing flight simulator training at Sim Center and Pan Am International in Opalocka, Florida. The FBI reports that that

136

both men "requested training on "executing turns and approaches" but not other training normally associated with the course.@ In the meantime, Jarrah continued flight training until December 2000 where he had begun it, the Florida Flight Training Center. In mid- December and in early January 2001, he took Boeing flight simulator lessons at the Aeroservice Aviation Center in Virginia Gardens, Florida.

In December 2000, al-Shehhi flew to Hamburg and then on to the United Arab Emirates, returning for the December flight simulator training with Atta. On January 4, 2001, Atta flew from Tampa through Miami to Madrid, returning to Miami on January 10. The DCI testified that the purpose of Atta's trip to Spain "may have been to meet with another al-Qa'ida operative to pass along an update on the pilots' training progress and receive information on the supporting hijackers who would begin arriving in the U.S. in the spring." DCI Tenet testified that "Atta may also have traveled outside of the U.S. in early April 2001 to meet an Iraqi intelligence officer, although we are still working to [page 144] corroborate this." Atta may have traveled under an unknown alias: the CIA has been unable to establish that he left the United States or entered Europe in April under his true name or any known alias.

On April 18, al-Shehhi, who traveled outside the United States three times, flew to Egypt by way of Amsterdam and returned to Miami from Egypt through Amsterdam on May 2. In Egypt, al-Shehhi visited Atta's father and returned to the U.S. with Atta's international driver's license. Apart from that, the DCI testified, "nothing else is known of al-Shehhi's activities while traveling outside the U.S." Jarrah traveled even more frequently, taking at least five trips outside the United States to visit his family in Lebanon, and to visit his girl friend in Germany.

After al-Shehhi returned from Morocco in January 2001, he and Atta moved to Georgia for flight training. In February, they traveled to Virginia Beach, Virginia, where they opened a mailbox account. A crop duster pilot in Belle Glade, Florida identified Atta as inquiring about the purchase and operation of crop dusters while Atta was living in the Atlanta area.

D. The Supporting Hijackers Arrive - April to June 2001

137

The thirteen remaining hijackers, the "muscle," whose role was to overcome pilots and control passengers, began arriving in the United States in April 2001. Except for one threesome, they arrived in pairs, the last in June. Twelve of the thirteen were from Saudi Arabia, and one was from the United Arab Emirates. Salem al-Hazmi, Nawaf's brother, obtained his visa as early as April 1999; seven obtained visas from September to November 2000; three, as late as June 2001. As FBI Director Mueller noted, these hijackers arrived in the United States "within a fairly short window," each transiting through the United Arab Emirates.

Many in the group knew each other. There were two pairs of brothers, the al-Hazmis and al-Shehris, in addition to networks of friends. Many came from southwest Saudi Arabia, and they represented a range of socioeconomic levels. A few had higher education. Others had little education. Some had struggled with depression or alcohol abuse. Some, according to DCI Tenet, "never exhibited much religious fervor, before apparent exposure to extremist ideas - through family members, friends, [page 145] or clerics - led to an abrupt radicalization and separation from their families;" some spoke of "their desire to participate in jihad conflicts such as the war in Chechnya, and some appear to have used this as a cover for traveling to Afghanistan." The DCI also testified that "[a]s part of their commitment to militant Islam, these young Saudis traveled to Afghanistan to train in the camps of their exiled countryman Usama Bin Ladin." Most supporting hijackers went to Afghanistan for the first time in 1999 or 2000. Notwithstanding the experience in Afghanistan, the CIA does not believe that the supporting hijackers became involved in the plot until late 2000. Their early travel may have "added these young men to the ranks of operatives that al-Qa'ida could call upon to carry out future missions," but DCI Tenet said he does not believe that al-Qa'ida leadership wanted the supporting hijackers to know about the plot any sooner than necessary: "they probably were told little more than that they were headed for a suicide mission inside the United States."

Al-Mihdhar, who left the United States a year before, obtained a visa in Jeddah in June 2001, using a new Saudi passport. According to DCI Tenet, he "spent the past year traveling between Yemen and Afghanistan, with occasional trips to Saudi Arabia." Al-Mihdhar traveled to New York in July 2001 from Saudi Arabia, six days after the last of the supporting hijackers had flown to the United States. FBI Director Mueller testified that "al-Mihdhar's role in the September 11 plot between June 2000 and July 2001 - before his re-entry into the United States - may well have been that of the coordinator and organizer of the movements of the non-pilot

138

hijackers. This is supported by his apparent lengthy stay in Saudi Arabia and his arriving back in the United States only after the arrival of all the hijackers."

E. Final Organization of the Attacks

Beginning in May 2001, each of the four pilot hijackers flew across the United States. FBI Director Mueller described these trips: "With their training complete, it appears that the pilots began conducting possible surveillance flights as passengers aboard cross-country flights transiting between the Northeast United States and California." On May 24, al-Shehhi flew from New York to San Francisco on a Boeing 767 (seated in first class), leaving immediately on a Boeing 757 (seated in first class) to Las Vegas. On May 27, al-Shehhi left Las Vegas to San Francisco, continuing to New York on a Boeing 767 (seated in first class). On June 7, Jarrah flew from Baltimore via Los Angeles to Las [page 146] Vegas, returning to Baltimore on June 10. On June 28, Atta flew from Boston to San Francisco, continuing to Las Vegas, departing there on July 1 through Denver to Boston. On August 13, Atta flew a second time across country from Washington to Las Vegas on a Boeing 757 (seated in first class), returning on August 14 to Ft. Lauderdale. On August 13, Hanjour and al-Hazmi (seated in first class) flew from Dulles to Las Vegas via Los Angeles. They left Las Vegas on August 14 on a flight to Minneapolis (close to Eagan, Minnesots, where Moussaoui had started flight lessons the day before), connecting an hour and a half later to a flight to Baltimore.

Director Mueller noted the Las Vegas layovers:

Each of the return flights for these hijackers had layovers in Las Vegas. To date, the purpose of these one-to-two day layovers is not known. However, with respect to travel to Las Vegas, we know that at least one hijacker on each of the four hijacked airplanes traveled to Las Vegas, Nevada sometime between May and August of 2001. This travel consisted of an initial transcontinental trip from an east-coast city to a west-coast city, and a connection in that west-coast city to a Las Vegas-bound flight.


Atta flew to Zurich from Miami in July 2001, continuing on to Madrid. He checked out of a Madrid hotel on July 9 and rented a car that he returned on July 19, after having driven 1,908 kilometers. For the days immediately following July 9, Atta's whereabouts are unknown until he checked into a hotel in Tarragona on Spain's east coast on July 16. On July 9, Bin al- Shibh flew from Hamburg to Tarragona, where he checked out of a hotel on July 10. His

139

whereabouts from July 10 to 16 are unaccounted for, "roughly the same period during which Atta's movements are unknown," suggesting, according to DCI Tenet, that "the two engaged in clandestine meetings on the progress of the plot." Atta returned to the United States on July 19, arriving in Atlanta. Jarrah traveled to Germany from Newark on July 25, returning on August 5, a trip that may have permitted further contact with Bin al-Shibh. Director Mueller also testified that "[d]uring the summer of 2001, some of the hijackers, specifically Mohamed Atta and Nawaf al-Hazmi appear to have met face-to-face on a monthly basis to discuss the status of the operation, and ultimately the final preparation for the attack." In an interview with al-Jazeera shortly before his capture, Bin al-Shibh described al-Hazmi as Atta's "right hand."

[Page 147]

As the supporting hijackers arrived, they divided between Florida and New York before moving to three staging areas. The two who arrived in Virginia and the two who arrived in New York joined Nawaf al-Hazmi and Hanjour in Paterson, New Jersey. The four who arrived in Orlando and the five who arrived in Miami joined Atta, al-Shehhi, and Jarrah in the Fort Lauderdale, Florida area.

The nineteen hijackers began to book September 11 flights on August 26. Al-Mihdhar and Majed Moqed, hijackers on the Pentagon flight, were unable to buy tickets on August 24 because their address could not be verified. They finally purchased them with cash on September 5 at the American Airlines counter in the Baltimore/Washington International Airport. The hijackers in the Fort Lauderdale area also booked flights to locations in the Boston, Newark, New Jersey, and Washington, D.C. areas where the teams for each September 11 flight assembled.

F. Financing of the Attacks

The FBI estimates that the September 11 attacks cost $175,000 to $250,000. According to Director Mueller and Bureau documents, "the funding mechanism behind the conspiracy appears to center around Marwan al-Shehhi and individuals providing financial support primarily" through the "banking and wire service infrastructure" of the United Arab Emirates.

In Hamburg, al-Shehhi received substantial transfers from the UAE by wire from Mohamed Yousef Mohamed Alqusaidi, whom the FBI believes to be al-Shehhi's brother. In July 1999, al-Shehhi opened a checking account in the UAE and soon after granted a power of

140

attorney over the account to Alqusaidi. From July 1999 to November 2000, about $100,000 moved through the account. While they were in Germany, al-Shehhi transferred funds to Atta.

In July 2000, al-Shehhi and Atta opened a joint account at Suntrust Bank in Venice, Florida, which received, according to the FBI, Awhat appears to be the primary funding for the conspiracy,@ four transfers from the UAE totaling approximately $110,000 from Ali Abdul Aziz Ali using a variety of aliases. In June 2000, al-Shehhi also received $5,000 by Western Union wire from Isam Mansour. In [page 148] April, Ali wired $5,000 to al-Hazmi in San Diego. Several hijackers, including Hanjour and al-Mihdhar, supplemented their financing with credit cards drawn on Saudi and UAE banks.

Transfers to Bin al-Shibh on July 30 and 31, 2001, which preceded his transfers to Moussaoui, were from Hashem Abdulraham, whom FBI Director Mueller identified as Khalid Sheikh Mohammed, "the Brain."

There was also an important flow of money back to the UAE immediately before September 11. FBI documents state that funds "were returned to the source because the hijackers would not have wanted to die as thieves, therefore they returned the money that was provided to them." Three hijackers, including Atta and al-Shehhi, sent funds to Mustafa Ahmed Alhawsawi in the UAE. Al-Hazmi sent an Express Mail package to a UAE post office box rented in Alhawsawi's name that contained al-Mihdhar's debit card for an account in which $10,000 remained. Alhawsawi also had power of attorney over accounts of several hijackers in the UAE.

G. Execution of the Attacks

At approximately 7:59 a.m., on September 11, American Airlines Flight 11, bound for Los Angeles, was cleared for takeoff from Logan International Airport in Boston. On board were 81 passengers and 11 crew members. Two hijackers were in the first two seats in First Class, from which the cockpit doors were easily accessible. According to Director Mueller, the hijackers "apparently using commonly available box cutters" seized the aircraft and diverted its

141

course at about 8:13 a.m. At 8:45 a.m. Flight 11 crashed into the World Trade Center's North Tower, which collapsed at 10:25 a.m.

Atta is believed to have been the pilot because he was the only Flight 11 hijacker known to have had flight training. He spent the night before the attacks in Portland, Maine, flying to Boston on the morning of September 11. Atta's luggage did not make the connection to Flight 11. The FBI Director testified that a search "revealed a three page letter handwritten in Arabic which, upon translation, was found to contain instructions on how to prepare for a mission applicable, but not specific, to the September 11 operation."

[Page 149]

At approximately 7:58 a.m., United Airlines Flight 175, also bound for Los Angeles, left Logan with 65 passengers and crew members. At 9:05 a.m., Flight 175 crashed into the World Trade Center's South Tower, which collapsed at 9:55 a.m. Marwan al-Shehhi is believed to have been the pilot.

As of December 2002, the Office of the Chief Medical Examiner of the City of New York reported that 2792 persons are reported as missing as a result of the attacks on the World Trade Center, including persons on the ground and passengers and crew of the two planes. Of this number, 2743 death certificates have been issued. The Chief Medical Examiner has periodically revised the death toll based on continuing forensic and other determinations.

At approximately, 8:20 a.m., American Airlines Flight 77 left Dulles International Airport for Los Angeles with 58 passengers and six crew members. The last routine radio contact with the plane was at 8:50 a.m. A few minutes later the plane made an unauthorized turn. At 9:39 a.m., Flight 77 crashed into the Pentagon's southwest side. In addition to the passengers and crew, 125 military and civilian Pentagon employees died. The pilot is believed to have been Hani Hanjour. A copy of the letter in Atta's luggage was found in a car registered to al-Hazmi that had been parked at Dulles.

At approximately 8:42 a.m., United Airlines Flight 93 left Newark International Airport for San Francisco with 37 passengers and seven crew members. Ziad Jarrah was the only one of four hijackers aboard known to have a pilot's license; therefore, he is believed to have been the

142

pilot. At approximately 10:03 a.m., Flight 93 crashed into the ground at Stoney Creek Township in southwestern Pennsylvania.

Telephone calls from passengers and crew to family and friends described attempts by passengers and crew to retake the plane prior to the crash. One call described three hijackers wearing bandanas and armed with knives, with one hijacker claiming to have a bomb strapped to his waist. Two hijackers entered the cockpit and closed the door behind them. The passengers were herded to the back of the plane. The captain and co-pilot were seen lying on the floor of the First Class section, possibly [page 150] dead. At the words, "Let's roll," passengers rushed forward. As described by the FBI Director, the cockpit tape-recorder indicates that a hijacker, minutes before Flight 93 hit the ground, "advised Jarrah to crash the plane and end the passengers attempt to retake the airplane."

A copy of the letter found in Atta's baggage and al-Hazmi's car was also found at the Flight 93 crash site. The FBI notes that some of the Arabic on the cockpit tape, "such as supplications to Allah, conforms to the suicide preparation instructions" in that letter.

In the UAE, Alhawsawi, the plot financier, consolidated in his bank account funds the hijackers had returned, to which he added funds he withdrew from one of their accounts just hours before the September 11 attacks. He then flew to Karachi, Pakistan. His whereabouts are unknown.

II. Pentagon Flight Hijackers Khalid al-Mihdhar, Nawaf al-Hazmi, and Salem al-Hazmi

A. The Malaysia Meeting and Identification of Khalid al-Mihdhar and Salem and Nawaf al-Hazmi - Watchlist Opportunity Lost


[In late 1999, the Intelligence Community launched a worldwide effort to disrupt terrorist operations that were planned to occur during the Millennium celebrations. A CIA officer told the Joint Inquiry that, as the Intelligence Community reviewed information from the 1998 East Africa embassy bombings, "a kind of tuning fork . . . buzzed when two individuals reportedly planning a trip to Kuala Lumpur were linked indirectly to what appeared to be a support element . . . involved with the Africa bombers." One traveler, Khalid al-Mihdhar, started his journey to Malaysia from the Middle East, where, according to Joint Inquiry testimony from DCI Tenet, he

143

had been at a "suspected al-Qa'ida logistics facility." The other, Nawaf al-Hazmi, began his trip to Malaysia from Pakistan. Initially, only the travelers' first names were known. From the outset, information circulated throughout the Intelligence Community that identified them as "terrorist operatives." For example, a CIA cable stated, "Nawaf's travel may be in support of a terrorist mission]."

[Page 151]

The intelligence preceding the Malaysian meeting also showed that a person whose first name was Salem would attend. An intelligence analyst observed at the time that "Salem may be Nawaf's younger brother," and that observation was reported to other Intelligence Community agencies.

The Kuala Lumpur meeting took place between January 5 and 8, 2000. There has been no intelligence about what was discussed at the meeting, but, according to DCI Tenet, surveillance [ ] that began with al-Mihdhar's arrival on January 5 "indicated that the behavior of the individuals was consistent with clandestine activity."

It was later determined that Khallad bin-Atash, a leading operative in Bin Ladin's network, also attended the meeting. According to DCI Tenet, Khallad was "the most important figure at the Kuala Lumpur meeting" and he would later become "a key planner in the October 2000 USS Cole bombing."

The principal location of the meeting was a condominium owned by Yazid Sufaat, who DCI Tenet identified to the Joint Inquiry as "a Malaysian chemist . . . directed by a terrorist leader to make his apartment available." Later in 2000, Sufaat signed letters of introduction for Zacarias Moussaoui as a representative of his company, letters Moussaoui took with him to the United States.

DCI Tenet testified that, "[i]n early January 2000, we managed to obtain a photocopy of al-Mihdhar's passport as he traveled to Kuala Lumpur." This gave the CIA al-Mihdhar's full name, his passport number, and birth information. It also showed that al-Mihdhar held a U.S. visa, issued in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia in April 1999, that would not expire until April 2000. These

144

facts were verified at the U.S. consulate in Jeddah before the meeting started. The DCI told the Joint Inquiry:

We had at that point the level of detail needed to watchlist [al-Mihdhar] - that is, to nominate him to State Department for refusal of entry into the US or to deny him another visa. Our officers remained focused on the surveillance operation and did not do so.


Surveillance photographs of the meeting were taken by the [ ] and transmitted to CIA Headquarters. When the meeting ended, al- ihdhar, al-Hazmi, and Khallad (under a different name) flew to Thailand seated side by side.

[Page 152]

Soon after the travelers left Malaysia on January 8, the CIA received evidence that Nawaf's last name might be al-Hazmi when it learned that someone with that last name had been seated next to al-Mihdhar on the flight from Malaysia. That information could have led to Nawaf al-Hazmi's watchlisting.

Unknown to the CIA, since early 1999 the National Security Agency had information associating al-Hazmi by his full name with the Bin Ladin network, information it did not disseminate. NSA Director Hayden, told the Joint Inquiry:

We did not disseminate information we received in early 1999 that was unexceptional in its content except that it associated the name of Nawaf al-Hazmi with al-Qa'ida. . . . At the time of the meeting in Kuala Lumpur, we had the al- Hazmi brothers, Nawaf and Salem, as well as Khalid al-Mihdhar, in our sights. We knew of their association with al-Qa'ida, and we shared this information with the Community. I've looked at this closely. If we had handled all of the above perfectly, the only new fact that we could have contributed at the time of Kuala Lumpur was that Nawaf's surname (and perhaps that of Salem, who appeared to be Nawaf's brother) was al-Hazmi.


Although NSA did not disseminate this information to the Intelligence Community before September 11, it was available in NSA databases. However, no one at CIA or elsewhere asked NSA before September 11 to review its database for information about Nawaf al-Hazmi.

Knowledge of Nawaf's last name also pointed to his brother Salem's last name, which meant that the Intelligence Community had in its grasp the full names of three of the future hijackers. In addition, the State Department had in the records of its Jeddah consulate the fact

145

that Nawaf and Salem al-Hazmi had obtained U.S. visas in April 1999, several days before al- Mihdhar obtained his U.S. visa at that consulate.

Thus, at the time of the Malaysia meeting, the CIA had passport information regarding al- Mihdhar, including his U.S. visa. A CIA officer, who was working as a CTC Supervisor, testified before the Joint Inquiry that a CTC cable in early 2000 noted that al-Mihdhar's passport information had been "passed to the FBI," but the CIA was unable to "confirm either passage or receipt of the [page 153] information" and, thus, could not identify "the exact details . . . that were passed." The Joint Inquiry found no record of the visa information at FBI Headquarters.

While the Malaysia meeting was in progress, a CIA employee sent an e-mail to a CIA colleague describing "exactly" the briefings he had given two FBI agents on al-Mihdhar's activities. The CIA employee had been assigned to the FBI's Strategic Information Operations Center to deal with problems "in communicating between the CIA and the FBI." The e-mail did not mention that al-Mihdhar held a U.S. visa, but did report that the CIA employee told the second FBI agent the following:

This continues to be an [intelligence] operation. Thus far, a lot of suspicious activity has been observed but nothing that would indicate evidence of an impending attack or criminal enterprise. Told [the first FBI agent] that as soon as something concrete is developed leading us to the criminal arena or to known FBI cases, we will immediately bring FBI into the loop. Like [the first FBI agent] yesterday, [the second FBI agent] stated that this was a fine approach and thanked me for keeping him in the loop.


An e-mail from the second FBI agent to FBI Headquarters discussed the conversation with the CIA employee. This e-mail also did not mention al-Mihdhar's visa information. None of the participants in these communications now recalls discussing the visa information.

146

B. Khalid al-Mihdhar and Nawaf al-Hazmi Travel to the United States - Watchlist Opportunity Lost

[For six weeks, CIA sought to locate al-Mihdhar in Thailand. It was unsuccessful, however, because, according to a CIA officer's testimony, "[w]hen they arrived [in Thailand] we were unable to mobilize what we needed to mobilize." Nonetheless, in February 2000, CIA rejected a request from foreign authorities to become involved because CIA was in the middle of an investigation "to determine what the subject is up to]."

[In early March 2000, CIA Headquarters, including CTC and its Bin Ladin unit, received a cable from a CIA station in [ ] noting that Nawaf al-Hazmi had traveled to Los Angeles on January 15, 2000. The cable was marked "Action Required: None, FYI [For Your Information]." The following day, another station, which had been copied on the cable by the originating station, cabled [page 154] CTC's Bin Ladin unit that it had read the cable "with interest," particularly "the information that a member of this group traveled to the U.S. following his visit to Kuala Lumpur." No action resulted at CIA].*

Once again, the CIA did not add Nawaf al-Hazmi's name to the State Department's watchlist for denying admission to the United States. It also did not notify the FBI that a "terrorist operative," as al-Hazmi was described in January, had entered the United States. The CIA did not consider the possibility that al-Mihdhar and al-Hazmi, who had flown together to Thailand, continued on together to the United States. In fact, al-Mihdhar had flown with al- Hazmi to the United States on January 15, 2000.

The CIA Headquarters employee who had direct responsibility for tracking the movement of the attendees at the Malaysia meeting does not recall either the March 5 or March 6, 2000 messages concerning al-Hazmi's travel to the United States. The CTC Supervisor, referred to earlier, testified before the Joint Inquiry:

It's very difficult to understand what happened with [the March 5] cable when it came in. I don't know exactly why it was missed. It would appear that it was missed.


_______________

* This occurred even though CTC had republished guidance reminding personnel of the importance of watchlisting in December 1999. (see Appendix, "CTC Watchlisting Guidance - December 1999").

147

DCI Tenet also testified about this omission: "Our receipt of the information in March should have triggered the thought to watchlist al-Hazmi, but no CTC officer recalls even having seen the cable on his travel to LA when it arrived." In fact, the DCI explained: "[n]obody read that cable in the March time frame." Summing up these early watchlisting failures, the DCI told the Joint Inquiry:

During the intense operations to thwart the Millennium and Ramadan threats, the watchlist task in the case of these two al- Qa'ida operatives slipped through. The error exposed a weakness in our internal training and an inconsistent understanding of watchlist thresholds.


C. Khalid al-Mihdhar Leaves the U.S. and Nawaf al-Hazmi Applies for a Visa Extension

[Page 155]

By February 2000, al-Mihdhar and al-Hazmi had settled in San Diego, California where they used their true names on a rental agreement. They did the same in obtaining California driver's licenses.

[In May 2000, they took flight lessons in San Diego. While in San Diego, the two had numerous contacts with a long-time FBI counterterrorism informant].

On June 10, al-Mihdhar flew from Los Angeles to Frankfurt, and then on to Oman. Al- Hazmi remained in the United States. On July 12, two days before the expiration of the sixmonth visa he had been granted on arriving in January, al-Hazmi applied to the INS for an extension, using the address of the San Diego apartment he had shared with al-Mihdhar.

The INS does not have a record of any additional extension request by al-Hazmi, who remained in the United States illegally after his extension expired in January 2001. In December 2000, al-Hazmi moved to Mesa, Arizona, with Hani Hanjour, another hijacker.

D. The Attack on USS Cole and the Identification Of Khallad - Watchlist Opportunity Lost

On October 12, 2000, two Al Qa'ida terrorists attacked USS Cole as the destroyer refueled in Yemen. In investigating the attack, the FBI developed information that Khallad bin

148

Attash had been a principal planner of the bombing and that two other participants in the Cole conspiracy had delivered money to Khallad in Malaysia at the time of the Malaysia meeting. The FBI shared this information with the CIA, whose analysts decided to conduct a review of what was known about the meeting.

In January 2001, CIA concluded, based on statements by a joint CIA/FBI human source, that Khallad appeared in one of the surveillance photos taken during the Malaysia meeting. The CIA recognized that Khallad's presence at the meeting was significant because it meant that the other attendees, including al-Mihdhar and al-Hazmi, had been in direct contact with the key planner of the Cole attack for Bin Ladin's network. DCI Tenet described the import of this development to the Joint Inquiry: [page 156]

The Malaysian meeting took on greater significance in December 2000 when the investigation of the October 2000 USS Cole bombing linked some of Khalid al- Mihdhar's Malaysia connections with Cole bombing suspects. We further confirmed the suspected link between al-Mihdhar and al-Hazmi and a person thought to be one of the chief planners of the Cole attack, via a joint FBI-CIA [human] asset. This was the first time that CIA could definitively place al-Hazmi and al- Mihdhar with a known al-Qa'ida operative.


Although al-Mihdhar and al-Hazmi had now been "definitively" placed "with a known al-Qai'ida operative," the CIA once again did not act to add them to the State Department's watchlist. In January 2001, Khalid al-Mihdhar was abroad, his visa had expired, and he would have to clear a watchlist check before obtaining a new visa to re-enter the United States.

The DCI testified that the information about Khallad resulted from a "joint case" the FBI and the CIA were conducting. The CTC Chief at the time also testified that the CIA ran "a joint operation with the FBI to determine if a Cole suspect was in a Kuala Lumpur surveillance photo":

Both agencies wanted to find out who killed our sailors. Both agencies were working to bring those terrorists to justice. We were in the business of providing information to the FBI, not withholding it.


The day after the photo identification by the joint CIA/FBI human source in January 2001, the asset's identification of Khallad in the photo was reported to CIA Headquarters. However, the Joint Inquiry found no information showing that the FBI representative on the scene, who also worked with that source, was told about the identification or that the information

149

was provided to FBI Headquarters. To the contrary, contemporary documents over the next month strongly suggest that the FBI did not know of this development. It was not until August 30, 2001, that CIA Headquarters transmitted to the FBI a memorandum stating, "We wish to advise you that, during a previously scheduled meeting with our joint source," Khallad was identified in a surveillance photo.

E. The June 11, 2001 FBI/CIA Meeting and Khalid al-Mihdhar's Return to the United States

[Page 157]

On May 15, 2001, the CTC Supervisor, who had just been detailed to the FBI, sent a request to CIA Headquarters for the surveillance photographs of the Malaysian meeting. In a May 18 e-mail to a CIA analyst, the CIA officer described the basis for his interest:

. . . the reason (aside from trying to find a photo of the second Cole bomber) I'm interested is because Khalid Mihdar's two companions also were couriers of a sort, who traveled between [the Far East] and Los Angeles at the same time (hazmi and salah).


"Salah" was the name under which Khallad traveled during the Malaysian meeting. Thus, information about al-Hazmi's travel to the United States began to attract attention at CIA at least as early as May 18, 2001.

Toward the end of May 2001, a CIA analyst contacted an Intelligence Operations Specialist (IOS) at FBI Headquarters about the surveillance photographs. The CIA wanted the FBI to review the photographs to determine whether a person in the custody of [ ] officials in connection with the FBI's Cole investigation, who had carried money to Southeast Asia for Khallad in January 2000, could be identified. When interviewed, the FBI IOS explained to the Joint Inquiry that the CIA had told her that the photographs had been taken during the Malaysia meeting, but had said nothing about al-Mihdhar's potential travel to the United States. The CIA also did not tell the FBI IOS that the photographs were of a meeting Khallad had attended.

[On June 11, 2001, the CIA analyst and FBI IOS traveled to New York to meet with FBI criminal case agents handling the Cole investigation. The New York agents were shown, but not given copies of [ ] of the [ ] surveillance photographs taken in Malaysia and were asked if they could identify anyone in them. A New York FBI agent testified to the Joint Inquiry that the agents pressed for information about the photographs and asked: "Why were you

150

looking at this guy? You couldn't have been following everybody around the Millennium. What was the reason behind this?" Nonetheless, the agent said, "at the end of the day we knew the name Khalid al-Mihdhar but nothing else." The agent testified that he was told that "the information could not be passed" at that time, but might be "in the days and weeks to come." However, no additional information was transmitted for use in a criminal case until after September 11].

[Page 158]

In addition to not being told why al-Mihdhar was being surveilled, the New York agents were not told about his U.S. visa, Nawaf al- Hazmi's travel to the United States, the January 2001 photo identification of Khallad, or the fact that the analyst had come upon material in a CIA database that led him to conclude that "Al-Hazmi was an experienced [Mujahadeen]." The FBI IOS had none of that information, but the CIA analyst who attended the New York meeting acknowledged to the Joint Inquiry that he had seen all of it. In fact, he had received an e-mail just three weeks earlier that referred to al-Hazmi's travel to the United States. That information, he related in a Joint Inquiry interview, "did not mean anything to him," since he was interested in terrorist connections to Yemen. The CIA analyst explained to the Joint Inquiry that the information was operational in nature and he would not disclose it outside CIA unless he had prior authority to do so.

Summing up the New York meeting and all that preceded it, the same CTC Supervisor on detail to the FBI, who did not attend the meeting but knew of it testified:

[E]very place that something could have gone wrong in this over a year and a half, it went wrong. All the processes that had been put in place, all the safeguards, everything else, they failed at every possible opportunity. Nothing went right.


On June 13, 2001, al-Mihdhar obtained a new U.S. visa in Jeddah, using a different passport than the one he had used to enter the United States in January 2000. On his visa application, he checked "no" in response to the question whether he had ever been in the United States. On July 4, al-Mihdhar re-entered the United States.

F. The Watchlisting of Khalid al-Mihdhar and Nawaf al-Hazmi

151

In early July 2001, the same CTC Supervisor located in a CIA database the cable for which he had been searching that contained information the CIA had acquired in January 2001 about Khallad's attending the Malaysia meeting. He told the Joint Inquiry that Khallad's presence at the meeting deeply troubled him and he immediately sent an e-mail from FBI Headquarters to CTC stating, " Khallad] is a major league killer, who orchestrated the Cole attack and possibly the Africa bombings."

[Page 159]

A review was launched at CIA of all cables regarding the Malaysia meeting. The task fell largely to an FBI analyst assigned to CTC. On August 21, 2001, the analyst put together two key pieces of information: the intelligence the CIA received in January 2000 that al- ihdhar had a multiple entry visa to the United States, and the information it received in March 2000 that al- Hazmi had traveled to the United States. Working with an INS representative assigned to CTC, the analyst learned that al-Mihdhar had entered the United States on January 15, 2000, had departed on June 10, and had re-entered the United States on July 4, 2001. Suspicions were further aroused by the fact that al-Mihdhar and al-Hazmi had arrived in Los Angeles in January 2000, when Ahmed Ressam would have been in Los Angeles to conduct terrorist operations at Los Angeles Airport, but for his apprehension at the U.S./Canada border in December 1999.

On August 23, 2001, the CIA sent a cable to the State Department, INS, Customs, and FBI requesting that "Bin Ladin-related individuals," al-Mihdhar, al-Hazmi, Khallad, and one other person at the Malaysia meeting, be watchlisted immediately and denied entry into the United States "due to their confirmed links to Egyptian Islamic Jihad operatives and suspicious activities while traveling in East Asia." Although the CIA believed that al-Mihdhar was already in the United States, placing him on the watchlist would enable authorities to detain him if he attempted to leave. The CIA cable stated that al-Hazmi had arrived in Los Angeles on January 15, 2000 on the same flight as al-Mihdhar and that there was no record of al-Hazmi's departure. On August 24, the State Department watchlisted al-Mihdhar, al-Hazmi, and the others listed in the CIA cable. On August 27, it revoked the visa that al-Mihdhar had obtained in June.
admin
Site Admin
 
Posts: 36135
Joined: Thu Aug 01, 2013 5:21 am

Re: Report of the Joint Inquiry Into the Terrorist Attacks o

Postby admin » Sat Mar 26, 2016 7:38 am

Part 2 of 5

G. The Search for Khalid al-Mihdhar

FBI Headquarters promptly sent to the FBI New York field office a draft communication recommending the opening of "an intelligence investigation to determine if al-Mihdhar is still in

152

the United States." It stated that al-Mihdhar's "confirmed association" with various elements of Bin Ladin's terrorist network, including potential association with two individuals involved in the attack on USS Cole, "make him a risk to the national security of the United States." The goal of the intelligence [page 160] investigation was to "locate al-Mihdhar and determine his contacts and reasons for being in the United States."

That communication precipitated a debate between FBI Headquarters and New York field office personnel as to whether to open an intelligence or criminal investigation on al- Mihdhar. A New York FBI agent tried to convince Headquarters to open a criminal investigation, given the importance of the search and the limited resources available in intelligence investigations, but Headquarters declined to do so. An e-mail exchange between Headquarters and the New York agent described the debate:

o From FBI Headquarters:

"If al-Midhar is located, the interview must be conducted by an intel [intelligence] agent. A criminal agent CAN NOT be present at the interview. This case, in its entirety, is based on intel. If at such time as information is developed indicating the existence of a substantial federal crime, that information will be passed over the wall according to the proper procedures and turned over for follow-up criminal investigation. (Emphasis in original.)


o From the New York agent:

Whatever has happened to this - someday someone will die - and wall or not - the public will not understand why we were not more effective and throwing every resource we had at certain 'problems.' Let's hope the [FBI's] National Security Law Unit (NSLU) will stand behind their decisions [about the "wall"] then, especially since the biggest threat to us now, UBL, is getting the most 'protection.'"


The agent was told in response: "we (at Headquarters) are all frustrated with this issue," but "[t]hese are the rules. NSLU does not make them up."

The former head of the FBI's International Terrorism Operations Section explained to theJoint Inquiry why the search for al-Mihdhar was conducted as an intelligence, rather than a criminal matter: "Although we certainly suspect, and rightfully so, that they were probably

153

engaged in . . . criminal acts, the information brought to us came essentially in total in the intelligence channel, so an intelligence investigation was opened."

[Page 161]

The FBI contacted the Bureau of Diplomatic Security at the State Department on August 27, 2001 to obtain al-Mihdhar and al-Hazmi's visa information. This was provided to the FBI on August 29 and revealed that, on entering the United States in July 2001, al-Mihdhar claimed that he would be staying at a Marriott hotel in New York City. An FBI agent determined on September 5 that al-Mihdhar had not registered at a New York Marriott. The agent checked computerized national and New York criminal and motor vehicle indices on al-Mihdhar and al- Hazmi, but those checks were negative. On September 11, the agent sent an electronic communication to the FBI's Los Angeles Field Office, asking it to look for al-Mihdhar and to check airline records.

H. The Case Against Bin Ladin

In the days following the September 11 attacks, the FBI received additional photographs from the surveillance of the Malaysia meeting. One of these, the FBI quickly learned, was a photograph of Khallad. The Bureau also learned that the January 2001 photo identification of Khallad by the joint FBI/CIA asset had been mistaken. The person thought to be Khallad was actually Nawaf al-Hazmi. The conclusion that Khallad had attended the Malaysian meeting was nonetheless correct.

Later in September, the FBI prepared an analysis of Bin Ladin's responsibility for the September 11 attacks to help the State Department develop a "White Paper" that could be shared with foreign governments:

Even at this early stage of the investigation, the FBI has developed compelling evidence [the analysis concluded] which points to Bin Ladin and al-Qa'ida as the perpetrators of this attack. By way of illustration, at least two of the hijackers met with a known senior al-Qa'ida terrorist, the same al-Qa'ida terrorist which reliable information demonstrates orchestrated the attack on USS Cole and who was involved in the planning of the East Africa Embassy Bombings.


The two hijackers were al-Mihdhar and al-Hazmi. The senior al-Qa'ida terrorist was Khallad. The place they met was Malaysia. The facts linking al-Mihdhar and al-Hazmi to Khallad and therefore to [page 162] Bin Ladin became the crux of the case the State Department made to

154

governments around the world that Bin Ladin should be held accountable for the September 11 attacks.

III. NSA Communications Intercepts Related to Khalid al-Mihdhar, Nawaf and Salem al-Hazmi

[In the fall of 1998, NSA began to focus its analysis on a suspected terrorist facility in the Middle East. That facility had been associated with al-Qa'ida activities against U.S. interests. [ ].

[In early 1999, NSA analyzed communications involving a suspected terrorist facility in the Middle East, some of which were associated with Nawaf al-Hazmi and Khaled [ ], who NSA now believes to have been Khalid al-Mihdhar. [ ]. These communications were the first indication NSA had of a link between al-Mihdhar and al-Hazmi. They were not disseminated in NSA SIGINT reporting because the persons were unknown and the subject matter did not meet NSA reporting thresholds. Those thresholds vary, depending on the judgment of the NSA analyst who is reviewing the intercept and the subject, location, and content of the intercept].

[In early 1999, another organization obtained the same or similar communications and published the information in a report it gave to NSA. NSA's practice was to review such reports and disseminate those responsive to U.S. intelligence requirements. For an undetermined reason, NSA did not disseminate the [ ] report. It was not until early 2002 during the Joint Inquiry that NSA realized that it had the [ ] report in its databases and subsequently disseminated it to CIA and other customers].

[No additional activity of counterterrorism interest was associated with the suspected terrorist facility in the Middle East until summer 1999 when NSA analyzed additional communications involving Khaled, that is, al-Mihdhar, [page 163] and [

155

]. At about the same time, the name Khallad came to the attention of NSA for the first time].

[NSA analyzed communications associated with a suspected terrorist facility in the Middle East from later in the summer of 1999. These communications also involved the names of Khaled and others. None of this information was disseminated because the subject matter did not meet NSA reporting thresholds].

[In late 1999, NSA analyzed communications associated with a suspected terrorist facility in the Middle East involving Nawaf al-Hazmi, Khaled, and, for the first time, Salem. It was thought at the time that Salem might be al-Hazmi's younger brother, and this was later confirmed].

[In early [ ] 2000, NSA analyzed what appeared to be related communications concerning a Khaled [ ]. NSA reported this information in early January to CIA, FBI, and other counterterrorism customers].

[After this NSA report [ ], CIA submitted a formal request to NSA in early 2000 for approval to share information in the report with [ ] foreign intelligence liaison services, along with the fact that Khaled may have been connected to a suspected terrorist facility in the Middle East that had previously been linked to al-Qa'ida's activities against U.S. interests. CIA wanted to cite these connections to enlist liaison assistance [ ]. NSA allowed the information to be released].

[Page 164]

[On January 10, the Counterterrorist Center (CTC) at CIA gave NSA information regarding the [ ] Kuala Lumpur meeting, including information about al-Mihdhar [ ]; the name of the person who assisted him in Kuala Lumpur; the fact that al-Mihdhar's primary purpose in coming to Malaysia appeared to have been to meet with others [ ]; and other information

156

[ ].

On January 13, NSA received CIA operational reporting from CTC. [ ].

[In mid-January 2000, NSA queried its databases for information concerning Khaled [ ]. These queries remained active until May 2000, but did not uncover any information].

[In early 2000, NSA analyzed communications involving Khaled and a suspected terrorist facility in the Middle East linked to al-Qa'ida activities directed against U.S. interests. The FBI determined, based on toll records it obtained after September 11, that Khaled had been in the United States at the time. [ ]. Some of these communications met NSA reporting thresholds and were reported to FBI, CIA, and other customers, but some did not. [ ].

[NSA analyzed additional communications in the summer of 2000 that were associated with a suspected terrorist facility in the Middle East, Salem and Khaled. [ [page 165] ]. NSA did not believe this provided any new information, and there was no dissemination].

IV. [Nawaf al-Hazmi and Khalid al-Mihdhar Had Numerous Contacts with an FBI Informant]

157

[Two September 11 hijackers, Khalid al-Mihdhar and Nawaf al-Hazmi, lived in San Diego, California, beginning in February 2000. Al Mihdhar left San Diego in June 2000, while al-Hazmi remained until December 2000, when he moved to Arizona. During the time they were in San Diego, these two hijackers had numerous contacts with a long-time FBI counterterrorism informant. A third hijacker, Hani Hanjour, may have had more limited contact with this individual in December 2000].

CIA and FBI Headquarters had information tying al-Mihdhar and al-Hazmi to al-Qa'ida as early as January 2000 and later received information that they were in the United States. The San Diego FBI field office received none of this information before September 11. As a result, the informant was not asked to collect information about the hijackers.

[An FBI written response to the Joint Inquiry acknowledges questions about the informant's credibility, but the Administration and the FBI have objected to the Joint Inquiry's request to interview the informant and have refused to serve a Committee subpoena and notice of deposition on the informant. As suggested by the FBI, the Joint Inquiry submitted written interrogatories for response by the informant. Through an attorney, the informant declined to respond and indicated that, if subpoenaed, the informant would require a grant of immunity prior to testifying. Thus, this section has been prepared without access to the informant and in reliance on FBI documents, interviews of FBI personnel, and FBI representations about the informant].

A. Background

[In the aftermath of the September 11 attacks, the San Diego FBI field office determined that a long-time FBI counterterrorism informant had numerous contacts with Nawaf al-Hazmi and Khalid al-Mihdhar].

[Page 166]

[ ].

158

[].

B. [Informant's Contacts with Two Hijackers]

[After the September 11 attacks, the informant's FBI handling agent interviewed the informant about contacts with al-Hazmi and al- Mihdhar. Due to suspicions that the informant might have been involved in the attacks, the informant was interviewed multiple times by a number of FBI agents about the informant's contacts with the hijackers. According to the FBI handling agent, the informant admitted having numerous contacts with al-Hazmi and al-Mihdhar, but denied knowledge of the plot and initially expressed disbelief that the two were involved].

[The informant provided the FBI with information concerning the informant's contacts with al-Hazmi and al-Mihdhar. The informant subsequently told the FBI slightly different stories concerning the initial contact and provided different dates for the contacts with them].

[The informant told the FBI that during the contacts with al-Hazmi and al-Mihdhar, the informant observed no signs that they were involved in terrorist activity. The informant said that at the time the informant thought that [page 167] the two were good, religious Muslims. They did not act in a peculiar manner and did nothing to arouse the informant's suspicions. [].

[The informant told the FBI that based on the informant's contacts with al-Hazmi and al- Mihdhar, they did not work, yet they always seemed to have money. Although they did not fit the profile of rich Saudis, the informant never questioned them about finances].

159

[].

[].

[During one of the informant's final contacts with al-Hazmi in San Diego, al-Hazmi was [page 168] with someone the informant had not previously met. The informant described the person as 27 years old, 5'8", 130 to 140 pounds, fair complexion, and of either Saudi or Yemeni ancestry. The FBI has determined that Hani Hanjour, who fits this general description, arrived in San Diego from Dubai on December 8, 2000, and left San Diego with al-Hazmi for Arizona several days later. The two future hijackers lived together in Arizona. The informant was shown a picture of Hanjour and stated this was not the person that the informant had met].

[After September 11, the informant gave the FBI a list of individuals the informant understood had contacts with al-Hazmi and al-Midhar while they were in San Diego.

o [].

o [].

160

o [].

o [].

[Four of the persons had been the subject of FBI investigations; three of them had been under active FBI investigation during the time that the future hijackers were in San Diego. The FBI opened counterterrorism investigations on other individuals on the list after September 11].

[The informant's handling agent described his relationship with the informant in a Joint Inquiry hearing:

At some points, I would speak to the informant several times a day for hours at a times, while there were also periods that I did not speak with the informant for several months. Our discussions were not only about substantive matters of interest to the FBI, but also about personal matters such as the informant's health, family, and general well being…[D]uring…a debriefing in the summer of 2000 the informant told me that the informant met two individuals the informant described as] good Muslim Saudi youths who were legally in the [page 169]United States to visit and attend school. According to the informant, they were religious and not involved in criminal or political activities…At some later point, but before September 11, the informant told me their names were Nawaf and Khalid. The informant did not tell me their last names prior to September 11, 2001].

[According to the handling agent, the informant did not mention that al-Hazmi was pursuing flight training until after September 11. The handling agent told the Joint Inquiry that he did not consider the informant's information about these individuals unusual:

[].

[The FBI handling agent said he "did not document the information provided by the informant on these two persons in FBI files before September 11". This was because the

161

informant "provided this information during a discussion of personal matters and not because the informant believed it had any investigative significance:"

As required by the Attorney General Guidelines, I only recorded information about persons with some nexus to international terrorism, foreign counterintelligence or criminal activity. I was unaware prior to September 11 of 2001 that these persons had any such ties].


[The handling agent said in Joint Inquiry interviews that none of the information provided by the informant about the hijackers before September 11 raised concerns. The fact that the two individuals were Saudi was not a concern before September 11 because Saudi Arabia was considered an ally. The FBI confirmed this in its written response].

[The agent noted that [ ]. He also explained that, if the informant had told him about [page 170] contacts between the two and persons under investigation or if he had received derogatory information about them from Headquarters, he could have taken some action. However, the informant did not tell the FBI about al-Hazmi's and al-Mihdhar's contacts with persons under investigation until after September 11. In addition, the FBI's San Diego field office did not learn until after September 11 that the CIA had information that al- Hazmi and al-Mihdhar were affiliated with al-Qa'ida and had been linked to persons connected to the Cole bombing].

[FBI interviews of the informant after September 11 confirm the FBI handling agent's account and add some context. [ ]. The informant confirmed that the two individuals were only mentioned in passing during a conversation with the handling agent. The informant recalls identifying the two only by their first names because the informant did not consider them suspicious. The informant told the FBI that other details were not provided prior to September 11 because the informant did not consider the information important or significant].

C. Questions about the Informant's Credibility

162

[When the San Diego office realized that the informant had numerous contacts with the two hijackers, FBI personnel became suspicious that the informant may have been involved in the plot. San Diego personnel interviewed by the Joint Inquiry, including senior managers and case agents, now believe that the informant was an unwitting observer with no role in the attacks because:

o The informant made no effort to hide the hijackers or their identities from the FBI handling agent.

o [].

[Page 171]

o The informant has cooperated fully since September 11, agreeing to FBI interviews and to being polygraphed by the FBI. Although the informant's responses during the polygraph examination to very specific questions about the informant's advance knowledge of the September 11 plot were judged to be "inconclusive," the FBI asserts this type of result is not unusual for such individuals in such circumstances.

o The informant provided the FBI with extensive details after September 11 on the informant's contacts with the hijackers and their associates in the San Diego area].

[In a written response to a Joint Inquiry staff statement, the FBI provided additional reasons for concluding that the informant was not a conspirator. [

163

].

[The FBI handling agent attributed inconsistencies in the informant's reporting to the informant's personality.

[]


Despite these characteristics, the FBI handling agent testified that the informant was "very credible, highly reliable, very, very credible, very useful." In the FBI handling agent's opinion, the informant was "duped" by the hijackers and was not suspicious of them at all].

[The FBI's written response notes that the informant did not report on the hijackers' association with others the informant knew were of interest to the FBI because the associations known to [page 172] the informant appeared innocuous. For example, al-Hazmi and al- Mihdhar associated with a local imam ostensibly because the "two hijackers attended religious services at the mosque where the imam preached." In addition, the informant "has advised that…neither al- Hazmi nor al-Mihdhar conducted themselves in a manner which [the informant] subjectively viewed as suspicious nor has FBI investigation to date developed any evidence that [the informant's] lack of suspicion was not objectively reasonable]."

[].

[Based on Joint Inquiry interviews of San Diego FBI personnel involved with the informant before September 11 or in assessing the informant's credibility after the attacks and reviews of thousands of Bureau documents, several unresolved questions about the informant's credibility remain. Although the informant did not recognize hijacker Hani Hanjour in photographs shown to the informant by the FBI after September 11, there are indications that Hanjour was in the San Diego area with al-Hazmi in December 2000 and probably met the informant:

164

o [].

o [].

o [].

o [[page 173] ].

[FBI personnel believe it likely that the informant met Hanjour in December 2000 and are unable to explain why the informant failed to identify Hanjour].

[The informant's credibility is called into question in other important ways:

o The informant made a variety of inconsistent statements to the FBI during the course of multiple interviews. The informant has provided the FBI with many different dates as to the informant's numerous contacts with al-Hazmi and al-Mihdhar and their initial contact. The FBI acknowledged that "San Diego agrees with [the] Joint Inquiry…that there are significant inconsistencies" in the informant's reports.

o Some of the informant's statements are not consistent with information developed through investigation concerning the dates of the contacts. The FBI concedes that the hijackers may have known the informant months earlier than the informant admitted. [

165

].

o [[page 174]].

o The informant told the FBI after September 11, 2001 that al-Hazmi had told the informant that he was moving to Arizona for flight training and never mentioned flight training he received while living in San Diego.

o [].

o [].

166

In its written response, the FBI acknowledges "unexplained inconsistencies" in the informant's reporting which continue to warrant ongoing FBI investigation].

[The CIA was aware in January 2000 that al-Mihdhar had a U.S. visa and in March 2000 that al-Hazmi had traveled to California. The FBI handling agent testified that, if he had access to the CIA intelligence concerning al-Mihdhar and al-Hazmi when they were in San Diego]:

It would have made a huge difference. We would have immediately opened [ ] investigations. We had the predicate for a [ ] investigation if we had that information.… [page 175] We would immediately go out and canvas the sources and try to find out where these people were. If we locate them, which we probably would have since they were very close - they were nearby - we would have initiated investigations immediately….We would have done everything. We would have used all available investigative techniques. [We] would have given them the full court press. We would…have done everything - physical surveillance, technical surveillance and other assets.


[FBI Headquarters became aware in late August 2001 that al-Hazmi and al-Mihdhar were in the United States. The San Diego field office did not receive this information until after September 11. The FBI handling agent stated that he believes that San Diego could have located the two hijackers, and he was critical of Headquarters' failure to share information]:

We'd have immediately gone out to various assets who already work in the streets for us. We'd basically run the names by them and find out - we'd locate them…I'm sure. I'm sure we could have located them and we could have done it within a few days.

[The San Diego office was also generally unaware of the al-Qa'ida threat. As the FBI handling agent testified]:

We knew [al-Qa'ida] was an important person or organization. But we didn't have any presence. We didn't have any cases and we didn't have any source information that indicated that these guys were here in San Diego at that time.

[The FBI handling agent said that he did not discuss Bin Ladin or al-Qa'ida with the informant before September 11 because that was:

. . . not an issue in terms of my assignments. [].

167

[In a written response, the FBI took issue with the contention that the FBI was not treating al-Qa'ida as a serious threat in San Diego, citing an internal document dated March 15, 1999 which identified:

[Usama Bin Ladin as the number one priority of the U.S. Intelligence [page 176] Community. [].


The Assistant Special Agent in Charge in San Diego told the Joint Inquiry that, upon assuming his duties in June 2000, he met with the counterterrorism squad to review this communication and emphasize the stated priorities].

The FBI response also noted that "there was no known al-Qaeda presence in San Diego before 9/11/2001." However, the record confirms that future hijackers al-Mihdhar, al Hazmi, and perhaps Hanjour, were in the San Diego area and unknown to the FBI during the time they were there.

V. Associates of the September 11, 2001 Terrorists in the United States

In June 2002 testimony before the Joint Inquiry, DCI Tenet and FBI Director Mueller asserted, in explaining how the September 11 hijackers had avoided the notice of the Intelligence Community, that the conspirators intentionally avoided actions or associations that would have attracted law enforcement attention during their time in the United States. The DCI said:

Once in the U.S., the hijackers were careful, with the exception of minor traffic violations, to avoid drawing law enforcement attention and even general notice that might identify them as extremists. They dressed in Western clothes, most shaved their beards before entering the U.S., and they largely avoided mosques.


FBI Director Mueller appeared to concur:

While here, the hijackers effectively operated without suspicion, triggering nothing that would have alerted law enforcement and doing nothing that exposed them to domestic coverage. As far as we know, they contacted no known terrorist sympathizers in the United States.


The former Assistant Director for the FBI's Counterterrorism Division also emphasized this point in his testimony: [page 177]

168

[T]here were no contacts with anybody we were looking at inside the United States . . . quite honestly, with zero contact in the United States of any of our known people with the 19 persons coming here that we had no information about, intelligence-wise, before, through no one's fault, that's how they did it.


However, the Joint Inquiry review of documents and interviews of FBI personnel indicate that the six hijackers who served as the leaders and facilitators of the September 11 attacks were not isolated in the United States, but instead maintained a number of contacts in the United States before September 11. Although the extent to which the persons with whom they were in contact in the United States were aware of the September 11 plot is unknown, it is clear that those persons provided some of the hijackers with substantial assistance while they prepared for the attacks. These contacts in the United States helped hijackers find housing, open bank accounts, obtain drivers licenses, locate flight schools, and facilitate transactions.

The record of the Joint Inquiry demonstrates that some persons known to the FBI through prior or then-current FBI counterterrorism inquiries and investigations may have had contact with the hijackers, for example;

o [Nawaf al-Hazmi and Khalid al-Mihdhar had numerous contacts with a long-term FBI counterterrorism informant while they were living in San Diego, California. There are several indications that hijacker Hani Hanjour may have had more limited contact with this individual in December 2000].

o Before September 11, hijackers al-Mihdhar, Nawaf al-Hazmi, Hanjour, Muhammed Atta, Marwan al-Shehhi, and possibly others had contact with people who had come to the FBI's attention during counterterrorism or counterintelligence inquiries or investigations. In all, some of the hijackers were in various degrees of contact with at least fourteen such persons; four of whom were the focus of active FBI investigations, while the hijackers were in the United States.

o Before September 11, al-Mihdhar, al-Hazmi, Hanjour, Atta, al-Shehhi, and possibly other hijackers attended at least seven mosques in California, Florida, Virginia, Arizona, and [page 178] Maryland, some of which were also attended by persons of interest to the FBI.

169

The fact that so many persons known to the FBI may have been in contact with the hijackers raises questions as to how much the FBI knew about the activities of Islamic extremist groups in the United States before September 11 and whether the FBI was well-positioned to thwart the attack. Moreover, the extent to which the hijackers interacted with and relied on other persons in the United States is vitally important in understanding the modus operandi of the hijackers and al-Qa'ida and in preventing future attacks.

At a Joint Inquiry hearing in October 2002, FBI Director Mueller commented on his earlier testimony about the hijackers' conduct in the United States:

[When] I say that the hijackers did "nothing that exposed them to domestic coverage" . . . [and when I say that] the hijackers "contacted no known terrorist sympathizers in the United States," [I] meant in the context of the hijackers not contacting - before 9/11 - terrorist sympathizers on whom we had technical or other form of coverage. The point being that had they done so, we might have been able to identify them as a result of that coverage. When making that statement, I did not have in mind what may have been known to the Bureau about persons such as al-Bayoumi [a Saudi living in California, who may have assisted hijackers, al-Hazmi and al-Midhar]. I can see, however, how the statement could be subject to an alternate interpretation that even as of June 18 we had uncovered no persons who had had contact with the hijackers and were "terrorist sympathizers." I can assure the Committee that I had no intent to mislead.


In a written response to the Joint Inquiry, the FBI explained that, "while [the hijackers] lived their day-to-day lives in an open manner, [they] pursued their inimical objectives in a cloistered, secretive and highly covert manner that kept them on the periphery of the FBI's counterterrorism coverage." The FBI acknowledged that:

. . . the hijackers 'may have had contact' with subjects of prior or current [counterterrorism] investigations in San Diego. Such contact occurred principally through the hijackers' attendance of religious services at various mosques in San Diego, some frequented by subjects of FBI [counterterrorism] investigations.


[Page 179] However, the FBI argued that there is "a significant difference between 'having contact' and 'making contact'" and contends that "[t]he record does not suggest that the hijackers unilaterally or affirmatively sought out or initiated contact with the 14 persons named."

Nonetheless, at least one FBI document prepared shortly after the September 11 attacks concluded that the hijackers, rather than operating in isolation, were assisted by "a web of

170

contacts " in the United States. In an undated draft analysis based on information available as of November 2001, the FBI's Investigative Services Division concluded:

Initial reporting from observers cast the hijackers as loners who stayed aloof from those around them. While these characterizations remain an accurate appraisal of the hijackers' general orientations toward most persons they came into contact with in the United States, more intensive scrutiny reveals that the hijackers - in particular, the six leaders/facilitators - were involved with a much greater number of associates than was originally suspected. In addition to frequent and sustained interaction between and among the hijackers of the various flights before September 11, the group maintained a web of contacts both in the United States and abroad. These associates, ranging in degrees of closeness, include friends and associates from universities and flight schools, former roommates, people they knew through mosques and religious activities, and employment contacts. Other contacts provided legal, logistical, or financial assistance, facilitated U.S. entry and flight school enrollment, or were known from UBL-related activities or training.


A. U.S. Intelligence Community Knowledge of Support Networks prior to September 11

The Intelligence Community had information before September 11 suggesting the existence of a radical Islamic network in the United States that could support al-Qa'ida and other terrorist operatives. The FBI had focused sources and investigative work to some degree on radical Islamic extremists within the United States before September 11. However, according to former National Security Advisor Sandy Berger, the Bureau believed that "al-Qa'ida had limited capacity to operate in the United States and [that] any presence here was under [FBI] surveillance."

An August 2001 Senior Executive Intelligence Brief, provided to senior U.S. Government officials at the time, noted that al-Qa'ida members, including some U.S. citizens, resided in or traveled [page 180] to the United States for years and apparently maintained a support structure here. According to CIA documents, [ ] in June 2001 [ ] al-Qa'ida operative Khalid Shaikh Mohammed was recruiting persons to travel to the United States and engage in planning terrorist-related activity here. [ ], these persons would be "expected to establish contact with colleagues already living there." In short, before September 11, the Intelligence Community recognized that a radical Islamic network that could provide support to al-Qa'ida operatives probably existed in the United States.

171

The FBI Phoenix field office agent who wrote the "Phoenix communication" testified that he believed this type of support network existed in Arizona before September 11:

I cannot sit here and testify today that [Wadi] al-Haj established a network there. However, looking at things historically in Arizona we have seen persons go to school at the University of Arizona in Tucson who subsequently went on to become rather important figures in the al-Qa'ida organization . . . prior to al- Qa'ida even coming into existence these people were living and going to school in Arizona. As al-Qa'ida formed and took off and became operational, we've seen these people travel back into the State of Arizona. We've seen Usama bin Ladin send people to Tucson to purchase an airplane for him [and] it's my opinion that's not a coincidence. These people don't continue to come back to Arizona because they like the sunshine or they like the state. I believe that something was established there and I think it's been there for a long time. We're working very hard to try to identify that structure. So I cannot say with a degree of certainty that one is in place there. But . . . that's my investigative theory. . . .


B. Persons Known to the FBI with whom September 11 Hijackers may have Associated in the United States

The Joint Inquiry identified a number of individuals known to the FBI through prior or then-current inquiries or investigations who had some degree of contact with some of the hijackers and are described below.

a. Omar al-Bayoumi

[Page 181]

On January 15, 2000, following an important meeting of al-Qa'ida operatives in Malaysia, hijackers al-Hazmi and al-Midhar arrived in Los Angeles, where they remained for approximately two-and-a-half weeks. At one point, they met Omar al-Bayoumi. A person the FBI interviewed after September 11 says that he was with al-Bayoumi when the latter met al- Hazmi and al-Mihdhar. This person says that al-Bayoumi invited him to travel to Los Angeles, explaining that he had business at the Saudi Consulate. When they arrived at the consulate, al- Bayoumi met with someone behind closed doors. Al-Bayoumi and the person with whom he had traveled to Los Angeles went to a restaurant, where they met al-Hazmi and al-Mihdhar. Al- Bayoumi struck up a conversation with al-Hazmi and al-Mihdhar after he heard them speaking Arabic, and he invited them to move to San Diego. Al-Bayoumi returned to San Diego after leaving the restaurant, and al-Hazmi and al-Mihdhar arrived in San Diego shortly thereafter.

172

According to several FBI agents, the meeting at the restaurant may not have been accidental. In fact, the FBI's written response to the Joint Inquiry refers to the restaurant encounter as a "somewhat suspicious meeting with the hijackers." According to another person the FBI interviewed after September 11, al-Bayoumi said before his trip that he was going to Los Angeles to pick up visitors.

When al-Hazmi and al-Mihdhar moved to San Diego, al-Bayoumi gave them considerable assistance. They stayed at al-Bayoumi's apartment for several days, until he was able to find them an apartment. Al-Bayoumi co-signed their lease and paid their first month's rent and security deposit. The FBI noted in a written response to the Joint Inquiry that "financial records indicate a cash deposit of the same amount as the cashier's check into al-Bayoumi's bank account on the same day, which suggests that the hijackers reimbursed him." However, another FBI document appears to reach a different conclusion: "a review of Khalid al-Mihdhar and Nawaf al-Hazmi's bank records indicate [sic] there is no bank documentation that supports the reimbursement of [the rent money], or any monies to Omar al- Bayoumi from al-Hazmi or al-Midhar."

After the hijackers moved into their own apartment, al-Bayoumi organized and hosted a party to welcome them to the San Diego community. He also tasked [ ],* another member of the Islamic Center of San Diego, to help them become acclimated to the United States. [ ], whose [page 182] brother is the subject of an [ ] counterterrorism investigation, served as their translator, answered their questions about obtaining driver's licenses, and called a flight school in Florida for them.

[Since September 11, the FBI has learned that al-Bayoumi has connections to terrorist elements. He has been tied to an imam abroad who has connections to al-Qa'ida. Further, the FBI's Executive Assistant Director for Counterterrorism and Counterintelligence described in testimony before the Joint Inquiry FBI contacts "with the [ ] government about collection on a person named [ ], who has ties to al- Qa'ida, who has ties to al-

______________

* The identities of several individuals whose activities are discussed in this report have been deleted by the Joint Inquiry. While the FBI has provided the Joint Inquiry with these names and those names are contained in the classified version of this Final Report, the Joint Inquiry has decided to delete them from this unclassified version due to the as yet unresolved nature of much of the information regarding their activities.

173

Bayoumi." According to FBI documents, [] was also in the Phoenix and San[ Diego areas in 2000 and 2001].

An FBI report after a search of Bayoumi's residence asserted that an "exhaustive translation of his documents made it clear that . . . he is providing guidance to young Muslims and some of his writings can be interpreted as jihadist." According to an individual interviewed by the FBI, al-Bayoumi's salary from his employer, the Saudi Civil Aviation authority, was approved by Hamid al-Rashid. Hamid is the father of Saud al-Rashid, whose photo was found in a raid of an al-Qa'ida safehouse in Karachi and who has admitted to being in Afghanistan between May 2000 and May 2001. The FBI noted, however, that there is no direct evidence that the money al-Rashid authorized for al-Bayoumi was used for terrorist purposes].

[In September 1998, the FBI opened a counterterrorism inquiry on al-Bayoumi based on a report [].

[During the counterterrorism inquiry, the FBI discovered that al-Bayoumi had been in contact with several persons who were under FBI investigation [].

[Page 183]

Despite the fact that he was a student, al-Bayoumi had access to seemingly unlimited funding from Saudi Arabia. For example, an FBI source identified al-Bayoumi as the person who delivered $400,000 from Saudi Arabia for the Kurdish mosque in San Diego. One of the FBI's best sources in San Diego informed the FBI that he thought that al-Bayoumi must be an intelligence officer for Saudi Arabia or another foreign power.

[The Bureau closed its inquiry on al-Bayoumi in July 1999 for reasons that remain unclear. The responsible FBI agent said that she closed the inquiry because the original complaint [ ] turned out to be false and she had developed no other information of such significance as to justify continuing the investigation. [

174

]:

[].

b. Osama Bassnan

[Page 184]

[Although the FBI has not developed definitive evidence that Osama Bassnan, another Saudi national living in San Diego, had ties to al- azmi and al-Mihdhar, the following information obtained by the Joint Inquiry suggests such a connection:

o Bassnan was a close associate of al-Bayoumi, [ ]. Bassnan also had close ties to a number of other persons connected to the hijackers, including [ ].

o [ ].

175

o Bassnan lived in the apartment complex in San Diego across the street from al-Hazmi and al-Mihdhar.

o [ ].

o [ ].

[Page 185]

o [ ].

o [ ].

[The FBI did not investigate Bassnan before September 11, but had been made aware of him on several occasions. In May 1992, the State Department provided the FBI with a box of documents recovered from an abandoned car. The documents were in Arabic, and one, a newsletter to supporters of the Eritrean Islamic Jihad (EIJ) Movement, provided updates on the EIJ's council and was marked "confidential." The box contained letters addressed to Bassnan that discussed plans to import used cars to the United States. The FBI opened a counterterrorism inquiry on the EIJ, but, having failed to develop information that would predicate further investigation, closed the investigation in December 1992. In 1993, the FBI received reports that

176

Bassnan had hosted a party for the "Blind Sheikh" in Washington, D.C. in 1992. However, the FBI did not open an investigation].

The Intelligence Community had information connecting Bin Ladin to the EIJ as of 1996. [ ]. In addition, FBI documents note that a high-level member of the EIJ was on Bin Ladin's Shura Council. A May 2000 FBI document indicates that FBI Headquarters personnel were not handling EIJ matters due to resource constraints.

After September 11, the FBI developed information clearly indicating that Bassnan is an extremist and a Bin Ladin supporter. [ [page 186]].

[].

In early December 2002, the FBI orally advised the Joint Inquiry that it would be amending its written response to reflect the comments [ ]. According to the FBI, the amended response will note that there is some evidence that Bassnan had contact with the hijackers, but the FBI does not believe this evidence to be credible and has not been able to corroborate this reporting through subsequent investigation.

177

c. [Imam]*

[After the September 11 attacks, the FBI developed information that al-Hazmi and al-Mihdhar were closely affiliated with an Imam in San Diego who reportedly served as their spiritual advisor during their time in San Diego. [ ]. Several persons informed the FBI after September 11 that this imam had closed-door meetings in San Diego with al-Mihdhar, al-Hazmi, and another individual, whom al- Bayoumi had asked to help the hijackers].

[Page 187]

[This imam moved to Falls Church, Virginia in 2001 [ ]. In 2001, hijackers al-Hazmi and Hanjour also moved to Falls Church and began to attend the mosque with which the imam was associated. One of members of the mosque helped them find an apartment in the area and, after approximately a month, this person drove Hanjour and al-Hazmi, along with two other hijackers, to Connecticut and then to Paterson, New Jersey. From the hotel in Connecticut where they stayed for two nights, a total of 75 calls were made to locate apartment, flight schools, and car rental agencies for the hijackers. The hijackers then returned to Paterson on their own. During a search of Ramzi Binalshibh's residence in Germany, police found the phone number for the imam's mosque. The FBI agent responsible for the September 11 investigation informed Joint Inquiry staff that "there's a lot of smoke there" with regard to the imam's connection to the hijackers].

[The FBI originally opened a counterterrorism inquiry into the imam's activities in June 1999 [ ]. During the counterterrorism inquiry, the FBI discovered that the imam was in contact with a number of other persons of investigative interest, including [ ].

_______________

* The identities of several individuals whose activities are discussed in this report have been deleted by the Joint Inquiry. While the FBI has provided the Joint Inquiry with these names and those names are contained in the classified version of this Final Report, the Joint Inquiry has decided to delete them from this unclassified version due to the as yet unresolved nature of much of the information regarding their activities.

178

[In early 2000, the imam was visited by a subject of a Los Angeles investigation closely associated with Blind Sheikh al-Rahman. [].

[The FBI closed its inquiry into the activities of the imam in March 2000, approximately two months after al-Hazmi and al-Midhar arrived in San Diego. [ ]. In the case closing memorandum, the agent asserted that the imam had been "fully identified and does not meet the criterion for [further] investigation." The investigation was closed despite the imam's contacts with other subjects of counterterrorism investigations and reports concerning the imam's connection to suspect [page 188] organizations. The Bureau's written response to the Joint Inquiry asserts that "the imam was a 'spiritual leader' to many in the community" and that hundreds of Muslims associated with him].

d. [Business Manager]

[In 2000, al-Hazmi briefly worked at a San Diego business. The manager of the business, told the FBI that he hired al-Hazmi after receiving a call from "mutual friends" at the Saranac Street Mosque. The FBI does not know how much al-Hazmi was paid or whether he received financial support from the business manager or the business owner because the business manager often paid employees in cash].

[In January 2000, before al-Hazmi's employment at the business, the FBI Los Angeles field office initiated a counterterrorism investigation of the business manager after a person whom the FBI was surveilling entered the business manager's car in a mosque parking lot. That person was [ ], the brother of a known Bin Ladin operative [ ]. The business manager was under FBI investigation when he hired al-Hazmi].

[The FBI agent handling the business manager's investigation interviewed him by phone. The business manager told the agent that he did not want to meet in person because it would be a

179

strain to travel to Los Angeles. The business manager informed the agent that he had lived in San Diego for two and a half years and did not want to give his home address. The business manager said that he worked at the local business. The agent concluded that the business manager did not pose a threat to national security, and the investigation was closed in December 2000].

e. [Business Owner]

[The business owner, a Palestinian by birth and a U.S. citizen, owns a number of businesses in the San Diego area, including the business where al-Hazmi worked for several weeks. A number of the hijackers' associates, including [ ] and [ ], also worked at this business. FBI records show that both al-Mihdhar and al-Hazmi spent time socializing at the business].

[Page 189]

[Before September 11, the business owner was in contact with an individual who told the FBI after September 11 that he was al-Hazmi's best friend and that the individual had contact with an FBI informant who also had contacts with the hijackers. The FBI also learned that the business owner had been associating with other persons with possible ties to the hijackers, including Osama Bassnan, and it received reports that the business owner cheered upon learning of the September 11 attacks].

[The FBI conducted several investigations of the business owner prior to September 11. The first was opened in August 1991 upon receipt of reports from the San Diego Police Department that, during a traffic stop, he had stated that the United States needed another Pan Am 103 attack and that he could be the one to carry it out. The business owner also said that all Americans should be killed for what they did to Iraqis].

[During the investigation, the FBI developed information that the business owner was associated with members of the Palestinian Front for the Liberation of Palestine (PFLP), a known terrorist organization, in San Diego and Chicago. In 1994, San Diego police also received an anonymous call stating that the business owner was a PFLP member. The FBI received information in 1994 that he had threatened to kill a former Israeli intelligence officer

180

who resided in San Diego. The business owner informed the Israeli that he was a member of the Palestine Liberation Organization and that the orders to kill him had come from the PLO].

[The FBI closed its investigation of the business owner, but reopened it in 1997 when it received information tying him to a possible terrorist plot based in North Carolina. In February 2001, a stockbroker called the FBI to say that the business owner had closed his account, explaining that he was sending the money to freedom fighters in Afghanistan. During its post- September 11 investigation, the FBI discovered that the business owner was associating with Osama Bassnan and [ ], two other possible hijacker associates in San Diego].

[Page 190]

f. [An Individual]

[According to information obtained by the FBI after September 11, hijacker Marwan al- Shehhi was in contact with an individual (referred to as "the first individual" below) on the East Coast. [].

[]. Intelligence reporting has confirmed that a second individual, reportedly connected to the first individual, was an associate of Atta's in college and that information in the first individual's possession connected the first individual to Mohammed Atta's sister].

[The first individual has been the subject of an FBI investigation since July 1999 and has ties to important al-Qa'ida figures and several organizations linked to al-Qa'ida. The FBI is concerned that this individual is in contact with several persons with expertise in nuclear

181

sciences. [].

[Page 191]

In a written response to the Joint Inquiry, the FBI stated [].

g. [An Individual]

[An individual may have assisted hijacker pilot Hani Hanjour. This individual was known to the FBI and is discussed in the Phoenix Communication. The FBI believes that, beginning in 1997, Hanjour and this individual trained together at a flight school in Arizona. Several instructors at the school told the FBI that the two were associates and one instructor thought they might have carpooled together].

[The FBI has confirmed five occasions when this individual and Hanjour were at the school on the same day. On one occasion in 1999, logs show that Hanjour and this individual used the same plane. According to a flight instructor, the individual was an observer and school rules require that Hanjour approve the individual's presence in the aircraft. Another person informed the FBI after September 11 that the individual and Hanjour knew each other from flight training and through a religious center in Arizona].

182

[Some evidence links Hanjour and the individual in the summer of 2001. The FBI has located records from a Phoenix flight school showing that one day in June Hanjour and several other persons signed up to use a Cessna simulator. The next day, two persons who signed up with Hanjour the previous day came to the facility with the individual. An employee of the flight school told the FBI that he recalls a fourth person had been with Hanjour the day before. Another employee placed Hanjour and this person together during that time frame, although she was not completely confident in her identification].

[The FBI attempted to investigate the individual in May 2001, but decided not to open a formal investigation after determining that the individual was out of the country. Because the FBI did not place the individual's name on a watchlist, it was unaware that the individual returned to the United States soon after and may have associated with Hanjour and several other Islamic extremists. In a Joint Inquiry hearing, a Phoenix [page 192] FBI agent conceded that the individual might have returned to the United States to screen pilots for the September 11 attacks].
admin
Site Admin
 
Posts: 36135
Joined: Thu Aug 01, 2013 5:21 am

Re: Report of the Joint Inquiry Into the Terrorist Attacks o

Postby admin » Sat Mar 26, 2016 7:45 am

Part 3 of 5

VI. Germany - Investigation of the Hamburg Cell

According to the FBI, "much of what took place on September 11, 2001 originated during the mid-1990s when [presumed hijacker pilots] Mohammed Atta, Marwan al-Shehhi, and Ziad Jarrah moved to Germany, eventually settling in Hamburg, and began to associate with Islamic extremists."

An FBI agent asserted in a Joint Inquiry interview that the three future hijackers were not radicals when they came to Germany, but became so during their time there. While in Hamburg, Atta, al-Shehhi, and Jarrah attended the al Quds mosque where they met a group of radical Islamists, including Mohammed Haydar Zammar, Mamoun Darkazanli, Zakariya Essabar, Ramzi Bin al-Shibh, Said Bahaji, and Munir Mottasadeq. The hijackers prayed, worked, lived, socialized, and attended university classes with this group, which has become known as the "Hamburg Cell."

183

Zammar and Darkazanli were known to U.S. [ ] before September 11. Zammar was born in Syria in 1961, moved to Germany, and obtained German citizenship. According to an FBI summary of its September 11 investigation, Zammar is believed to have recruited Atta, al-Shehhi, and Jarrah into al-Qa'ida and encouraged their participation in the September 11 attacks.

Darkazanli is a Syrian national, born in 1958. He entered Germany in 1983 and became a naturalized German citizen in 1990, though he retained his Syrian citizenship. While Darkazanli's relationship to the future hijackers is less clear, he is a close associate of Zammar.

According to the FBI, Bin al-Shibh and Essabar were to have participated in the conspiracies that carried out the September 11 attacks. A martyr video was discovered in Bin al- Shibh's possessions in Afghanistan, and [ ] reportedly discovered information about flight training on Essabar's computer. [Page 193] However, neither was able to obtain a U.S. entry visa. Before the attacks, Bin al-Shibh and Bahaji left for Pakistan where Bin al-Shibh was eventually captured [ ].

Mottasadeq lived with Atta and signed his will, and also had power of attorney for al- Shehhi. He is now being held in Germany on charges related to September 11.*

[ ] Darkazanli was in contact with a number of Islamic extremists, including [].

After September 11, the FBI discovered that Darkazanli traveled to Spain in the summer of 2001 at approximately the same time that Atta was there. It is possible that Darkazanli and Atta met with Yarkas, who may have had advance knowledge of the September 11 attacks.

_______________

* Motassadeq was convicted on February 19, 2003 in Germany of membership in a terrorist organization and accessory to over 3,000 murders in New York and Washington.

184

Spanish authorities intercepted a call to Yarkas on August 27, in which he was told, "we have entered the field of aviation and we have even slit the throat of the bird." The FBI speculates that the "bird" represented the bald eagle, symbol of the United States. Yarkas, who was arrested by the Spanish on November 13, 2001, has met at least twice with Bin Ladin. A Spanish indictment alleges that he had contacts with Mohammed Atta and Ramzi Bin al-Shibh. [].

According to CIA documents, the U.S. Intelligence Community first became aware of Darkazanli in 1993 when a person arrested in Africa carrying false passports and counterfeit money was found with Darkazanli's telephone number. A CIA report notes that, despite careful scrutiny of Darkazanli and his business dealings, authorities were not able to make a case against him.

[Page 194]

The FBI became interested in Darkazanli in 1998 after the arrests of Wadi El-Hage and Abu Hajer, operatives in Bin Ladin's network. According to FBI documents, Darkazanli's fax and telephone numbers were listed in El-Hage's address book. El-Hage has been convicted for his role in the 1998 Embassy bombings and is in U.S. custody. The FBI also discovered that Darkazanli had power of attorney over a bank account belonging to Hajer, a high-ranking al- Qa'ida member who has served on its Shura Council. Hajer is currently in U.S. custody.

[].

[Zammar had come to the CIA and FBI's attention on numerous occasions before the September 11 attacks. CIA documents refers to Zammar as an Islamic extremist and note that his name has turned up in the possession of several extremists questioned or detained. Of particular importance, [ ] in mid-1999 that Zammar was in direct contact with one of Bin Ladin's senior operational coordinators].

185

[In March 1999, CIA received intelligence about a person named "Marwan" who had been in contact with Zammar and Darkazanli. Marwan was described as a student who had spent time in Germany [ ]. The CIA speculated at the time that this was a Bin Ladin associate who lived in the United Arab Emirates, but now believes that Marwan was Marwan al-Shehhi, one of the presumed hijacker pilots. After September 11, the FBI received information about additional connections before the attacks between Zammar and persons who participated in the attacks].

[Considerable pressure was placed on foreign authorities in the years leading up to the September 11 attacks to target Darkazanli, Zammar, and other radicals [ ]. A senior U.S. Government officer told [page 195] the Joint Inquiry that significant information concerning al- Qa'ida members had been shared with foreign authorities, but that it became apparent only after September 11, 2001 that the foreign authorities had been watching some of those persons before that date].

[The Joint Inquiry reviewed numerous documents describing efforts to pressure [ ] authorities to act. [ ]. In the end, these efforts were largely unsuccessful. In most cases, the [ ] did not take actions that were suggested].

Significant legal barriers restricted Germany's ability to target Islamic fundamentalism. Before September 11, it was not illegal in Germany to be a member of a foreign terrorist organization, to raise funds for terrorists, or plan a terrorist act outside German territory. This law has since been changed. A legal privilege also dramatically restricted the government's ability to investigate religious groups. In fact, due to the difficulty in investigating terrorist cases, the German government would often attempt to investigate terrorist subjects for money laundering. Unfortunately, laundering laws were difficult to enforce. For example, over the past several years, out of three to four hundred money laundering investigations, only one person has been convicted. [ ]. The German government apparently did not consider Islamic groups a threat and were unwilling to devote significant investigative resources to this target.

186

[ ].

U.S. efforts [ ] also provide a window into CIA and FBI coordination and information sharing. Both agencies were interested in radical Islamists [ ]. However, on several occasions the FBI and CIA unknowingly operated against the same targets. The FBI legal attaché in Germany did [page 196] not recall getting information about Darkazanli and Zammar from the German government or the CIA before September 11. He was unaware that Darkazanli and Zammar had been the subject of government investigations before the attacks.

VII. The Hijackers' Visas

The Joint Inquiry reviewed passport and visa histories of the nineteen hijackers involved in the September 11 attacks to determine whether they entered the United States legally. It also sought to determine whether there were anomalies in the visa process that might have alerted U.S. Government officials to the hijackers in some way.

Over ten million applications for visas to enter the United States are received each year at approximately two hundred fifty consular locations. Consular officers at posts abroad review all applications and interview selected applicants to determine whether they are likely to return to countries of origin in accordance with the visa or are suspected of criminal or terrorist activities. Consular officers must certify in writing that they have checked applicant names against the State Department's watchlist.

Although there were anomalies and mistakes on some of the hijackers' visa applications, consular-affairs experts at the State Department contended in Joint Inquiry interviews that these errors were "routine." By contrast, an October 2002 review by the General Accounting Office (GAO) concluded that the omissions and inconsistencies in the hijacker's applications should have raised concerns about why they wanted visas to come to the United States.

187

Fifteen of the 19 hijackers were Saudi nationals who received visas in Saudi Arabia. Before September 11, the United States had not established heightened screening for illegal immigration or terrorism by visitors from Saudi Arabia. In a Joint Inquiry hearing, DCI Tenet described a less than rigorous review of visa applicants in Saudi Arabia before September 11:

Most of the young Saudis [hijackers] obtained their U.S. visas in the fall of 2000. The State Department did not have a policy to stringently examine Saudis seeking visas [page 197] before 11 September because there was virtually no risk that Saudis would attempt to reside or work illegally in the U.S. after their visas expired. U.S. Embassy and consular officials do cursory searches on Saudis who apply for visas, but if they do not appear on criminal or terrorist watchlists they are granted a visa. Thousands of Saudis every year are granted visas, as a routine; the majority are not even interviewed. The vast majority of Saudis study, vacation, or do business in the U.S. and return to the kingdom.


Consistent with this description of the situation, the Joint Inquiry's review confirmed that, prior to September 11, 2001, only a small percentage of visa applicants in Saudi Arabia were interviewed by consular affairs officers; travel agencies were used to deliver visa applications to consular offices in Saudi Arabia; and a relatively low standard was applied in scrutinizing visa applications for accuracy and completeness in Saudi Arabia.

The 19 hijackers received visas at consular offices abroad in accordance with routine procedures. The majority of the hijackers sought new passports shortly before applying for visas. Requests for new passports can stem from theft, loss, or accidental destruction. However, terrorists also often try to hide travel to countries that provide terrorist training by acquiring new passports.

Multiple-entry visas were issued to the hijackers for periods ranging from two to ten years. Eighteen of the nineteen received B-1/B-2 visas for tourist and business purposes. The nineteenth hijacker, Hani Hanjour, was issued a B-1/B-2 visa in error. He should have been issued an F-1 visa for study in the United States because he had expressed a desire to study English here. Recognizing the error, the INS issued Hanjour an F-1 visa when he arrived in the United States.

At their ports-of-entry, the hijackers were issued "stay visas" valid for six months. Some hijackers, Atta, Hanjour, al-Shehhi, al-Mihdhar, and Jarrah, entered and re-entered the United States for several six-month periods before September 11. They stayed for five or six months,

188

went abroad for weeks or months, re-entered the United States, and received additional six month stays.

Since the majority of the hijackers were Saudi nationals who received their visas in Saudi Arabia, questions have been raised about the "Visa Express" program, a process in many countries that encourages visa applicants to submit non-immigrant applications to designated travel agencies or other collection points for forwarding to U.S. embassies. In Joint Inquiry interviews, State Department [page 198] officials described Visa Express as simply an application collection process and not a visa adjudication, issuance, or determination system. Visa Express is merely a way of "dropping the application off." Travel agencies assist by giving applicants correct forms, helping non-English speakers fill out the forms, and collecting fees. Approximately sixty embassies and consulates throughout the world use travel agencies or other businesses in this manner.

The Visa Express program in Saudi Arabia began in May 2001. Five of the 19 hijackers applied for visas in Saudi Arabia in June, so it is likely that they used travel agencies to acquire application forms and deliver them to the embassy. None of the five, including al- ihdhar, was on a watchlist at the time. Thus, when name checks were performed, the system showed no derogatory information. If derogatory information did exist in the system, as was the case with a suspected terrorist who applied for a visa in Saudi Arabia in August 2001 under the Visa Express program, the watchlist system should block issuance of a visa.

State Department officials informed the Joint Inquiry that the Visa Express program was terminated in Saudi Arabia in July 2002 because news reports suggested that the program allowed Saudi applicants to skirt the normal process. According to State Department officials, the program did not affect the number of Saudis interviewed because applicants are selected for interviews when their applications present signs of an intention to immigrate. These officials said that all applications, including those delivered to consular officers under the Visa Express program in Saudi Arabia, were checked against the watchlist.

The Joint Inquiry also received information from the Immigration and Naturalization Service about the 19 hijackers, two of whom, including Nawaf al-Hazmi, had overstayed their visas. In addition, Hani Hanjour had been issued an F-1 visa to study English, but did not

189

register for classes and, therefore, became "a non-immigrant status violator." The INS was not aware of these violations until after September 11.

VIII. The Rising Threat and the Context of the September 11 Attacks

[Page 199]

A basic question before the Joint Inquiry was whether the Intelligence Community adequately recognized the threat international terrorist groups posed to the United States. The Inquiry therefore examined the evolution of the terrorist threat to this country, the Community's response since the creation of the Counterterrorist Center (CTC) in 1986, and what the Community has or should have learned from all sources, including previous terrorist attacks, about the threat to the United States.

[Understanding the September 11 attacks requires an historical perspective broader than the details of those attacks. Consequently, the Joint Inquiry took note of major acts of terrorism directed against the United States in the 1980s and early 1990s, including:

o The 1983 bombings of the U.S. Embassy and Marine Barracks in Beirut by Islamic Jihad

o The March 1984 kidnapping and murder of William Buckley, a CIA official in Beirut, and subsequent kidnapping of other U.S. citizens in Lebanon

o The April 1984 bombing of a restaurant frequented by members of the U.S. armed forces near Torrejon Airbase in Spain by the Iranian-backed terrorist group Hizbollah

o The September 1984 bombing of the U.S. Embassy annex in Beirut

o The June 1985 hijacking of TransWorld Airways Flight 847

o The October 1985 hijacking of the cruise ship Achille Lauro

190

o The November 1985 hijacking of an EgyptAir flight from Athens and

[Page 200]

o The December 1985 attack on the Rome and Vienna airports by the Abu Nidal organization.

Before the emergence of al-Qa'ida in the early 1990s, attacks like these shaped the U.S. Government's conception of how terrorist groups behaved. In general, those groups were viewed as instruments of the nation states that sponsored them and they were not interested in mass casualties. The lessons learned at that time were reflected in Joint Inquiry testimony by former National Security Advisor Brent Scowcroft:

[In the late 1980s], terrorism was primarily a phenomenon which was state sponsored or state-assisted or tolerated. And therefore, it was natural for us to think of deterring or dealing with terrorism primarily through the sponsor than through the terrorist organizations directly where things like deterrence and so on would have some impact.…A further point, none of the terrorist organizations at that time so far as we knew had global reach. This meant that while U.S. persons, U.S. interests, and U.S. assets were not immune from terrorist attack, the United States homeland, in effect, was. And that certainly colored how terrorism was viewed. Terrorist organizations appeared to be either regionally or issue related. And even though Hizbollah was thought to be behind many of the terrorist acts that occurred during the Reagan Administration, the acts themselves seemed to be relatively independent and uncoordinated events rather than part of an overall strategy.


Terrorism aimed at the United States began to take on a different set of characteristics in the 1990s as Bin Ladin and al-Qa'ida emerged as a threat to the United States. Bin Ladin was intent on striking inside the United States, and the Intelligence Community detected numerous signs of a pending terrorist attack by al-Qa'ida in the spring and summer of 2001.

A. A New Breed of Terrorists

International terrorism struck directly in the United States in February 1993, when a truck bomb exploded in the parking garage of the World Trade Center in New York City. A second alarm sounded in June 1993 when the FBI arrested eight persons for plotting to bomb New York City landmarks, including the United Nations and the Lincoln and Holland tunnels. The central figures in these plots were Ramzi Yousef and Sheikh Omar Abd al-Rahman, who was the

191

spiritual leader of both Gama'at al- [page 201] Islamiya and Egyptian Islamic Jihad. Although the Intelligence Community has not established that Bin Ladin had a role in either plot, both Yousef and Rahman were later determined to have ties to Bin Ladin. Both 1993 plots featured the deliberate intent to kill thousands of innocents by a group composed of different nationalities without a state sponsor, characteristics previously absent from terrorist schemes.

The new trend in terrorism became more apparent in January 1995 when Philippine National Police discovered Ramzi Yousef's bomb- aking laboratory in Manila and arrested his accomplice, Abdul Hakim Murad. Captured material and interrogations of Murad revealed Yousef's plot to kill the Pope, bomb the U.S. and Israeli embassies in Manila, blow up twelve U.S. airliners over the Pacific Ocean, and crash a plane into CIA Headquarters. These plans were known collectively as the "Bojinka Plot." Murad was eventually convicted for his role in the plot and is currently incarcerated in the United States.

It is worth noting that Murad was charged only for his involvement in the scheme to blow up the airliners over the Pacific and not for the other aspects of the Bojinka Plot. Because the plans to crash a plane into CIA Headquarters and to assassinate the Pope were only at the "discussion" stage, prosecutors decided not to include those plots in the indictment. FBI agents who were interviewed by the Joint Inquiry about the Bojinka Plot confirmed this tight focus on the elements of the crime investigated and charged, explaining that the case was about a plan to blow up twelve airliners and, therefore, other aspects of the plot were not relevant to the prosecution. As a result, the Joint Inquiry was able to locate almost no references to the plan to crash a plane into CIA Headquarters in the FBI's investigatory files on the case.

The first World Trade Center bombing, the New York City landmarks plot, and the Bojinka Plot pointed to a new form of terrorism. The plots revealed a growing threat from persons who ascribed to a radical interpretation of Sunni Islam; they involved infliction of mass casualties; and they confirmed that international terrorists were interested in attacking symbolic targets within the United States, such as the World Trade Center.

[page 202]

The increasing development of religious-based terrorist organizations in the 1990s contributed directly to the emergence of this new form. As Bruce Hoffman, a terrorism expert

192

with the RAND Corporation noted in a statement for the Joint Inquiry record: "[f]or the religious terrorist, violence first and foremost is a sacramental act or a divine duty."

The new breed also focused on America. In testimony before the Joint Inquiry, former National Security Advisor Sandy Berger noted that the new terrorists were "hardened by battle against the Soviets in Afghanistan in the '80s and energized against the United States by the military presence we left in Saudi Arabia after the Gulf War."

The first attack on the World Trade Center in 1993, five years before Bin Ladin openly called on his followers to bring jihad to America, was a clear signal that Sunni extremists sought to kill Americans on American soil. Seven years later, the arrest of Ahmed Ressam and the seizure of bomb-making materials in his car at the U.S./Canada border should have dispelled all doubt that al-Qa'ida and its sympathizers sought to operate on U.S. soil, even though most of the terrorist masterminds remained overseas.

Emphasis on mass casualties was another important change from the terrorism the United States witnessed in the 1980s. Although attacks in the 1980s sometimes were intended to kill hundreds of official or military personnel, for example, the bombings of the Marine barracks and the U.S. Embassy in Lebanon, no major terrorist group attempted to kill thousands of civilians. Brian Jenkins, an expert on terrorism, wrote in 1975: "[T]errorists want a lot of people watching and a lot of people listening and not a lot of people dead." Twenty years later, Director of Central Intelligence James Woolsey contended that: "[T]oday's terrorists don't want a seat at the table; they want to destroy the table and everyone sitting at it." The 1999 edition of the FBI's Terrorism in the United States pointed out that the number of terrorist attacks had decreased in the 1990s, but the number of casualties had increased. Terrorism had evolved from a frightening episodic danger that could kill hundreds to an ominous menace that directly threatened the lives of tens of thousands of Americans.

[Page 203]

It took some time for the Intelligence Community to recognize the emergence of this new form of terrorism. In Joint Inquiry interviews, FBI personnel who were involved in the investigation of the 1993 World Trade Center bombing suggest that the Intelligence Community was initially confused about the new adversary. This form of terrorism featured Arabs from countries hostile to one another working together without a state sponsor. Counterterrorism

193

experts eventually recognized the shift and incorporated it into their analyses. A July 1995 National Intelligence Estimate, for example, identified a "new breed" of terrorist, who did not have a state sponsor, was loosely organized, favored an Islamic agenda, and had an extreme penchant for violence.

B. Emergence of Usama Bin Ladin and al-Qa'ida

Usama Bin Ladin's connection to international terrorism first came to the attention of the Intelligence Community in the early 1990s. According to a former CTC Chief in testimony before the Joint Inquiry, Bin Ladin was first seen as "a rich Saudi supporting Islamic extremist causes." He founded the al-Qa'ida organization in 1989 and moved to Sudan in 1991 or 1992. During his time in Sudan, Bin Ladin built a network of international Islamic extremists and allied himself with other Sunni terrorist groups.

Bin Ladin drew on a broad network of Islamic radicals fighting in the Balkans, Chechnya, and Kashmir in an attempt - in their eyes - to defend Islam against its persecutors. Fighters from Saudi Arabia, Egypt, Pakistan, and many other countries took up arms to aid their co- religionists, while Muslims from around the world contributed money. Although the specific actions of al-Qa'ida often did not enjoy widespread support, the causes it championed were viewed as legitimate, indeed laudable, in much of the Muslim world.

[In December 1992, as U.S. military forces were deploying to Somalia as part of a United Nations operation to provide humanitarian assistance to a starving population, Islamic extremists attacked a hotel in Aden, Yemen housing U.S. service members supporting that operation. An Intelligence Community paper from April 1993 concluded that "[Bin Ladin's] group almost certainly played a role" in that attack. An article from an April 1993 National Intelligence Daily also took note that three to four hundred Islamic militants had [page 204] received training the previous year at military camps in Afghanistan funded by Persian Gulf Arabs. One camp was run by an Egyptian and funded by Bin Ladin].

In Joint Inquiry testimony, former CTC Chief Cofer Black reported that the CIA learned in 1993 that "Bin Ladin was channeling funds to Egyptian extremists" and in 1994 that "al- Qa'ida was financing at least three terrorist training camps in northern Sudan." He also noted

194

Bin Ladin's connection to the 1995 assassination attempt against Egyptian President Mubarak and explained that "an al-Qa'ida defector [had] laid out for us Bin Ladin's role as a head of a global terrorist network."

[In November 1995, five Americans were killed when the Office of Program Management at a Saudi National Guard facility in Riyadh was bombed. According to the Intelligence Community, the cumulative body of evidence eventually suggested that Bin Ladin and a group he supported were responsible. [].

In May or June 1996, Bin Ladin moved from Sudan to Afghanistan, where he was treated as an honored guest of the Taliban, then the dominant political and military group. According to DCI Tenet's testimony before the Joint Inquiry, "[o]nce Bin Ladin found his safehaven in Afghanistan, he defined himself publicly as a threat to the United States. In a series of declarations, he made clear his hatred for Americans and all we represent."

In August 1996, Bin Ladin issued a public fatwa or religious decree, authorizing attacks by his followers against Western military targets on the Arabian Peninsula. In February 1998, Bin Ladin and four other extremists issued another public fatwa expanding the 1996 fatwa to include U.S. military and civilian targets anywhere in the world. In a May 1998 press conference, Bin Ladin publicly discussed "bringing the war home to America."

On August 7, 1998, two truck bombs destroyed U.S. embassies in Nairobi, Kenya and Dar Es Salaam, Tanzania. Two hundred twenty four people, including twelve Americans, were killed in the attacks and 5,000 were injured. The Intelligence Community confirmed very quickly that these attacks [page 205] had been carried out by Bin Ladin's terrorist network. The attacks showed that the group was capable of carrying out simultaneous attacks and inflicting mass casualties.

In early December 1999, the Jordanian government arrested members of a terrorist cell that planned to attack religious sites and tourist hotels in connection with the Millennium celebrations. About a week later, in mid-December 1999, Algerian extremist Ahmed Ressam tried to enter the United States from Canada with bomb making chemicals and detonator

195

equipment. He was arrested after an alert Customs agent asked to search his car and he attempted to flee. Investigation revealed that his target was Los Angeles International Airport and that he was an operative with ties to Bin Ladin's network.

In describing what the U.S. Government might have done differently before September 11, DCI Tenet testified:

[T]he one thing that strikes me that we all just let pass from the scene after the Millennium threat was this fellow who tried to cross the border from Canada into the United States. There were no attacks. There were no Americans killed. We didn't have any hearings. We didn't talk about failures. We didn't talk about accountability. We just assumed the system would keep working because it prevented the last attack. He tried to cross the border; and I think one of the things that everybody should have done is say, "what does this mean?," more carefully, rather than just moving from this threat to the next. Assuming that it had been disrupted, what does it mean for the homeland? Should we have taken more proactive measure sooner? Hindsight is perfect, but it is the one event that sticks in my mind.


In October 2000, Bin Ladin operatives carried out an attack by boat on USS Cole, as it was refueling in Aden, Yemen. Seventeen U.S. sailors were killed. An investigation revealed that USS The Sullivans had been the original target of the Cole attack in January 2000, but the terrorists' boat had sunk from the weight of the explosives loaded on it.

C. Attributes of Bin Ladin's Terrorist Operations

As the 1990s progressed, it became clear that Bin Ladin's terrorist network was unusual, although not unique, in its skill, dedication, and ability to evolve. The 1998 embassy attacks, the [page 206] planned attack in Jordan around the Millennium, and the attack on USS Cole suggested a highly capable adversary. Operations carried out by Bin Ladin's network before September 11 suggested several worrisome traits:

o Long-range planning. The 1998 attack on two U.S. embassies in East Africa took five years from its inception. The planning for the attack on USS Cole took several years.

196

o Simultaneous operations. The 1998 attack on the two embassies and the Millennium plots demonstrated that al-Qa'ida was able to conduct simultaneous attacks, suggesting sophisticated overall planning. In a statement for the Joint Inquiry record, RAND's Bruce Hoffman noted that simultaneous terrorist attacks are rare, as few groups have enough skilled operators, logisticians, and planners to conduct such operations.

o Operational security. Terrorist manuals and training emphasize that operations should be kept secret and details compartmented. Communications security is also stressed. Thus, disrupting these operations is difficult, even if low-level foot soldiers make mistakes and are arrested. Several attacks carried out by Bin Ladin's operatives occurred with little warning. Even the successful disruption of part of a plot, as occurred during the Millennium, does not necessarily reveal other planned attacks, such as an attack on a U.S. warship planned for around the same time.

o Flexible command structure. Bin Ladin's network uses at least four different operational styles: a top-down approach employing highly- killed radicals; training amateurs like Richard Reid, the so-called "shoebomber," to conduct simple, but lethal attacks; helping local groups with their own plans, as with Jordanian plotters during the Millennium; and fostering like-minded insurgencies. Tactics that can stop one type of attack do not necessarily work against others.

o Imagination. Most terrorists are conservative in their methods, relying on small arms or simple explosives. The attack on USS Cole, however, was a clear indication of the Bin [page 207] Ladin network's tactical flexibility and willingness to go beyond traditional delivery means and targets.

Size also distinguishes Bin Ladin's network from many terrorist groups. The recently disrupted Greek radical group, November 17, for example, contained fewer than fifty people. According to Hoffman, the Japanese Red Army and the Red Brigades both had fewer than one hundred dedicated members. Even the Irish Republican Army, one of the most formidable terrorist organizations in the 1970s and 1980s, had no more than four hundred activists.

197

Arresting and prosecuting members of these groups was an effective way to end or lessen the threat they posed.

Although the number of highly skilled and dedicated persons who have sworn fealty to Bin Ladin was probably in the low hundreds before September 11, the organization as a whole is much larger, with tens of thousands having gone through the training camps in Afghanistan. Its organizational and command structures, which employ many activists who are not formal members of the organization, make it difficult to determine where al-Qa'ida ends and other radical groups begin. Media reports indicate that al-Qa'ida has trained thousands of activists in Sudan and Afghanistan, and interviews of intelligence officials indicate that al-Qa'ida can draw on thousands of supporters when raising funds, planning, and executing attacks.

D. Intelligence about Bin Ladin's Intentions to Strike Inside the United States

Central to the September 11 plot was Bin Ladin's determination to carry out a terrorist operation inside the United States. The Joint Inquiry therefore reviewed information the Intelligence Community held before September 11 that suggested that an attack within the United States was a possibility. Our review confirmed that, shortly after Bin Ladin's May 1998 press conference, the Community began to acquire intelligence that Bin Ladin's network intended to strike within the United States. Many of these reports were disseminated throughout the Community and to senior U.S. policy-makers.

These intelligence reports should be understood in their proper context. First, they generally did not contain specific information as to where, when, and how a terrorist attack might occur, and, [page 208] generally, they were not corroborated. Second, these reports represented a small percentage of the threat information that the Intelligence Community obtained during this period, most of which pointed to the possibility of attacks against U.S. interests overseas. Nonetheless, there was a modest, but relatively steady stream of intelligence indicating the possibility of terrorist attacks inside the United States. Third, the credibility of the sources providing this information was sometimes questionable. While one could not, as a result, give too much credence to some of the individual reports, the totality of the information in this body of reporting clearly reiterated a consistent and critically important theme: Bin Ladin's intent to launch terrorist attacks within the United States.

198

The Joint Inquiry reviewed many intelligence reports, including:

o In June 1998, the Intelligence Community obtained information from several sources that Bin Ladin was considering attacks in the United States, including Washington, D.C., and New York. This information was provided to [ ] senior government officials in July 1998.

o In August 1998, the Intelligence Community obtained information that a group of unidentified Arabs planned to fly an explosive-laden plane from a foreign country into the World Trade Center. The information was passed to the FBI and the FAA. The latter found the plot to be highly unlikely, given the state of the foreign country's aviation program. Moreover, the agencies believed that a flight originating outside the United States would be detected before it reached its intended target inside the United States. The FBI's New York office took no action on the information, filing the communication in the office's bombing file. The Intelligence Community acquired additional information since then suggesting links between this group and other terrorist groups, including al-Qa'ida

o In September 1998, the Community prepared a memorandum detailing al-Qa'ida infrastructure in the United States, including the use of fronts for terrorist activities. [page 209] This information was provided to [ ] senior government officials in September 1998.

o In September 1998, the Community obtained information that Bin Ladin's next operation might involve flying an explosives-laden aircraft into a U.S. airport and detonating it. This information was provided to [ ] senior government officials in late 1998.

o In October 1998, the Community obtained information that al-Qa'ida was trying to establish an operative cell within the United States. This information suggested an

199

effort to recruit U.S. citizen Islamists and U.S.-based expatriates from the Middle East and North Africa.

o In the fall of 1998, the Community received information concerning a Bin Ladin plot involving aircraft in the New York and Washington, D.C. areas.

o In November 1998, the Community obtained information that a Bin Ladin terrorist cell was attempting to recruit a group of five to seven men from the United States to travel to the Middle East for training, in conjunction with a plan to strike U.S. domestic targets.

o In November 1998, the Community received information that Bin Ladin and senior associates had agreed to allocate rewards for the assassination of four "top" intelligence agency officers. The bounty for each assassination was $9 million. The bounty was in response to the U.S. announcement of an increase in the reward for information leading to Bin Ladin's arrest.

o In the spring of 1999, the Community obtained information about a planned Bin Ladin attack on a government facility in Washington, D.C.

[Page 210]

o In August 1999, the Community obtained information that Bin Ladin's organization had decided to target the U.S. Secretary of State, Secretary of Defense, and DCI. "Target" was interpreted by Community analysts to mean "assassinate."

o In September 1999, the Community obtained information that Bin Ladin and others were planning a terrorist act in the United States, possibly against specific landmarks in California and New York City.

o In late 1999, the Community obtained information regarding possible Bin Ladin network plans to attack targets in Washington, D.C. and New York City during the Millennium celebrations.

200

o On December 14, 1999, Ahmed Ressam was arrested as he attempted to enter the United States from Canada, and chemicals and detonator materials were found in his car. Ressam's intended target was Los Angeles International Airport. Ressam was later determined to have links to Bin Ladin's terrorist network.

o In February 2000, the Community obtained information that Bin Ladin was making plans to assassinate U.S. intelligence officials, including the Director of the FBI.

o In March 2000, the Community obtained information regarding the types of targets that operatives in Bin Ladin's network might strike. The Statue of Liberty was specifically mentioned, as were skyscrapers, ports, airports, and nuclear power plants.

o In March 2000, the Intelligence Community obtained information suggesting that Bin Ladin was planning attacks in specific West Coast areas, possibly involving the assassination of several public officials.

o In April 2001, the Community obtained information from a source with terrorist connections who speculated that Bin Ladin was interested in commercial pilots as [page 211] potential terrorists. The source warned that the United States should not focus only on embassy bombings, that terrorists sought "spectacular and traumatic" attacks and that the first World Trade Center bombing would be the type of attack that would be appealing. The source did not mention a timeframe for an attack. Because the source was offering personal speculation and not hard information, the information was not disseminated within the Intelligence Community.

The Joint Inquiry did not find any comprehensive Intelligence Community list of Bin Ladin-related threats to the United States that was prepared and presented to policymakers before September 11. Such a compilation might have highlighted the volume of information the Community had acquired about Bin Ladin's intention to strike inside the United States.

[Nonetheless, the Intelligence Community did not leave unnoticed Bin Ladin's February 1998 declaration of war and intelligence reports indicating possible terrorist attacks inside the

201

United States. The Community advised senior officials, including [ ] the Congress, of the serious nature of the threat. The Joint Inquiry also reviewed documents, other than intelligence reports, that demonstrate that the Intelligence Community, at least at senior levels, understood the threat Bin Ladin posed to the domestic United States, for example:

o A December 1998 Intelligence Community assessment that Bin Ladin "is actively planning against U.S. targets. . . . Multiple reports indicate UBL is keenly interested in striking the U.S. on its own soil . . . . [A]l-Qa'ida is recruiting operatives for attacks in the U.S. but has not yet identified potential targets."

o The December 1998 declaration of war memorandum from the DCI to his deputies at the CIA:

We must now enter a new phase in our effort against Bin Ladin . . . we all acknowledge that retaliation is inevitable and that its scope may be far larger than we have previously experienced. . . . We are at war. . . . I want no resources or people spared in this effort, either inside CIA or the [Intelligence] Community.


[Page 212]

o A document prepared by the CIA and signed by the President in December 1998: "The Intelligence Community has strong indications that Bin Ladin intends to conduct or sponsor attacks inside the United States."

o June 1999 testimony to the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence by the CTC Chief and a July 1999 briefing to House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence staff members describing reports that Bin Ladin and his associates were planning attacks inside the United States.

o A document prepared by the CIA and signed by the President in July 1999 characterizing Bin Ladin's February 1998 statement as a "de facto declaration of war" on the United States.

In testimony before the Joint Inquiry, however, former National Security Advisor Sandy Berger put this information in context:

202

The stream of threat information we received continuously from the FBI and CIA pointed overwhelmingly to attacks on U.S. interests abroad. Certainly the potential for attacks in the United States was there.

E. Indications of a Possible Terrorist Attack in Spring and Summer 2001

The Joint Inquiry record confirms that, in the eyes of the Intelligence Community, the world appeared increasingly dangerous for Americans in the spring and summer of 2001. During that period, the Intelligence Community detected a significant increase in information that Bin Ladin and al-Qa'ida intended to strike against U.S. interests in the very near future. Some Community officials have suggested that the increase in threat reporting was unprecedented, at least in their own experience. While the reporting repeatedly predicted dire consequences for Americans, it did not provide specific detail that could be acted on.

Between late March and September 2001, the Intelligence Community identified numerous signs of an impending terrorist attack, some of which pointed specifically to the United States as a target: [page 213]

o In March, an intelligence source claimed that a group of Bin Ladin operatives was planning to conduct an unspecified attack in the United States in April 2001. One of the operatives allegedly resided in the United States.

o In April, the Intelligence Community obtained information that unspecified terrorist operatives in California and New York State were planning a terrorist attack in those states for April.

o [Between May and July, the National Security Agency reported at least thirty-three communications suggesting a possibly imminent terrorist attack. The Intelligence Community thought at the time that one of them might have constituted a signal to proceed with terrorist operations. While none of these reports provided specific information on the attack, and it was not clear that any persons involved in the intercepted communications had first-hand knowledge of where, when, or how an

203

attack might occur, they were widely disseminated within the Intelligence Community].

o In May, the Intelligence Community obtained a report that Bin Ladin supporters were planning to infiltrate the United States by way of Canada to carry out a terrorist operation using high explosives. This report mentioned without specifics an attack within the United States. In July, this information was shared with the FBI, the Immigration and Naturalization Service, the Customs Service, and the State Department and was included in an intelligence report for senior government officials in August.

[Page 214]

o In May, the Department of Defense acquired and shared with other elements of the Intelligence Community information suggesting that seven persons associated with Bin Ladin had departed various locations for Canada, the United Kingdom, and the United States.

o In June, CTC obtained information that key operatives in Bin Ladin's organization were disappearing, while others were preparing for martyrdom.

o In July, the CTC became aware of a person who had recently been in Afghanistan who reported, "Everyone is talking about an impending attack." The Intelligence Community was also aware that Bin Ladin had stepped up his propaganda efforts in the preceding months.

o On August 16, the INS detained Zacarias Moussaoui in Minneapolis, Minnesota. His conduct had aroused suspicions about why he was learning to fly large commercial aircraft and had prompted the flight school he was attending to contact the local FBI field office. FBI agents believed that Moussaoui might have intended to carry out a terrorist act.

o On August 23, CIA requested that al-Mihdhar and al-Hazmi, who had first come to the attention of the CIA and NSA in 1999 as possible associates of Bin Ladin's

204

network, be added to the Department of State watchlist for denying entry to the United States.

o In late summer, the Intelligence Community obtained information that a person associated with al-Qa'ida was considering terrorist operations in the United States. There was no information as to the timing or possible targets.

o On September 10, NSA intercepted two communications [ ] suggesting imminent terrorist activity. These communications were not translated [page 215] into English and disseminated until September 12. They were not specific, and it is unclear whether they referred to the September 11 attacks.

During the summer of 2001, the Intelligence Community also disseminated information to a wide range of senior government officials at all federal agencies and military commands about the potential for imminent terrorist attacks. For example:

o On June 25, the Intelligence Community issued a terrorist threat advisory warning government agencies that there was a high probability of an imminent "spectacular" terrorist attack resulting in numerous casualties against U.S. interests abroad by Sunni extremists associated with al-Qa'ida.

o Subsequently, intelligence information provided to [ ] senior government leaders on June 30 indicated that Bin Ladin's organization expected near-term attacks to have dramatic consequences on governments or cause major casualties.

o [A briefing prepared for senior government officials at the beginning of July asserted: "Based on a review of all-source reporting over the last five months, we believe that UBL will launch a significant terrorist attack against U.S. and/or Israeli interests in the coming weeks. The attack will be spectacular and designed to inflict mass casualties against U.S. facilities or interests. Attack preparations have been made. Attack will occur with little or no warning]."

205

o Later, on July 9, intelligence information provided to [ ] senior government leaders indicated that members of Bin Ladin's organization continued to expect imminent attacks on U.S. interests.

[Of particular interest to the Joint Inquiry was whether and to what extent the President received threat-specific warnings during this period. Access to this information was denied the Joint Inquiry by [page 216] the White House. However, the Joint Inquiry was told by a representative of the Intelligence Community that, in August 2001, a closely held intelligence report for [ ] senior government officials included information that Bin Ladin had wanted to conduct attacks in the United States since 1997. The information included discussion of the arrest of Ahmed Ressam in December 1999 at the U.S.-Canadian border and the 1998 bombings of U.S. embassies in Kenya and Tanzania. It mentioned that members of al-Qa'ida, including some U.S. citizens, had resided in or traveled to the United States for years and that the group apparently maintained a support structure here. The report cited uncorroborated information obtained and disseminated in 1998 that Bin Ladin wanted to hijack airplanes to gain the release of U.S.-held extremists; FBI judgments about patterns of activity consistent with preparations for hijackings or other types of attacks; as well as information acquired in May 2001 that indicated a group of Bin Ladin supporters was planning attacks in the United States with explosives].*

The Joint Inquiry was also interested in the nature and scope of the intelligence that was being provided to senior policymakers regarding the terrorist threat. In addition to the President's Daily Brief, the Intelligence Community produces a Senior Executive Intelligence Brief (SEIB) each day, a series of short articles that summarize political, military, economic, and diplomatic developments around the world of particular interest to senior government executives. The Joint Inquiry reviewed SEIBs distributed by the Intelligence Community in the spring and summer of 2001 and confirmed a rise in reporting on Bin Ladin between March and June. This increase was still only a relatively small portion of the array of intelligence subjects that the SEIBs brought to the attention of policymakers. For example, the peak in Bin Ladin-related

_______________

* National Security Advisor Condoleeza Rice stated in a May 16, 2002 press briefing that, on August 6, 2001, the President's Daily Brief (PDB) included information about Bin Ladin's methods of operation from a historical perspective dating back to 1997. One of the methods was that Bin Ladin might choose to highjack an airliner in order to hold passengers hostage to gain release of one of their operatives. She stated, however, that the report did not contain specific warning information, but only a generalized warning, and did not contain information that al-Qa'ida was discussing a particular planned attack against a specific target at any specific time, place, or by any specific method.

206

reporting came in June 2001 when Islamic extremists, including Bin Ladin and al-Qa'ida, were referred to in eighteen of the 298 articles that appeared in the SEIBs that month.

The rise in threat reporting concerning Bin Ladin in 2001, though lacking in detail, did generate government terrorist advisories and warnings, including:

o An FAA Circular on June 22, 2001, referring to a possible hijacking plot by Islamic terrorists to secure the release of fourteen persons incarcerated in the United States in connection with the 1996 bombing of Khobar Towers.

[Page 217]

o A public, worldwide caution issued by the State Department on June 22, warning Americans traveling abroad of the increased risk of a terrorist action.

o Four terrorism warning reports or warning report extensions issued by the Department of Defense on June 22 and 26, and July 6 and 20, primarily to alert U.S. military forces and the Department of Defense to signs that Bin Ladin's network was planning a near-term, anti-U.S. terrorist operation.

o A State Department démarche to Taliban representatives in Pakistan on June 26, 2001, declaring that the Taliban would be held responsible for terrorist attacks carried out by Bin Ladin or al-Qa'ida.

o An FBI communication on July 2, advising federal, state, and local law enforcement agencies of increased threat reporting about groups aligned with or sympathetic to Bin Ladin. The communication noted that the majority of the reports suggested a potential for attacks against U.S. targets abroad and that the FBI had no information suggesting a credible threat of terrorist attack in the United States, although the possibility could not be discounted.

Deputy Secretary of State Richard Armitage described the situation to the Joint Inquiry:

In fact, [the intelligence] was good enough for us to take several steps. We issued between January and September nine warnings, five of them global, because of the threat information we were receiving from the intelligence agencies in the summer, when George Tenet was around town literally pounding on desks saying, something is happening, this is an unprecedented level of threat information. He didn't know where it was going to happen, but he knew that it was coming.


207

Interviews conducted during the Joint Inquiry show that the general view within the Intelligence Community in the spring and summer of 2001 was that an attack on U.S. interests was more likely to occur overseas, possibly in Saudi Arabia and Israel. Intelligence information, the arrest of suspected terrorists in the Middle East and Europe, and a credible report of a plan to attack a U.S. embassy in the [page 218] Middle East shaped the Community's thinking about where an attack was likely to occur. In fact, FBI agents working in Yemen on the Cole investigation were told to leave the country because of concern about a possible attack.

The belief that an attack was likely to occur overseas was also reflected in numerous statements and data the Joint Inquiry reviewed, for example:

o In a May 16, 2002 press briefing, National Security Advisor Condoleezza Rice said: "I want to reiterate that during this time, the overwhelming bulk of the evidence was that this was an attack that was likely to take place overseas"

o The FBI's Assistant Director for Counterterrorism at the time said that the intelligence he was seeing led him to believe with a high probability - "98 percent" - that an attack would occur overseas.

o At a Joint Inquiry hearing, Deputy Secretary of State Richard Armitage testified: "I, in general, perceived the threat to be at our interests overseas, primarily in the Gulf, some in Southeast Asia, and most definitely in Israel. That is from my point of view and the Department of State."

o At the same hearing, Deputy Secretary of Defense Paul Wolfowitz testified: "I would say near-term we perceived the threat to be overseas, as Secretary Armitage says. In the mid- to longer-term, we perceived the threat to be mass casualties in the United States as a result of chemical or biological or conceivably nuclear attack. . . ."

208

o Deputy National Security Advisor Steve Hadley asserted in a written response to Joint Inquiry questions:

The specific warning the Administration did have pointed to operations against U.S. interests abroad. . . . The threat warnings, in the spring and summer of 2001, did not, to my knowledge, include any specific warning information to indicate plans for terrorist [page 219] attacks inside the United States. . . . During this period of increased threat reporting, information from [Intelligence Community] agencies focused specifically on potential attacks in Europe, the Middle East, and the Arabian Peninsula. . . . [Intelligence Community] officials, however, did not discount the possibility of domestic attacks by al-Qa'ida and other groups.


Bin Ladin-related threat reporting began to decline in July 2001. The Intelligence Community did, however, continue to follow up on some of the information in its possession.
admin
Site Admin
 
Posts: 36135
Joined: Thu Aug 01, 2013 5:21 am

Re: Report of the Joint Inquiry Into the Terrorist Attacks o

Postby admin » Sat Mar 26, 2016 7:52 am

Part 4 of 5

F. Intelligence Information on Possible Terrorist Use of Airplanes as Weapons

Central to the September 11 attacks was the terrorists' use of airplanes as weapons, which National Security Advisor Condoleezza Rice addressed in a May 2002 press briefing:

I don't think anybody could have predicted that these same people would take an airplane and slam it into the World Trade Center, taken another one and slam it into the Pentagon; that they would try to use an airplane as a missile, a hijacked airplane as a missile. All of this reporting about hijacking was about traditional hijacking. You take a plane - people were worried they might blow one up, but they were most worried that they might try to take a plane and use it for release of the blind Sheikh or some of their own people.


The Joint Inquiry confirmed that, before September 11, the Intelligence Community produced at least twelve reports over a seven-year period suggesting that terrorists might use airplanes as weapons. As with the intelligence reports indicating Bin Ladin's intentions to strike inside the United States, the credibility of sources was sometimes questionable and information often sketchy. The reports reviewed by the Joint Inquiry included:

o In December 1994, Algerian Armed Islamic Group terrorists hijacked an Air France flight in Algiers and threatened to crash it into the Eiffel Tower. French authorities deceived the terrorists into thinking the plane did not have enough fuel to reach Paris and diverted it to Marseilles. A French anti-terrorist force stormed the plane and killed all four terrorists.

209

[Page 220]

o In January 1995, a Philippine National Police raid turned up material in a Manila apartment suggesting that Ramzi Yousef, Abdul Murad, and Khalid Shaykh Mohammad planned, among other things, to crash an airplane into CIA Headquarters. The police said that the same group was responsible for the bombing of a Philippine airliner on December 12, 1994. Information on the threat was passed to the FAA, which briefed U.S. and major foreign carriers.

o In January 1996, the Intelligence Community obtained information concerning a planned suicide attack by persons associated with Shaykh al-Rahman and a key al-Qa'ida operative to fly to the United States from Afghanistan and attack the White House.

o In October 1996, the Intelligence Community obtained information regarding an Iranian plot to hijack a Japanese plane over Israel and crash it into Tel Aviv. A passenger would board the plane in the Far East, commandeer the aircraft, order it to fly over Tel Aviv, and crash the plane into the city.

o In 1997, an FBI Headquarters unit became concerned about the possibility that an unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV) would be used in terrorist attacks. The FBI and CIA became aware of reports that a group had purchased a UAV and concluded that the group might use the plane for reconnaissance or attack. The possibility of an attack outside the United States was thought to be more likely, for example, by flying a UAV into a U.S. embassy or a U.S. delegation.

o In August 1998, the Intelligence Community obtained information that a group, since linked to al-Qa'ida, planned to fly an explosive- aden plane from a foreign country into the World Trade Center. As explained earlier, the FAA found the plot to be highly unlikely given the state of the foreign country's aviation program. Moreover, the agencies concluded that a flight originating outside the United States would be detected before it reached its target. The FBI's New York office took no action on the information.

[Page 221]

210

o In September 1998, the Intelligence Community obtained information that Bin Ladin's next operation might involve flying an explosives-laden aircraft into a U.S. airport and detonating it. This information was provided to senior government officials in late 1998.

o In November 1998, the Intelligence Community obtained information that the Turkish Kaplancilar, an Islamic extremist group, had planned a suicide attack to coincide with celebrations marking the death of Ataturk, the founder of modern Turkey. The conspirators, who were arrested, planned to crash an airplane packed with explosives into Ataturk's tomb during a ceremony. The Turkish press said the group had cooperated with Bin Ladin, and the FBI's New York office included this incident in a Bin Ladin database.

o In February 1999, the Intelligence Community obtained information that Iraq had formed a suicide pilot unit that it planned to use against British and U.S. forces in the Persian Gulf. The CIA commented that this was highly unlikely and probably disinformation.

o In March 1999, the Intelligence Community obtained information regarding plans by an al-Qa'ida member, who was a U.S. citizen, to fly a hang glider into the Egyptian Presidential Palace and detonate explosives. The person, who received hang glider training in the United States, brought a hang glider to Afghanistan. However, various problems arose during the testing of the glider. He was subsequently arrested and is in custody abroad.

o In April 2000, the Intelligence Community obtained information regarding an alleged Bin Ladin plot to hijack a Boeing 747. The source, a "walk-in" to the FBI's Newark office, claimed that he had learned hijacking techniques and received arms training in a Pakistani camp. He also claimed that he was to meet five or six persons in the United States. Some of these persons would be pilots who had been instructed to take over a plane, fly to Afghanistan, or, if they could not make it there, blow the plane up. Although [page 222] the source passed a polygraph, the Bureau was unable to verify any aspect of his story or identify his contacts in the United States.

211

o In August 2001, the Intelligence Community obtained information about a plot to bomb the U.S. embassy in Nairobi from an airplane or crash the airplane into it. The Intelligence Community learned that two people who were reportedly acting on instructions from Bin Ladin met in October 2000 to discuss this plot.

The CIA disseminated several of these reports to the FBI and to agencies responsible for preventive actions. These included the FAA, which is responsible for issuing security directives, alerting domestic and international airports and airlines of threats the Intelligence Community has identified.*

In testimony before the Joint Inquiry, DCI Tenet mentioned additional evidence developed since September 11 concerning al-Qa'ida's intention of to use airplanes as weapons:

[After 11 September, we learned from a foreign government service that in 1996, Bin Ladin's second-in-command, Muhammad Atif, drew up a study on the feasibility of hijacking US planes and destroying them in flight, possibly influenced by Yousef's and Mukhtar's unrealized plans [the Bojinka Plot]. . . . Bin Ladin's determination to strike America at home increased with the issuance of the February 1998 fatwa targeting all Americans, both military and civilian. The ideas about destroying commercial airliners that had been circulating in al- Qa'ida leadership circles for several years appear to have been revived after that fatwa, in the early planning stages of the 9/11 plot. We believe that outside events also shaped al-Qa'ida leaders' thinking about an airliner attack. [ ] the October 1999 crash of Egypt Air Flight 990, attributed in the media to a suicidal pilot, may have encouraged al-Qa'ida's growing impression that air travel was a vulnerability for the United States].


Despite these reports, the Intelligence Community did not produce any specific assessments of the likelihood that terrorists would use airplanes as weapons, and U.S. policymakers apparently remained unaware of this kind of potential threat. Former National Security Advisor Sandy Berger testified before the Joint Inquiry: "We heard of the idea of airplanes as weapons, but I don't recall being presented with any specific threat information about an attack of this nature or any alert highlighting this [page 223] threat or indicating it was any more likely than any other." In response to written Joint Inquiry questions, Deputy National Security Advisor Steve Hadley asserted:

_______________

* As noted earlier, however, the former intelligence office at FAA, the Transportation Security Intelligence Service, researched 12 reports concerning the possible use of airplanes as weapons that the DCI testified had been disseminated to appropriate agencies and found that there was no record of FAA receipt of three of them, two others had been derived from State Department reports, and one was not received by FAA until after September 11, 2001.

212

Before September 11, I do not recall receiving any information concerning al- Qa'ida using aircraft as weapons for attacks within the United States. One CIA analysis stated that al-Qa'ida was interested in possible hijackings in order to win the release of imprisoned al-Qa'ida members, but did not mention the possibility of using aircraft themselves as weapons.


The failure to consider seriously the use of aircraft as weapons may be the result of insufficient resources directed to intelligence analysis. Before September 11, CTC had forty analysts to analyze terrorism issues worldwide, with only one of its five analytic branches focused on terrorist tactics. As a result, the only terrorist tactic on which CTC had performed strategic analysis was the use of chemical, biological, radiological and nuclear weapons because of the obvious potential for mass casualties.

Aviation-related terrorism was included in some broader terrorist threat assessments, such as the National Intelligence Estimate (NIE) on terrorism. For example, a 1995 NIE mentioned the plot to blow up twelve U.S. airliners and cited the consideration the Bojinka conspirators gave to attacking CIA Headquarters with an aircraft laden with explosives. The FAA worked with the Intelligence Community on this analysis and drafted the section addressing the threat to civil aviation, which said:

Our review of the evidence… suggests the conspirators were guided in their selection of the method and venue of attack by carefully studying security procedures in place in the region. If terrorists operating in [the United States] are similarly methodical, they will identify serious vulnerabilities in the security system for domestic flights.


A 1997 update to the 1995 NIE concluded:

Civil aviation remains a particularly attractive target in light of the fear and publicity the downing of an airliner would evoke and the revelations last summer of the U.S. air transport sectors' vulnerabilities.


As a result of the increasing threats to aviation, Congress required the FAA and FBI to conduct joint threat and vulnerability assessments of security at select "high risk" U.S. airports and to provide [page 224] annual reports to Congress. A classified portion of the December 2000 report downplayed the threat to domestic aviation:

FBI investigations confirm domestic and international terrorist groups operating within the U.S. but do not suggest evidence of plans to target domestic civil aviation. Terrorist activity within the U.S. has focused primarily on fundraising, recruiting new members, and disseminating propaganda. While international terrorists have conducted attacks on U.S. soil, these acts represent anomalies in their traditional targeting which focuses on U.S. interests overseas.


213

Thus, less than a year before the September 11 attacks, and notwithstanding intelligence information to the contrary, the FBI and FAA assessed the prospects of a terrorist incident targeting domestic civil aviation in the United States as relatively low.

After September 11, the CIA acknowledged some of the information that was available regarding the use of airplanes as weapons. A draft analysis dated November 19, 2001, "The 11 September Attacks: A Preliminary Assessment," explains:

We do not know the process by which Bin Ladin and his lieutenants decided to hijack planes with the idea of flying them into buildings in the United States, but the idea of hijacking planes for suicide attacks had long been current in jihadist circles. For example, GIA terrorists from Algeria had planned to crash a Air France jet into the Eiffel Tower in December 1994, and Ramzi Yousef - a participant in the 1993 World Trade Center bombing - planned to explode 12 US jetliners in mid-air over the Pacific in the mid-1990s. Likewise the World Trade Center had long been a target of terrorist bombers.


Despite that intelligence, the Joint Inquiry found no evidence that, before September 11, analysts in the Intelligence Community were:

o cataloguing information regarding the use of airplanes as weapons as a terrorist tactic;

o sending requirements to collectors to look for additional information on this threat; or

o considering the likelihood that Bin Ladin, al-Qa'ida, or any other terrorist group, would attack the United States or U.S. interests in this way.

[Page 225]

The CTC's Deputy Director acknowledged that the CIA had not performed strategic analysis on airplanes as weapons before September 11. He also explained ways in which CTC has sought to improve its analytic capabilities since then:

We have a couple of approaches to strategic analysis in CTC now…We have spent a fair amount of analytic time looking at intelligence reporting that [al- Qa'ida is] going to use a particular type of tactic or go after a particular type of target, other intelligence reporting…that shows that they have actually trained at that tactic or trained for that type of target. . . . When you get all three of those ingredients, that's pretty sobering. What is most alarming to us is the number of tactics that we've gotten that kind of a case on, that three-legged case . . . on surface-to-air missiles…use of truck bombs and car bombs . . . the use of aircraft, both aircraft hijackings and aircraft as weapons . . . the use of improvised explosive devices like Mr. Reid put in his shoes several months ago . . . the use of poisons and toxins. Put it all together and you can say that al-Qa'ida has built a handful of cards, any of which it could be playing, all of which it intends at some point and with some opportunity to play. Its choices are very broad and very frightening.


214

Even if enough analysis is done to provide better analysis to policymakers regarding strategic threats, there remains the issue of how much influence that information will have in warning other federal entities and the private sector. In discussing what could have been done better before September 11, the DCI told the Joint Inquiry that the failure to focus on the the use of airplanes as weapons was just one area that should have been part of a "systematic thought process to think about how you play defense:"

You can disseminate all of the threat reportings you want. You can do the strategic analysis about airplanes. You can do the strategic analysis about car bombs, truck bombs, assassination attempts, fast boats and everything else. You can put all of that out there to people. Unless somebody is thinking about the homeland from the perspective of buttoning it down to basically create a deterrence that may work, your assumption will be that the FBI and the CIA are going to be one-hundred percent flawless all of the time. And it will never happen.


IX. The Development of U.S. Counterterrorism Policy before September 11

When the Cold War ended, counterterrorism was not a top U.S. policy priority. However, as the threat from al-Qa'ida increased in the 1990s, concern grew about the danger to America. The Clinton [page 226] Administration steadily increased its attention to terrorism, which became a top priority after the August 1998 attacks on U.S. embassies in Kenya and Tanzania. The Bush Administration also devoted considerable attention to the al-Qa'ida threat as it conducted a policy review in the months before September 11.

Despite sharpened focus in the years before September 11, terrorism remained only one concern of many and counterterrorism efforts had to compete with other priorities. The process for setting intelligence priorities was also vague and confusing, and neither the Clinton nor the Bush Administration developed an integrated counterterrorism strategy that drew on all elements of national power before September 11.

215

A. Counterterrorism as an Intelligence Priority

Counterterrorism was not a top intelligence priority in the immediate aftermath of the Cold War. Former National Security Advisor Brent Scowcroft testified that the first Bush Administration focused primarily on the former Soviet Union. Moreover, the sense of immediacy diminished because the incidence and severity of terrorism had declined since the Reagan Administration. Mr. Scowcroft noted that the focus of discussions on terrorism was state-sponsored attacks, from which the U.S. homeland was thought to be immune.

As a result, neither the first Bush administration nor the Intelligence Community devoted considerable attention to terrorism at the time. Former National Coordinator for Counterterrorism Richard Clarke noted that the first Bush Administration approved only one "narrow document" related to terrorism, suggesting that the subject was not a high priority. Thus, as former National Security Advisor Sandy Berger testified:

When President Clinton began his first term in 1993, the Intelligence Community was primarily focused on the agenda created by the Soviet Union's collapse, the Cold War's end, and our Gulf War victory. . . . The CIA maintained no significant assets in Afghanistan after our withdrawal from the region in 1989. Little was known about Osama Bin Ladin except that he was one of many financiers of terrorist groups.


[Page 227]

B. Growing Importance in the Clinton Administration

Mr. Clarke has testified that, when the Clinton Administration came into office, "the furthest thing from [its] mind in terms of the policy agenda was terrorism." This quickly ended with Mir Amal Kansi's murder of two CIA employees outside agency Headquarters shortly after President Clinton's inauguration. That event, plus the Iraqi attempt to assassinate former President Bush in 1993 and the February 1993 bombing of the World Trade Center, "catapulted" terrorism onto the Administration's agenda, according to Mr. Berger. He also noted that these events led to the President becoming personally focused on terrorism.

The Clinton Administration issued several documents that many witnesses saw as reflecting the growing importance of terrorism:

216

o In 1995, the Clinton Administration issued Presidential Decision Directive (PDD) 35, which former National Security Advisor Anthony Lake described as "formally establish[ing] our top intelligence priorities and plac[ing] terrorism among them, led only by intelligence support for our troops in the field and a small number of states that posed an immediate or potential serious threat to the United States."

o Several months later in 1995, the President issued PDD 39, the first PDD issued explicitly on terrorism since the Reagan administration. Mr. Lake noted that PDD 39 "mandated increased efforts to capture terrorists abroad; high priority for detecting and preventing attacks with weapons of mass destruction; and the exchange between the FBI and CIA of high-level anti-terrorism officials."

o In 1998, Presidential Decision Directives 62 and 63 were issued to raise the importance of counterterrorism within the interagency process and to clarify responsibilities for reacting to an attack. According to Mr. Clarke, these directives established an interagency coordination process, to include regular meetings to evaluate threats, discuss resources, and treat counterterrorism as a continuous, rather than ad hoc concern.

Al-Qa'ida emerged as a leading adversary during the second term of the Clinton Administration. Mr. Berger told the Joint Inquiry that Bin Ladin was portrayed as a financier as late as 1996, but that U.S. knowledge of his activities and concern about the threat his organization posed began to grow rapidly. After the August 1998 attack on U.S. embassies in Kenya and Tanzania, Bin Ladin dominated [page 228] U.S. counterterrorism concerns. As Mr. Berger testified, "In 1996 he was on the radar screen; in 1998 he was the radar screen."

Senior level officials met frequently on terrorism. In the months before the Millennium celebrations, according to Mr. Berger, there were constant Principals Meetings and much senior level attention to the risk of an al-Qa'ida attack. According to Deputy National Security Advisor Steve Hadley, Mr. Berger and Mr. Clarke both emphasized the importance of terrorism during the transition from the Clinton to the Bush Administration.

C. Uncertainty During the Transition

Transitions between administrations always take considerable time. For some high level positions, such as National Coordinator for Counterterrorism, it is difficult if not impossible to maintain continuity or an intense daily focus on an issue, if the status of the person holding the position is unclear. Mr. Berger explained that the Clinton Administration did not respond to the

217

October 2000 attack on USS Cole, in part, because it believed that the incoming Bush Administration should handle the matter. However, Bush Administration officials testified that they did not begin their major counterterrorism policy review until April 2001. Thus, it appears that significant slippage in counterterrorism policy may have taken place in late 2000 and early 2001. At least part of this was due to the unresolved status of Mr. Clarke as National Coordinator for Counterterrorism and his uncertain mandate to coordinate Bush Administration policy on terrorism and specifically on Bin Ladin.

D. The George W. Bush Administration

Al-Qa'ida remained an intelligence priority under the Bush administration. Mr. Hadley told the Joint Inquiry that "countering terrorist threats to the United States was a top intelligence priority from the first days of this Administration." He noted that Clinton Administration counterterrorism programs and covert action authorities remained in place in early 2001, while the Bush Administration considered a far more aggressive policy against al-Qa'ida and its Taliban supporters: [page 229]

From the first days of the Bush Administration through September 2001, it conducted a comprehensive, senior-level review of policy for dealing with al- Qa'ida. The goal was to move beyond the policy of containment, criminal prosecution, and limited retaliation for specific attacks, toward attempting to 'roll back' al Qa'ida.


[As Deputy Secretary of State Richard Armitage testified to the Joint Inquiry on September 19, 2002:

The National Security Council . . . called for new proposals [in March 2001] on a strategy that would be more aggressive against al-Qa'ida. The first deputies meeting, which is the first decision making body in the administration, met on the 30th of April and set off on a trail of initiatives to include financing, getting at financing, to get at increased authorities for the Central Intelligence Agency, sharp end things that the military was asked to do. . . . So, from March through about August, we were preparing a national security Presidential directive, and it was distributed on August 13 to the principals for their final comments. And then, of course, we had the events of September 11. . . .]


That policy review reportedly involved drafting new covert action authorities, several senior level meetings to discuss policy alternatives, and exploration of other initiatives. The review was nearing completion in the days before September 11.

218

E. Competing Priorities

[Counterterrorism was only one of many priorities for both the Clinton and Bush Administrations. Although a complete review of their policy priorities is beyond the scope of this inquiry, several senior officials have suggested the wide range of concerns that faced both administrations:

o Intelligence Community officials with responsibility for resource management noted that a range of regional and global issues were important concerns that policymakers emphasized in allocating resources.

o Mr. Clarke explained that he faced resistance to using military force in Afghanistan, in part because the United States was already bombing Iraq and Serbia.

o Former Clinton Assistant Secretary of State for South Asia Karl Inderfurth noted in an interview that the East Africa embassy bombings made counterterrorism the top U.S. priority in its dealings with the Taliban regime in Afghanistan. Before then, ending the civil war, advancing women's rights, and establishing a broad-based government were U.S. priorities for that country.

o Mr. Inderfurth also noted that concerns about an Indian-Pakistani conflict, or even nuclear confrontation, competed with efforts to press Pakistan on terrorism.

[Page 230]

o Mr. Hadley noted that Bush Administration concerns before September 11 included the P-3 aircraft incident with China and the June 2001 G-8 Summit].

Even those involved directly in counterterrorism efforts focused much of their attention on groups other than al-Qa'ida and its affiliates. Mr. Clarke told the Joint Inquiry that Iran and the Lebanese Hizbollah were the most important terrorist concerns during the first Clinton Administration. This was corroborated by Mr. Lake, who noted that the Administration's "primary preoccupation was on state sponsors of terrorism and such organizations as Hizbollah."

219

The Iranian supported attack on the U.S. military at Khobar Towers in 1996 reinforced this concern, according to Mr. Clarke.

Several agencies also focused their counterterrorism efforts on force protection. After the embassy bombings, the State Department tried to augment security in its facilities worldwide. Similarly, the attacks on Khobar Towers and USS Cole led to increased Defense Department and military efforts to protect U.S. military facilities and assets abroad.

Moreover, the process of setting intelligence priorities was often confusing. Mr. Clarke noted that the White House "never really gave good systematic, timely guidance to the Intelligence Community about what the priorities were at the national level." Mr. Hadley stated that Bush Administration officials were told during the transition that "this priority-setting process [PDD-35] . . . was not effective for communicating changing priorities over time." Joint Inquiry interviews with Intelligence Community officials suggest that many felt that the prioritization process was so broad as to be meaningless.

There was also bureaucratic confusion about responsibility for counterterrorism. Despite efforts by the NSC's Counterterrorism Security Group to streamline the process, agencies often did not coordinate their counterterrorism efforts. Mr. Inderfurth noted that the State Department had different elements working on counterterrorism in regard to Afghanistan, Saudi Arabia, embassy security, and other matters. Former Deputy Secretary of Defense John Hamre noted in an interview that several different components of the Defense Department were involved in counterterrorism, often with little coordination.

[Page 231]

F. Policy Measures to Fight Terrorism

In accordance with the growing importance of terrorism, Clinton Administration officials took several steps to strengthen U.S. counterterrorism efforts. During the late 1990s, the CIA initiated a campaign, working with foreign liaison services to disrupt and "take down" al-Qa'ida and other terrorist cells around the world. Mr. Clarke told the Joint Inquiry that "'disrupt' means 'arrest,' if possible, have the host country arrest, or if there is any reason to bring them back to the United States, to arrest them and bring them back here." The Clinton Administration

220

strongly backed this campaign, according to Mr. Berger, who pointed out that terrorist cells were dismantled and disrupted in more than twenty countries as a result.

The Clinton Administration used military force, albeit in a limited manner as is discussed in detail in a separate chapter. Mr. Clarke noted that the retaliatory strike on Iraq in 1993 for its attempted assassination of former President Bush was the first time the U.S. had used military force to punish a state for terrorism since 1986. According to Mr. Berger, the 1998 cruise missile strikes on terrorism-linked facilities in Afghanistan and Sudan were meant to demonstrate the Clinton Administration's seriousness, as well as to disrupt al-Qa'ida's infrastructure. The Clinton Administration also initiated an increasingly aggressive covert action policy, also discussed in a separate section.

Mr. Berger, Mr. Clarke, and Mr. Lake noted several other measures the Clinton Administration initiated:

o Increasing intelligence funding after 1995

o More than doubling the number of FBI agents devoted to, and more than tripling the FBI budget for, counterterrorism

o Expanding the size of the CTC and otherwise increasing CIA efforts against terrorism

[Page 232]

o Passing the Anti-Terrorism and Effective Death Penalty Act in 1996 and legislation to track foreign student visas

o Pressing CIA to establish an operational unit focused on tracking Bin Ladin and terrorist financing (Intelligence Community and Clinton Administration officials differ as to who deserves credit for this effort)

o Encouraging CIA and the FBI to improve cooperation on terrorism, including exchanging senior officials. (Officials in the FBI, CIA, and Clinton Administration also differ as to who deserves credit for this effort)

221

o Increasing diplomatic pressure on the Taliban through bilateral discussions, U.N. sanctions, and freezing of assets.

Policymakers report to the Joint Inquiry that they had limited flexibility with regard to Afghanistan. Mr. Berger testified that neither Congress, the media, nor the international community supported invading Afghanistan before September 11. During the Bush Administration, the United States issued a démarche to the Taliban in June 2001, noting that it would be held accountable for al-Qa'ida attacks on the United States.

Neither the Clinton nor Bush Administration aggressively tried to disrupt al-Qa'ida financing. A former Intelligence Community official testified that in 1996 or 1997 the Intelligence Community had plans [ ], plans the Treasury Department blocked due to concerns about [ ] and worries that [ ]. Because of Treasury's concerns, the Intelligence Community, according to the former official, was limited before September 11 to "[ ]." Mr. Clarke noted that counterterrorism officials hoped to appeal Treasury's initial position by presenting concrete information on terrorism fundraising. The Intelligence Community, however, was not able to provide the information.

[Page 233]

G. The Law Enforcement Approach

Some policy makers recognized that countering al-Qa'ida required the application of all aspects of U.S. power. According to testimony from Deputy Secretary of Defense Paul Wolfowitz, the effort against al-Qa'ida:

. . . is not just something for the Intelligence Community alone; . . . you can't go to war against al-Qa'ida without recognizing the role that the Government of Afghanistan is playing. You can't go after the Government of Afghanistan without recognizing the problems in your relationship particularly with Pakistan, but with other neighboring countries, and you can't get serious about this without looking at military options.


Before September 11, however, neither the Clinton nor Bush Administration developed a plan to disrupt al-Qa'ida that integrated U.S. diplomatic, economic, intelligence, and military

222

assets. Deputy Secretary of State Richard Armitage testified that the Bush Administration received briefings on the urgency of the al- a'ida threat, but "we were never given a plan," a contention Mr. Berger echoed. Mr. Wolfowitz testified that even contingency planning for using the military for counterterrorism "was in the very most primitive stages." General Hugh Shelton, former Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, told the Joint Inquiry that he did not believe that policy makers had any serious plans to use the military in a significant way against the Taliban before September 11.

In the absence of a more comprehensive strategy, the United States defaulted to relying on law enforcement, at home and abroad, as the leading instrument in the fight against al-Qa'ida. The perpetrators of the 1993 World Trade Center bombing and the plot against New York City landmarks, several conspirators in the 1998 embassy bombings, and several members of a group that planned Millennium attacks were all prosecuted. This emphasis on prosecution continued a trend begun in the 1980s when Congress and President Reagan gave the FBI an important role in countering international terrorism, including attacks overseas.

Government officials apparently never intended to rely exclusively on law enforcement to fight terrorism. Senior Department of Justice officials testified that they saw their efforts as an adjunct to other means of fighting terrorism. Mary Jo White, who as U.S. Attorney for the Southern District of [page 234] New York prosecuted many of the most important cases against al-Qa'ida, testified before the Joint Inquiry that "no one considered prosecutions to be the country's counterterrorism strategy or even a particularly major part of it." Mr. Wolfowitz testified that terrorism "is not a law enforcement problem, and it can't be dealt with simply by retaliating against individual acts of terrorism." However, covert action and military force had little impact before September 11.

Prosecutions do have several advantages in the fight against terrorism. As Ms. White noted in her testimony and in an interview, prosecutions take terrorists off the street. She acknowledged that this does not shut down an entire group, but some bombs, she said, do not go off as a result of arrests. In addition, she pointed out that critical intelligence often comes from the investigative process, as individual terrorists confess or reveal associates through their personal effects and communications. As former FBI Director Louis Freeh asserted in an interview, "You can't divorce arrest from prevention." Ms. White contended that the

223

prosecutions might deter some, though not all individuals from violence. Finally, the threat of a jail sentence often induces terrorists to cooperate with investigators and provide information.

Heavy reliance on law enforcement, however, has costs. National Intelligence Officer for the Near East and South Asia Paul Pillar noted in Joint Inquiry testimony that it is easier to arrest terrorist underlings than masterminds. Those who organize and plan attacks, particularly the ultimate decision makers who authorize them, are often thousands of miles away when an attack is carried out. In addition, the deterrent effect of imprisonment is often minimal for highly motivated terrorists such as those in al-Qa'ida.

Moreover, law enforcement is time-consuming. The CIA and the FBI expended considerable resources supporting investigations in Africa and in Yemen into the embassy and U.S.S. Cole attacks, a drain on scarce resources that could have been used to gather information and disrupt future attacks. Finally, law enforcement standards of evidence are high, and stablishing a legal case that meets these standards often requires unattainable intelligence and threatens to compromise sensitive sources or methods.

[Page 235]

At times, law enforcement and intelligence have competing interests. The former head of the FBI's International Terrorism Section noted that Attorney General Reno leaned toward closing down surveillances under the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act if they hindered criminal cases. In addition, convictions that help disrupt terrorists are often based on lesser charges (such as immigration violations), and this may not always convince FBI field personnel that the effort is worthwhile compared with other cases that put criminals in jail for many years. As former FBI Assistant Director for Counterterrorism Dale Watson explained, Special Agents in Charge of FBI field offices focused more on convicting than on disrupting.

Reliance on law enforcement when individuals have fled to a hostile country, such as Iran or the Taliban's Afghanistan, appears particularly ineffective, as the masterminds are often beyond the reach of justice. One FBI agent scorned the idea of using the Bureau to take the lead in countering al-Qa'ida, noting that all the FBI can do is arrest and prosecute. They cannot shut down training camps in hostile countries. He noted that the strategy is "like telling the FBI after Pearl Harbor, 'go to Tokyo and arrest the Emperor.'" In his opinion, a military solution was necessary because "[t]he Southern District doesn't have any cruise missiles."

224

H. Disruptions and Renditions

Disruptions and renditions are important tools in the fight against terrorism, and terrorist activity can be disrupted in many ways. Examples include watchlists to deny entry into the United States, liaison relationships with foreign intelligence and law-enforcement services willing to arrest and detain radicals, raids on terrorist facilities, and criminal investigations and prosecutions.

In testimony to the Joint Inquiry, the DCI summed up the ultimate disruption of al-Qa'ida operations -- destruction of the Afghani sanctuary:

In this struggle, we must play offense as well as defense. The move into the Afghanistan sanctuary was essential. We have disrupted the terrorists' plans, denied them the comfort of their bases and training facilities and the confidence that they can mount and remount attacks without fear of serious retribution.


[Page 236]

Disruption became increasingly important in the years before September 11. Following the arrest of Ahmed Ressam with explosives at the U.S./Canada border and the discovery of plots in Jordan during the Millennium celebrations, a worldwide effort was launched to thwart other attacks. The effort involved dozens of foreign intelligence services, which detained suspected radicals, minimally to keep them off the streets, but also in the hope of gaining confessions or intimidating them into aborting planned attacks. Former National Security Advisor Sandy Berger gave some idea of the scope of these disruption efforts when he testified that the Intelligence Community had worked around the world since 1997 to dismantle al-Qa'ida cells in about twenty countries.

A rendition is the arrest and detention of terrorist operatives for return to the United States or another country for prosecution. Renditions often lead to confessions, and they disrupt terrorist plots by shattering cells and removing key individuals. In practice, almost all renditions entail disruptions.

[Working with a wide array of foreign governments, CIA and FBI have helped deliver dozens of suspected terrorists to justice. CTC officers responsible for the renditions program told the Joint Inquiry that, from 1987 to September 11, 2001, CTC was involved in the rendition

225

of several dozen terrorists, a number that increased substantially after September 11. Former National Counterterrorism Coordinator Richard Clarke described for the Joint Inquiry a particularly successful program, through which "we were able to identify al-Qa'ida members throughout the world []."

The emphasis on renditions and disruptions increased as the Intelligence Community received more frequent reports of impending al- a'ida attacks in the spring and summer of 2001. As DCI Tenet testified:

Starting in the spring and continuing through the summer of 2001 we saw a significant increase in the level of threat reporting. Again, working with the FBI and foreign liaison services, we thwarted attacks on the U.S. Embassy in Paris, our Embassy in Yemen, U.S. facilities in Saudi Arabia and operations to kidnap U.S. citizens. We approached twenty countries with specific targets for disruption, prompting arrests in [ ], and elsewhere.


[Page 237]

[U.S. Government officials told the Joint Inquiry that [ ] , and that there are a number of factors that make the rendition process difficult. [].

I. Afghanistan as a Terrorist Sanctuary

[Between 1996 and September 2001, the United States worked with dozens of foreign governments to disrupt al-Qa'ida, arrest and interrogate its operatives, and prevent terrorist attacks. Throughout that period, Afghanistan was a terrorist safehaven, in which al-Qa'ida built a network for planning attacks, training and vetting recruits, and indoctrinating potential radicals. In essence, al-Qa'ida created a terrorist army in Afghanistan with little interference. As DCI George Tenet explained in testimony before the Joint Inquiry:

226

The terrorist plotting, planning, recruiting, and training in the late 1990s were aided immeasurably by the sanctuary the Taliban provided.

-- Afghanistan had served as a place of refuge for international terrorists since the 1980s. The Taliban actively aided Bin Ladin by assigning him guards for security, permitting him to build and maintain terrorist camps, and refusing to cooperate with efforts by the international community to extradite him.

-- In return, Bin Ladin invested vast amounts of money in Taliban projects and provided hundreds of well-trained fighters to help the Taliban consolidate and expand their control of the country.

--While we often talk of two trends in terrorism - state supported and independent -- in Bin Ladin's case with the Taliban what we had was something completely new: a terrorist sponsoring a state]. (Emphasis in original.)

Some CIA analysts and operators told Joint Inquiry staff that they recognized as early as 1997 that Bin Ladin's terrorist organization would continue to train cadres of Islamic extremists and generate numerous terrorist operations, as long as the Taliban granted al-Qa'ida sanctuary in Afghanistan.

[Page 238]

Failure to eliminate Afghanistan as a terrorist sanctuary had practical operational consequences. In describing to the Joint Inquiry the CIA's 1999 plan to capture and bring Bin Ladin and his principal lieutenants to justice, DCI Tenet explained that, because "U.S. policy stopped short of replacing the Taliban regime, . . . the ability of the U.S. Government to exert pressure on Bin Ladin" was seriously limited. Because our government had "no official presence in Afghanistan, and relations with the Taliban were seriously strained," the DCI asserted, it became much "more difficult to gain access to Bin Ladin and al-Qa'ida personnel."

Between 1999 and 2001, the government did undertake some efforts to address the problem of Afghanistan as a terrorist sanctuary. In 1999, senior CIA and State Department officials began to focus on the Taliban as an integral part of the terrorist problem. In 1999 and 2000, the State Department worked with the United Nations Security Council to obtain resolutions rebuking the Taliban for harboring Bin Ladin and allowing terrorist training. The Defense Department began to focus on this issue in late 2000 after the Cole bombing and formulated military options for dealing with the Taliban.

227

According to Steve Hadley, President Bush's Deputy National Security Advisor, the Bush Administration initiated shortly after taking office a senior-level review of al-Qa'ida policy. In Summer 2001, the State Department sent a démarche to Taliban representatives in Pakistan, which noted threats to Americans emanating from Afghanistan and declared that the United States would hold the regime responsible for actions by terrorists the Taliban harbored. None of these actions appears to have restrained terrorist training or al-Qa'ida's ability to operate in Afghanistan.

Despite the Intelligence Community's growing recognition that Afghanistan was churning out thousands of radicals, the Joint Inquiry found little effort to integrate the instruments of national power - diplomatic, intelligence, economic, and military - to address the problem effectively. [ ]. Little effort was made to use the full force of the U.S. military before September 11, with the exception of August 1998 cruise missile strikes. Former National Security Advisor Sandy [page 239] Berger testified that there was little public or Congressional support for an invasion of Afghanistan before September 11.

Permitting the sanctuary in Afghanistan to exist allowed Bin Ladin's key operatives to meet, plan, train recruits, and ensure that al- a'ida's masterminds remained beyond the reach of international justice. In testimony before the Joint Inquiry, the DCI explained:

Nothing did more for our ability to combat terrorism than the President's decision to send us into the terrorists' sanctuary. By going in massively, we were able to change the rules for the terrorists. Now they are the hunted. Now they have to spend most of their time worrying about their survival. Al-Qa'ida must never again acquire a sanctuary.


In response to a question about what he would have done differently in hindsight before September 11, the DCI reiterated this point about sanctuary:

[W]e should have taken down that sanctuary a lot sooner. The circumstances at the time may have not warranted, the regional situation may have been different, and after 9/11 all I can tell you is we let a sanctuary fester, we let Bin Ladin build capability. And there may have been lots of good reasons why in hindsight it couldn't have been done earlier or sooner. I am not challenging it, because hindsight is always perfect, but we let him operate with impunity for a long time without putting the full force and muscle of the United States against it.


228

J. The Intelligence Community

[The nation's experience with international terrorism in the 1980s began with the bombings of the U.S. Embassy in Beirut in April 1983 and a U.S. Marine barracks in Beirut in October. The Islamic Jihad claimed responsibility for both attacks, which were followed by the March 1984 kidnapping and murder of William Buckley, a CIA official in Beirut. Over the next two years, terrorist groups kidnapped other American citizens in Lebanon who were not connected to the U.S. Government].

In April 1984, the Iranian backed terrorist group Hizbollah claimed responsibility for the bombing of a restaurant frequented by U.S. service members near Torrejon Airbase in Spain. In September 1984, the U.S. Embassy annex in Beirut was bombed. 1985 brought a flurry of terrorist [page 240] activity against U.S. citizens and interests, including the June 1985 hijacking of TransWorld Airways Flight 847, the October 1985 hijacking of the cruise ship Achille Lauro, and the November 1985 hijacking of an EgyptAir flight from Athens to Malta. In December 1985, terrorists from the Abu Nidal organization attacked the Rome and Vienna airports.

Certain responses by the U.S. Government to the emerging threat were of particular interest to the Joint Inquiry because they became the foundation of our policy toward international terrorism before the September 11 attacks. A task force led by Vice President George H. W. Bush made a series of recommendations in a December 1985 report on combating terrorism, some of which were quickly implemented:

o President Reagan signed National Security Decision Directive 207 in January 1986, outlining our nation's policy with respect to international terrorism and assigning counterterrorist functions to government components.

o The Director of Central Intelligence's Counterterrorist Center was established in February 1986 as the focal point for counterterrorism.

o A directive signed in the spring of 1986 authorized the CIA to conduct certain counterterrorist activities.

229

As is explained in more detail in other sections of this report, America first faced major international terrorist attacks within the United States in February 1993 when a bomb was detonated in the World Trade Center and in June 1993 when the FBI arrested eight persons for plotting to bomb New York City landmarks. In 1996, as Bin Ladin's involvement in directing terrorist acts became more evident, the Counterterrorist Center created a special unit with ten to fifteen members to focus on him. Since 1996, the Community has been actively engaged in operations with mixed success to collect intelligence on Bin Ladin and disrupt his network. On September 10, 2001, thirty- five to forty people were assigned to the CTC's Bin Ladin unit. In 1999, the FBI also created a Bin Ladin unit at Headquarters. Approximately nineteen persons were working in that unit on September 10.

[Page 241]

In August 1998 after the two embassy bombings in Africa, the Intelligence Community quickly confirmed that the attacks had been carried out by Bin Ladin's network. The DCI made combating the threat Bin Ladin posed one of the Intelligence Community's highest priorities, establishing it as a "Tier [Zero] priority," and he raised the status of the threat still further when he announced in December 1998 that "[w]e are at war" with Bin Ladin.

K. The Declaration of War

Whether and when the Intelligence Community as a whole recognized that Bin Ladin was waging war on the United States and that it was necessary to respond in kind is an important factor in assessing the Community's response to the threat Bin Ladin's network posed. In interviews, many persons on the National Security Council staff and at CTC pointed to the August 1998 bombings of two U.S. embassies in East Africa as the moment when they recognized that Bin Ladin was waging war against the United States. That judgment was reflected in two statements by President Clinton in the immediate aftermath of the bombings:

o On August 20, 1998, in an address to the nation on military action against terrorist sites in Afghanistan and Sudan, President Clinton declared: "A few months ago, and again this week, Bin Ladin publicly vowed to wage a terrorist war against America."

230

o On August 22, 1998, in a radio address to the nation, President Clinton declared: "Our efforts against terrorism cannot and will not end with this strike. We should have realistic expectations about what a single action can achieve, and we must be prepared for a long battle."

In December 1998, Director of Central Intelligence George Tenet elaborated on the President's statements in a memorandum to senior CIA managers, the Deputy DCI for Community Management, and the Assistant DCI for Military Support, declaring war on Bin Ladin: [page 242]

We must now enter a new phase in our effort against Bin Ladin. . . . We are at war. . . . I want no resources or people spared in this effort, either inside [the] CIA or the Community.


L. The Intelligence Community's Response

The DCI stated to the Joint Inquiry that in early 1999, following his declaration, he ordered a baseline review of CIA's operational strategy against Bin Ladin. According to the DCI's testimony before the Joint Inquiry, the CIA "produced a new comprehensive operational plan of attack against the Bin Ladin/al-Qa'ida target inside and outside Afghanistan," a plan of attack that in subsequent testimony the DCI simply called "The Plan":

The Plan included a strong and focused intelligence collection program to track - and then act against - Bin Ladin and his associates in terrorist sanctuaries. It was a blend of aggressive human source collection - both unilateral and with foreign partners - and enhanced technical collection. . . .To execute the Plan, CTC developed a program to select and train the right officers and put them in the right places. We moved talented and experienced operations officers into the [CTC]. We also initiated a nation-wide program to identify, vet and hire qualified personnel for counterterrorist assignments in hostile environments. We sought native fluency in the languages of the Middle East and South Asia, combined with policy, military, business, technical, or academic experience. In addition, we established an eight-week Counterterrorist Operations Course to share the tradecraft we had developed and refined over the years.


[According to documents reviewed by the Joint Inquiry, "The Plan" included covert action and technical collection aimed at capturing Bin Ladin and his principal lieutenants. CIA activities within The Plan included working with [

231

]. The Plan was the Intelligence Community's strongest response before September 11, 2001 to the Bin Ladin threat and the DCI's declaration. The Plan is examined in greater depth in the chapter on covert action].

[Page 243]

M. Shortcomings in the Intelligence Community's Response

The Joint Inquiry has determined that the Intelligence Community as a whole was not on a war footing before September 11. For example, knowledge of the DCI's declaration appears to have been limited. Some senior managers at NSA and DIA were aware of the statement, but many in the FBI had not heard of it. For example, the Assistant Director of the FBI's Counterterrorism Division testified to the Joint Inquiry that he "was not specifically aware of that declaration of war." Senior officers in other components of the government, including the Defense Department and the U.S. military, apparently were also unaware of the declaration. When asked whether he knew that the United States had been at war with Bin Ladin, Deputy Secretary of State Richard Armitage responded:

I was briefed in January and February [2001], leading to my hearings in March before the U.S. Senate. The term "at war" was, to my knowledge, not used. There was no question, though, that we were in a struggle with al-Qa'ida, and al-Qa'ida was the very first thing that the administration took on at the deputies level.


[The Joint Inquiry also reviewed whether the DCI's declaration of war had any real effect in the covert action area prior to September 11, 2001. Cofer Black, former CTC Chief, explained in a statement to the Joint Inquiry: "[A]fter 9/11, the gloves came off]."

[Resources dedicated to counterterrorism generally increased during the 1990s. Notwithstanding the DCI's December 1998 exhortation to spare no resources, however, counterterrorism had to compete with other intelligence priorities. Senior CIA officers pointed to, for example, a variety of regional and global issues as intelligence priorities that required resource allocations. In testimony before the Joint Inquiry, the DCI took note of those competing intelligence requirements]:

As I "declared war" against al-Qa'ida in 1998 - in the aftermath of the East Africa embassy bombings - we were in our fifth year of round-the-clock support to Operation Southern Watch in Iraq. Just three months earlier, we were embroiled in answering questions on the India and [page 244] Pakistan nuclear tests and trying to determine how we could surge more people to understanding and countering weapons of mass destruction proliferation. In early 1999, we surged more than 800 analysts and redirected collection assets from across the Intelligence Community to support the NATO bombing campaign against the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia.


232

The only substantial infusion of personnel to counterterrorism occurred after September 11, 2001, when the number of CIA personnel assigned to CTC nearly doubled -- from approximately 400 to approximately 800 -- and additional contractors were hired in support of CTC. No comparable shift of resources occurred in December 1998 after the DCI's declaration of war, in December 1999 during the Millennium crisis, or in October 2000 after the attack on USS Cole.

NSA Director Hayden described a similar situation before September 11:

We, like everyone else at the table, were stretched thin in September. The war against terrorism was our number one priority. We had about five number one priorities. And we had to balance what we were doing against all of them.


General Hayden asserted that he knew what NSA had to do to target Bin Ladin effectively before September 11, but was unable to obtain Intelligence Community support and resources for that purpose:

Given all the other intelligence priorities, it would have been difficult at that time within the [Intelligence Community] or the Department of Defense to accept the kind of resource decisions that would have been necessary to make our effort against the target more robust. NSA was focused heavily on [a range of regional and global issues]. Our resources, both human and financial, were in decline. Our efforts in 2000 to churn money internally were not accepted by the Community; its reliance on [signals intelligence] had made it reluctant to give it up.


The Joint Inquiry also learned that, even after the DCI's declaration of war, there was considerable variation in the degree to which FBI- organized Joint Terrorism Task Forces prioritized and coordinated efforts targeting Bin Ladin and al-Qa'ida in the United States. While the Bureau's New York office took the lead in the vast majority of counterterrorism investigations concerning Bin Ladin, many other FBI offices around the country were unaware of the magnitude of the threat. In an interview, former National Coordinator for Counterterrorism Richard Clarke contended that FBI field [page 245] offices, except New York, were "clueless" about counterterrorism and al-Qa'ida and did not make them priorities. Former National Security Advisor Berger testified before the Joint Inquiry: "What we have learned since

233

9/11 makes clear that the FBI, as an organization, was not as focused [on the counterterrorism mission]."
admin
Site Admin
 
Posts: 36135
Joined: Thu Aug 01, 2013 5:21 am

Re: Report of the Joint Inquiry Into the Terrorist Attacks o

Postby admin » Sat Mar 26, 2016 7:57 am

Part 5 of 5

N. The President and Senior Policy Advisor Responsibility

The DCI's December 1998 declaration was remarkable for its foresight and aggressiveness. But it could only have effect within a limited sphere because coordinating the U.S. Government's response to the Bin Ladin threat was not the responsibility of the DCI or the Intelligence Community, but of the President and the National Security Council.

In a Joint Inquiry briefing, Mr. Clarke touched on this issue when he discussed Presidential Decision Directive 62, "Protection Against Unconventional Threat to the Homeland and Americans Overseas." That PDD was signed by President Clinton in May 1998, before the bombings of the two U.S. Embassies in Africa and before the DCI's declaration of war. According to Mr. Clarke, the PDD created a ten- program counterterrorism initiative and assigned counterterrorist responsibilities to specific agencies:

o Apprehension, extradition, rendition, and prosecution (Department of Justice);

o Disruption (CIA);

o International cooperation (State);

o Preventing terrorist acquisition of weapons of mass destruction (National Security Council);

o Consequence management (Department of Justice/Federal Emergency Management Agency);

o Transportation security (Department of Transportation);

o Protection of critical infrastructure and cybersystems (National Security Council);

o Continuity of operations (National Security Council);

o Countering the foreign terrorist threat in the United States (Department of Justice); and [page 246]

o Protection of Americans overseas (Departments of State and Defense).

234

Within that effort were the seeds of an integrated, comprehensive government-wide strategy for countering the Bin Ladin threat that could have put the nation on a war footing before September 11. The initiative is perhaps the closest that President Clinton and the National Security Council came between 1998 and the Administration's departure from office in January 2001 to a coordinated response to the threat. However, the PDD does not appear to have had much impact. It is clearly not as straightforward as the DCI's declaration and, beyond Mr. Clarke's reference to it in his testimony, no other Joint Inquiry witness pointed to PDD-62 as the policy guiding the government's response to the growing al-Qa'ida threat.

Shortly after the Bush Administration took office in January 2001, the National Security Council undertook a review of existing policy for dealing with al-Qa'ida. In response to written Joint Inquiry questions, Deputy National Security Advisor Steve Hadley explained:

The Administration took the al-Qa'ida threat seriously and, from the outset, began considering a major shift in United States counterterrorism policy. From the first days of the Bush Administration through September 2001, it conducted a seniorlevel review of policy for dealing with al-Qa'ida. The goal was to move beyond the policy of containment, criminal prosecution, and limited retaliation for specific attacks, toward attempting to "roll back" al-Qa'ida. The new goal was to eliminate completely the ability of al-Qa'ida and other terrorist groups of global reach to conduct terrorist attacks against the United States. . . . Between May and the end of July 2001, four Deputies Committee meetings were held directly related to the regional issues which had to be resolved in order to adopt a more aggressive strategy for dealing with al-Qa'ida. These meetings focused on [].


This new policy might have produced a coordinated government response to the Bin Ladin threat or put the nation on more of a war footing with al-Qa'ida before September 11. However, as Mr. Hadley noted, "[t]he Administration finalized its review of policy on al- Qa'ida at an NSC Principals [page 247] Committee meeting on September 4, 2001." President Bush had not reviewed the draft policy before September 11.

In short, the DCI and other Intelligence Community officials recognized the Bin Ladin threat. Notwithstanding the DCI's declaration, President Clinton's August 1998 statements, and intelligence reports to policymakers over many years indicating that Bin Ladin was waging war

235

on the United States, neither President Clinton nor President Bush nor their National Security Councils put the government or the Intelligence Community on a war footing before September 11.

O. Lack of an Integrated Response

Usama Bin Ladin's involvement in international terrorism first came to the attention of the Intelligence Community in the early 1990s. As his direct involvement in planning and directing terrorism became more evident, CTC created a unit to focus specifically on Bin Ladin and the threat he posed to U.S. interests. CTC personnel recognized as early as 1996 that Bin Ladin posed a grave danger to the United States.

Following the August 1998 bombings of two U.S. embassies, the DCI placed Bin Ladin's terrorist network among the Intelligence Community's highest priorities. The DCI raised the status of the threat further still when he announced to CIA senior managers in December 1998:

We are at war [with Bin Ladin] . . . . I want no resources or people spared in this effort, either inside the CIA or the [Intelligence] Community.


These were strong words. Rather than having a galvanizing effect, however, the Joint Inquiry record reveals that the Intelligence Community continued to be fragmented without a comprehensive strategy for combating Bin Ladin. The record also shows that the DCI was either unable or unwilling to enforce consistent priorities and marshal resources across the Community.

Evidence of a fragmented Intelligence Community can be found in the limited distribution of the DCI's declaration. The Community as a whole had only a limited awareness of the statement. For [page 248] example, although some senior NSA and DIA managers were aware of it, few FBI personnel were. The Assistant Director of the FBI's Counterterrorism Division told the Joint Inquiry that he "was not specifically aware of that declaration of war." Equally disturbing, Joint Inquiry interviews of FBI field personnel showed that they did not know of the DCI's declaration, and some had only passing familiarity with Bin Ladin and al- Qa'ida before September 11. Senior U.S. military officers were also unaware of the DCI's declaration.

236

[A former chief of the unit in the DCI's Counterterrorist Center formed to focus on Bin Ladin, put it succinctly:

In my experience between 1996 and 1999, CIA's Directorate of Operations was the only component of the Intelligence Community that could be said to have been waging the war that Bin Ladin declared against the United States in August of 1996. The rest of the CIA and the Intelligence Community looked on our efforts as eccentric and, at times, fanatic].


Additional evidence of the absence of a comprehensive counterterrorist strategy and authoritative leadership can be found in "The Plan" the DCI described in testimony before the Joint Inquiry:

In spring of 1999, we produced a new comprehensive operational plan of attack against [Bin Ladin] and al Qaeda inside and outside of Afghanistan. The strategy was previewed to senior CIA management by the end of July of 1999. By mid- September, it had been briefed to the CIA operational level personnel, to NSA, to the FBI, and other partners. The CIA began to put in place the elements of this operational strategy which structured the agency's counterterrorism activity until September 11 of 2001.


[According to documents reviewed by the Joint Inquiry, in 1999 "The Plan" consisted of a variety of CIA covert actions against Bin Ladin. Later, in 2000, "The Plan" came to include [ ]. "The Plan" focused principally on CIA covert action and technical collection aimed at capturing Bin Ladin. "The Plan" was also significant for what it did not include:

o A Community estimate of the threat Bin Ladin's network posed to the United States and to U.S. interests overseas; [page 249]

o Significant participation by elements of the Intelligence Community other than the CIA;

o Delineation of the resources required to execute the plan;

o Decisions to downgrade other Community priorities to accommodate the priorities of the plan;

237

o Attention to the threat to and vulnerabilities of the U.S. homeland; and

o Discussion of FBI involvement in the plan.

The Assistant Director of the FBI's Counterterrorism Division testified to the Joint Inquiry that the FBI had no war plan against Bin Ladin: "Absolutely, we did not [have a plan] at that time." When asked how the FBI's counterterrorism program fit into the overall Community program, the Assistant Director replied:

I am not sure if I know the answer to that. I talked to [the DCI] briefly about this. I have talked to [the CTC Chief] before -- the answer to your question is, I don't know the answer.


The lack of involvement by agencies other than the CIA is particularly troubling, given gaps in efforts by those agencies to address the threat. For example, while the CIA devoted resources to Bin Ladin, covert action, and Afghanistan, the FBI focused on investigating funding for terrorist groups other than al-Qa'ida, even though FBI leadership recognized after the embassy bombings in August 1998 that al-Qa'ida posed an increasing threat. In some FBI field offices, there was little appreciation for Bin Ladin and al-Qa'ida, including the San Diego office where FBI agents would discover after September 11 connections between terrorist sympathizers and at least two hijackers.

Consistent with this evidence of the absence of a comprehensive strategy is a recent finding by the Inspector General for the Department of Justice that "[t]he FBI has never performed a comprehensive written assessment of the risk of the terrorist threat facing the United States": [page 250]

Such an assessment would be useful not only to define the nature, likelihood, and severity of the threat but also [to] identify intelligence gaps that need to be addressed. Moreover, . . . comprehensive threat and risk assessments would be useful in determining where to allocate attention and resources . . . on programs and initiatives to combat terrorism.


This assessment still had not been completed as recently as FBI Director Mueller's Joint Inquiry testimony on October 17, 2002. Likewise, the DCI's National Intelligence Council never produced a National Intelligence Estimate on the threat al-Qa'ida and Bin Ladin posed to the United States.

238

[Absent a comprehensive strategy for combating the threat Bin Ladin posed, the DCI could not be assured that the entire Intelligence Community would focus on the "war." The record of the Joint Inquiry also establishes that the DCI was unable or unwilling to enforce priorities and marshal resources in accordance with his declaration that the Intelligence Community was "at war." Despite the DCI's declaration, the Joint Inquiry heard repeatedly about CIA intelligence priorities that competed with Bin Ladin for personnel and funds, including other high priority intelligence targets worldwide].

NSA Director Hayden described to the Joint Inquiry the situation at his agency before September 11:

We, like everyone else at the table, were stretched thin in September [2001]. The war against terrorism was our number one priority. We had about five number one priorities. And we had to balance what we were doing against all of them.


General Hayden also explained that he knew what NSA had to do to target Bin Ladin, but he had been unable to obtain sufficient Community support and resources:

Given all the other intelligence priorities, it would have been difficult at that time within the [Intelligence Community] or the Department of Defense to accept the kind of resource decisions that would have been necessary to make our effort against the target more robust. NSA was focused heavily on [a range of regional and global issues]. Our resources, both human and financial, were in decline. Our [page 251] efforts in 2000 to churn money internally were not accepted by the Community; its reliance on [signals intelligence] had made it reluctant to give it up.


The Joint Inquiry record establishes that, even within the CIA, the DCI did not enforce priorities or marshal resources effectively against the al-Qa'ida threat. Despite the DCI's declaration of war against Bin Ladin, there is substantial evidence that the CIA's Counterterrorist Center had insufficient personnel before September 11, which had a substantial impact on its ability to detect and monitor al-Qa'ida. For example, a former CTC Chief testified before the Joint Inquiry that he did not have the resources to counter the threat Bin Ladin posed:

The three concepts I would like to leave you with are people, the finances, and operational approvals or political authorities. We didn't have enough of any of these before 9/11.


When asked why personnel were not marshaled to CTC to fight Bin Ladin's network, the former Chief recalled the CIA's Deputy Director of Operations explaining that there were not enough

239

personnel to go around and that CTC was already well supplied with staff compared to other CIA divisions.

A former Chief of the CTC unit dedicated to Bin Ladin also told us, in a judgment confirmed by his successor:

We never had enough officers from the Directorate of Operations. The officers we had were greatly overworked. . . . We also received marginal analytic support from the Directorate of Intelligence. . . .


In particular, a CIA officer commented on the reasons for the CIA's failure to follow through on information about two September 11 hijackers who came to the attention of the Intelligence Community in January 2000:

How could these misses have occurred?… The CIA operators focused on the Malaysia meeting [the hijackers attended]; when it was over, they focused on other, more urgent operations against threats real or assessed. Of the many people involved, no one detected that the data generated by this operation crossed a reporting threshold, or, if they did, they assumed that the reporting requirement had been met elsewhere. . . . They are the kinds of misses that happen when people - even very competent, dedicated people such as the [page 252] CIA officers and FBI agents and analysts involved in all aspects of this story - are simply overwhelmed.


On September 12, 2002, there was a substantial infusion of personnel into the CTC. No comparable shift of resources occurred in December 1998 after the DCI's declaration of war, in December 1999 during the Millennium crisis, or in October 2000 after the attack on USS Cole. In testimony before the Joint Inquiry, DCI George Tenet asserted, "In hindsight, I wish I had said, 'Let's take the whole enterprise down,' and put 500 more people there sooner." It is noteworthy that the DCI's comments were limited to the CIA and did not encompass the resources of other agencies within the Intelligence Community.

In response to questions about efforts to obtain additional counterterrorism resources, DCI Tenet described to the Joint Inquiry his inability, before September 11, to generate necessary support within the Executive Branch:

[I would ask every] year in [the] budget submission . . . I'm not talking about the Committee. I'm talking about the front end at OMB and the hurdle you have to get through to fully fund what we thought we needed to do the job. Senator Kyl once asked me "How much money are you short?" "I'm short $900 million to $1 billion every year for the next five years" is what I answered. And we told that to everybody downtown for as long as anybody would listen and never got to first base. So you get what you pay for in terms of our ability to be as big and robust as people - and when I became Director, we had [ ] case officers around the world. Now we're up to about [ ] and the President's given us the ability to grow that by another [ ]. And everybody wonders why you can't do all the things people say you need to do. Well, if you don't pay at the front end, it ain't going to be there at the back end.


240

The inability to realign Intelligence Community resources to combat the threat Bin Ladin posed is in part a direct consequence of the limited authority the DCI enjoys over major portions of the Intelligence Community. As former Senator Warren Rudman noted in testimony before the Joint Inquiry: "[E]ighty-five percent of [the Intelligence Community's budget] is controlled by the Department of Defense."

[Page 253]

While the DCI has statutory responsibility spanning the Intelligence Community, his actual authority is limited to budgets and personnel over which he exercises direct control: the CIA, the Office of the DCI, and the Community Management Staff. As former House Intelligence Committee Chairman Lee Hamilton told the Joint Inquiry:

Currently, the Director of Central Intelligence, the leading intelligence figure . . . control[s] but a small portion of his budget. The DCI has, as I understand it, enhanced authority after 1997, and that permits him to consolidate the national intelligence budget, to make some trade-offs, but given the overwhelming weight of the Defense Department in the process, that is of limited value. . . . [T]he thing that puzzles me here is why we reject for the Intelligence Community the model of organization that we follow in every other enterprise in this country. We have someone at the head who has responsibility and accountability. We accept that. But for some reason, we reject it when it comes to the Intelligence Community.


In sum, the Joint Inquiry found leadership and structural failings in the Intelligence Community's response to the Bin Ladin threat. Proposals to restructure the Community are examined in another section of this report.

P. The Intelligence Community's Failure to Establish a Coordinated Domestic Focus Before September 11, 2001

Throughout the 1990s, the desire and capacity of international terrorist groups, particularly Islamic radicals, to strike the United States at home increased dramatically. Several terrorist attacks and disrupted plots in the 1990s underscored the reality of this danger.

241

Recognizing the threat, the Intelligence Community warned regularly and repeatedly that al- Qa'ida and affiliated radicals sought to kill Americans on U.S. soil.

The FBI increased its focus on terrorism in the 1990s, but critics charge that it neither focused sufficiently on radical Islamist activities in the United States nor properly aligned itself to counter the growing danger of terrorism domestically. As a result, the critics say, radical Islamists were able to exploit our freedoms and operate undetected within the United States. Several senior FBI officials, [page 254] however, contend that countering terrorism at home was a top priority and that Islamic radicals simply did not present opportunities for the FBI to disrupt their activities.

[Other Intelligence Community members made only limited contributions to preventing attacks at home and refrained from activities that could be construed as monitoring American citizens. The CIA provided general assessments, noting the risk to the United States. NSA offered some leads related to possible radical activity in the United States, but chose not to intercept communications between individuals in the United States and foreign countries. In general, the Community as a whole did not come together to close gaps in coverage of international terrorist activity in the United States].

As is explained in other sections of this report, in the 1990s, it became clear that al- Qa'ida was a deadly adversary operating in America and able to levy attacks on U.S. soil. The relative immunity from international terrorism that America had enjoyed for many years was gone. Al-Qa'ida was also unusual in its dedication, size, organizational structure, and mission. As former CTC Chief Cofer Black testified, al-Qa'ida became more skilled and attracted more adherents throughout the 1990s, becoming in essence a small army by the end of the decade.

The Intelligence Community repeatedly warned that al-Qa'ida had both the capability and the intention to threaten the lives of thousands of Americans and that it wanted to strike within the United States. This information was conveyed in intelligence reports, broader intelligence assessments, counterterrorism policy documents, and classified Congressional testimony. Policymakers from the Clinton and Bush administrations have testified that the Intelligence Community repeatedly warned them of the danger al-Qa'ida posed and the urgency of the threat.

242

Q. Steps Taken to Fight International Terrorism at Home

The FBI increased its focus on terrorism throughout the 1990s and helped prevent several major attacks that would have killed many innocent people. According to Director Mueller, these schemes included a 1993 plot to attack New York City landmarks; a 1995 plot to bomb U.S. commercial aircraft; [page 255] a 1997 plot to place pipe bombs in New York City subways; and a plot to bomb the Los Angeles airport in December 1999.

The FBI took several important measures to improve its ability to fight international terrorism in the United States. Former Director Freeh testified that, during the 1990s, the FBI more than doubled the number of personnel working counterterrorism, and its counterterrorism budget more than tripled. In 1998, former Assistant Director for Counterterrorism Dale Watson and other FBI leaders recognized that the Bureau was reacting to terrorist attacks rather than preventing them. They initiated the "MAXCAP05" program to improve the FBI's ability to counter terrorism. In 1999, the FBI made counterterrorism a separate Headquarters division, elevating its importance within the Bureau, and created a separate operational unit focused on Bin Ladin.

Several current and past senior FBI officials have also testified about Bureau initiated personnel exchanges with the CIA and the expansion of its Legal Attaché program (stationing FBI representatives in U.S. Embassies), both of which deepened the FBI's ability to link domestic and international threats. Finally, former Director Freeh has testified that Joint Terrorism Task Forces (JTTFs) were given increasing prominence throughout the 1990s. The JTTF model, originally created to improve coordination between the FBI and the New York City Police Department, was expanded to other cities after the first World Trade Center attack. Over time, the number of JTTFs increased, improving coordination with state and local officials and even other elements of the Intelligence Community, as CIA officers joined several task forces.

R. Lack of Focus on the Domestic Threat

In spite of these steps, several critics contend that the Intelligence Community did not pay sufficient attention to the risk of an attack at home, and that, as a result, the United States became a sanctuary for radical terrorists:

243

o Former National Security Advisor Brent Scowcroft testified that as a result of American freedoms and civil liberties, "the safest place in the world for a terrorist [page 256] to be is inside the United States. . . . As long as [terrorists] don't do something that trips them up against our laws, they can do pretty much all they want."

o Richard Clarke, former NSC Special Coordinator for Counterterrorism, contends that, with the exception of the New York office, FBI field offices around the country were "clueless" about counterterrorism and al-Qa'ida and did not make these targets priorities. Former National Security Advisor Berger testified that the FBI was not sufficiently focused on counterterrorism before September 11.

o As the Joint Inquiry record confirms, FBI officials working on terrorism faced competing priorities and the ranks of those focusing on al-Qa'ida were not sufficiently augmented. Only one FBI strategic analyst focused exclusively on al- Qa'ida before September 11. The former Chief of the FBI's International Terrorism Section stated that he had more than one hundred fewer Special Agents working on international terrorism on September 11 than he did in August 1998.

o Interviews of FBI New York field office and FBI Headquarters personnel suggest that the New York Field Office, the office of origin for all major Bin Ladin related investigations, focused primarily on investigating overseas attacks.

o The terrorist threat was viewed through a narrow lens because of the FBI's casebased approach. Interviews of FBI personnel show that analysts were sent to operational units to assist in case work rather than assess data gathered by the various field offices.

o According to FBI agents, FBI counterterrorism training was extremely limited before September 11.

244

o Former U.S. Attorney Mary Jo White testified that the FBI often lacked linguists competent in the languages and dialects spoken by radicals linked to al-Qa'ida. [Page 257]

o An FBI agent with considerable counterterrorism experience noted that foreign governments often knew more about radical Islamist activity in the United States than did the U.S. Government because they saw this activity as a threat to their own existence.

As is discussed in other sections of this report, the Joint Inquiry record confirms that the FBI's decentralized structure and inadequate information technology made the Bureau unable to correlate the knowledge possessed by its components. The FBI did not gather intelligence from all its many cases nation-wide to produce an overall assessment of al-Qa'ida's presence in the United States. The Joint Inquiry has also found that many FBI field offices had not made counterterrorism a top priority and they knew little about al-Qa'ida before September 11.

The FBI also did not inform policymakers of the extent of terrorist activity in the United States, although former Director Freeh stated that he met regularly with senior U.S. Government officials to discuss counterterrorism. Former National Security Advisor Berger has testified that the FBI assured him that there was little radical activity in the United States and that this activity was "covered." Although the FBI conducted many investigations, these pieces were not fitted into a larger picture.

FBI officials argue that al-Qa'ida and its sympathizers proved a difficult target in the United States. Director Mueller contends that the hijackers did little to arouse suspicion in the United States, staying away from known terrorist sympathizers:

They gave no hint to those around what they were about. They came lawfully. They lived lawfully. They trained lawfully.


This judgment is corroborated by several senior FBI investigators who point out that, although "international radical fundamentalists" operate in the United States, "real al-Qa'ida members," those involved in planning or carrying out attacks, avoid other radicals and radical mosques as part of their tradecraft. As is discussed elsewhere in this report, that judgement is open to some question, based on what is now known about the activities of the hijackers in the United States.

245

[Page 258]

Former FBI Director Freeh also noted in an interview that al-Qa'ida operations were small and were not connected to real "cells," and the former Assistant Director for the FBI's Counterterrorism Division contended that many of the "red flags" now apparent are visible only in hindsight. Other FBI officials noted in testimony that U.S. protection of civil liberties precluded the use of intrusive investigative techniques, and Mr. Freeh criticized the idea of using the FBI preventively by being much more aggressive as a potential risk to a democratic and open society.

Finally, FBI officials contend that resources were limited, while requirements kept increasing. Former Director Freeh and the Assistant Director for the Counterterrorism Division testified that the FBI provided security against terrorism at trials, at special events such as the Olympics, and for meetings of world leaders, all of which demanded considerable resources. In addition, cyber threats and weapons of mass destruction demanded FBI attention. Mr. Freeh testified that, by the end of the decade, "the allocations were insufficient to maintain the critical growth and priority of the FBI's counterterrorism program."

The Joint Inquiry received mixed reports regarding the FBI's aggressiveness in penetrating radical Islamic groups in the United States. Former U.S. Attorney Mary Jo White testified that FBI sources proved invaluable in the successful prevention of the 1993 attack on New York landmarks and the prosecution of the first World Trade Center attack that same year. In addition, the FBI had numerous wiretaps and several human informants in its effort to target various radical Islamist organizations.

However, an FBI official involved in the investigations of the first World Trade Center attack and other terrorist plots argued that the FBI made it exceptionally difficult to handle sources and that this difficulty increased in the 1990s. The agent contended that the FBI did not want to be associated with persons engaged in questionable activities, even though they can provide useful information. In addition, he asserted that agent performance ratings downgraded the importance of developing informants. Director Mueller, however, testified that many constraints and restrictions had decreased since the 1970s, enabling FBI agents to recruit sources with few impediments.

[Page 259]

246

S. Limited Counterterrorism Contributions by other Intelligence Community Members

The criticisms regarding the FBI's limited attention to the danger at home reflects a large gap in the nation's counterterrorism structure, a failure to focus on how an international terrorist group might target the United States itself. No agency appears to have been responsible for regularly assessing the threat to the homeland. In his testimony before the Joint Inquiry, Deputy Secretary of Defense Wolfowitz asserted that an attack on the United States fell between the cracks in the U.S. Intelligence Community's division of labor. He noted that there is "a problem of where responsibility is assigned."

The CIA and NSA followed events overseas, and their employees saw their job as passing relevant threat information to the FBI. Both the CIA and NSA are leery of activity that suggests they are monitoring U.S. citizens or conducting assessments linked to the activities of persons in the United States, a task that officials interviewed at these agencies believed belongs exclusively to the FBI. The FBI, on the other hand, does not have the analytic capacity to prepare assessments of U.S. vulnerability and relies heavily on the CIA for much of its analysis.

At times, the CIA ignored threat activity linked to the United States, focusing instead on radical activity overseas. For instance, one CIA officer told the Joint Inquiry in an interview that the travel of two hijackers to Los Angeles was not important and that he was interested only in their connection to Yemen.

[A particular failure by NSA and the FBI to coordinate the interception of communications by al- a'ida operatives before September 11 illustrates the gaps between programs implemented by the members of the Intelligence Community. Both the FBI and NSA had programs in place to collect al-Qa'ida communications. [ ]. The FBI had not identified a significant number of al-Qa'ida cells in the United States and, thus, had fewer opportunities to use electronic surveillance against these targets].

[While each agency pursued its own collection strategy, neither exerted any effort to develop a coordinated plan to intercept international communications, particularly those between the United [page 260] States and foreign countries. We now know that several hijackers communicated extensively abroad after arriving in the United States and that at least two entered,

247

left, and returned to this country. Effective coordination among the Intelligence Community agencies could have provided potentially important information about hijacker activities and associations before September 11].

[NSA analyzed several communications from early 2000 involving hijacker Khalid al-Mihdhar, and a suspected terrorist facility in the Middle East that was associated with al- Qa'ida's activities directed against United States' interests. [ ]. The Intelligence Community did not determine until after September 11, 2001 that these contacts occurred while al-Mihdhar was in the United States. [ ]. Knowledge of al-Mihdhar's presence in the United States could have proven crucial to launching an investigation that might have revealed information about him and his roommate, hijacker Nawaf al-Hazmi, who came into contact with Hani Hanjour and other hijackers at various times in 2001].

[Better coordination between NSA and the FBI might have: improved prospects for determining that al-Mihdhar was in this country in early 2000; led to the collection of information concerning international communications by other hijackers; identified radical suspects; and created leads for the FBI. Both NSA and FBI are authorized to access international communications between the United States and foreign countries. [ ].

[Both agencies had independently learned of the suspected terrorist facility in the Middle East and knew that it was linked to al-Qa'ida activities directed against United States' interests. The FBI informed NSA when it learned of the suspected terrorist facility in August 1998. [Page 261] NSA disseminated several reports of communications involving the suspected terrorist facility in the Middle East to the FBI, including reports relating to [ ]. However, NSA and the FBI did not fully coordinate their efforts, and, as a result, the opportunity to determine al-Mihdhar's presence in the United States was lost].

248

[]. [NSA Director Hayden testified before the Joint Inquiry that the collection of communications between the United States and foreign countries will most likely contain information about [ ] domestic activities and, thus, [ ] is the responsibility of the FBI, not NSA. General Hayden contrasted the foreign intelligence value of such intercepts and their domestic security value. If the former is at stake, he asserted, NSA should intercept the communications; if the latter, the FBI].

General Hayden, senior NSA managers, NSA legal staff, and NSA analysts made clear in Joint Inquiry testimony and interviews that they do not want to be perceived as focusing NSA capabilities against "U.S. persons" in the United States. The Director and his staff were unanimous that lessons NSA learned as a result of Congressional investigations during the 1970s should not be forgotten.

[Whatever the merits of this position, it was incumbent on NSA and the FBI to coordinate so that the full range of intelligence collection weapons in the arsenal of the Intelligence Community could have been deployed against the terrorist threat. NSA routinely gave the FBI intelligence reporting, and that reporting contained leads about foreign terrorist-related communications. In addition, NSA responded to requests from the FBI for such information [ ]. The FBI used NSA-supplied information to advance its investigative interests. However, there was no inter-agency procedure in effect to ensure that the FBI made an informed decision to cover communications that NSA was not covering [].

[Page 262]

249

[Page 262]
admin
Site Admin
 
Posts: 36135
Joined: Thu Aug 01, 2013 5:21 am

Re: Report of the Joint Inquiry Into the Terrorist Attacks o

Postby admin » Sat Mar 26, 2016 8:05 am

Part 1 of 5

[Page 262]

PART THREE-TOPICS-THE ATTACKS OF SEPTEMBER 11, 2001

I. Counterterrorism Resources


Throughout the Joint Inquiry, Intelligence Community witnesses cited a lack of money and people to explain why agencies failed to produce more intelligence on al-Qa'ida, did not arrest or disrupt more terrorists, and were otherwise limited in their response to the growing terrorist threat.

In general, between the end of the Cold War and September 11, 2001, Intelligence Community resources fell or remained even in constant dollars. As a result, overall capabilities declined. The CIA, for example, reduced the number of its operations officers in the field. In addition, the necessary support "tail" for counterterrorism, such as communications and training, eroded. More generally, depth of coverage and expertise declined as personnel moved from crisis to crisis or focused only on the highest priorities.

Within the overall intelligence budget, however, spending on counterterrorism increased considerably during the 1990s. The counterterrorism component of the overall National Foreign Intelligence Program (NFIP) at least doubled at most agencies in the decade before the September 11 attacks, while funding for other intelligence missions declined or stayed even.

In spite of this increase in counterterrorism resources, the overall decline in Intelligence Community resources made it difficult to expand the counterterrorism effort significantly to meet the growing threat. In addition, the overall decline in capabilities hindered the robustness of the counterterrorism effort. Spending on counterterrorism, and spending on al-Qa'ida in particular, relied heavily on supplemental appropriations, which carried with it additional disadvantages.

Although details are imprecise, the Joint Inquiry's research and Intelligence Community agency estimates show that the number of people working on terrorism rose steadily, despite overall decreases in Intelligence Community staffing. Nonetheless, the number of people in

250

counterterrorism remained small, particularly when compared with post-September 11 levels.

[Page 263]

A. Joint Inquiry Resource Review Methodology and Limitations

To explore resource allocations, the Joint Inquiry reviewed documents, requested additional information on specific issues, and interviewed knowledgeable personnel. Documents included formal NFIP submissions and responses; staffing descriptions for major counterterrorism offices, such as the Counterterrorist Center (CTC) at CIA and the FBI's Counterterrorism Division; CIA and FBI submissions requesting additional resources; supplemental appropriations and justifications; National Security Council (NSC)-mandated reviews of counterterrorism spending throughout the Intelligence Community; Inspector General reports; internal assessments of the effort against al-Qa'ida; and many other documents.

Because existing documentary information was insufficient, the Joint Inquiry asked the Intelligence Community for additional information. This included identifying the number of personnel who worked directly on al-Qa'ida and terrorism; determining and reviewing budget methodology; calculating full-time-equivalent staffing levels; and ascertaining resources that other groups received. Interviews related to resources spanned a range of policy officials, Intelligence Community leaders, and budget officers from the agencies and former OMB officials. Policy officials at the NSC and Department of Defense (DoD) were asked about the level of resources provided for intelligence and tor counterterrorism.

Based on this review, it appears that the Intelligence Community has only a limited sense of what is budgeted for missions such as counterterrorism. Agencies submit budget requests for field agents or spy satellites, for instance, but do not systematically track the missions for which these capabilities are used. As a result, methodologies vary for estimating how much is spent on terrorism. Moreover, because Intelligence Community managers do not use this data for day-to- day operations, little information was readily available in response to our data requests. The Intelligence Community cannot quickly determine how or where money is spent, or which missions its personnel are carrying out.

251

Intelligence Community budgeting procedures thus make it difficult to determine whether counterterrorism as a mission is properly funded. Community components budget by capabilities, such as the number of intelligence officers or satellites, rather than by missions, such as counterterrorism. Many of these capabilities, however, serve more than one function or mission, making it difficult to measure resource allocation. For example, a CIA field officer may collect on the internal politics of a country, a weapons shipment, and terrorism.

According to the CIA's Associate Deputy Director for Operations (DDO) for Resources, Plans and Policies, it is difficult to measure how much is spent on counterterrorism and the least precise area of accounting is human resources. For instance, in the field, personnel might work on several targets. Requiring them to keep track of the time they spend on particular tasks was considered, but rejected due to the administrative burden this would impose.

Also, counterterrorism often entails infrastructure costs that cannot be readily allocated to a particular effort. Before Fiscal Year (FY) 1999, there was little effort to track counterterrorism spending because counterterrorism was not an office or an expenditure center. Counterterrorism is not limited to CTC, and other CJA components support the effort. Finally, the CIA's accounting system focused on capabilities and resources, not on missions.

In FY 1999, the Office of Management and Budget COMB) required that spending on counterterrorism be tracked. According to the CIA Budget Office's Director and Deputy Director, counterterrorism spending was calculated by determining the cost of CTC and specific counterterrorism operations for other offices. Indirect costs for those offices, like infrastructure and computers, were not included. To make these calculations, budget officers had to examine each organization and each program. While efforts are underway to restructure budget procedures to make data more easily retrievable, it remains difficult to determine what the Intelligence Community is spending on specific issues and missions. Data must be manually retrieved since budget systems do not "talk" to human resources systems. The effort is time and labor intensive and not "repeatable" because different measures are used in different years.

252

Even the CIA report on the counterterrorism effort that was provided in response to a specific Joint Inquiry request required a manual reconstruction of hours worked, which is imprecise at best. Thus, the Agency could provide only limited information on how its officers [page 265] divided their time in 1998. A senior NSA official in testimony criticized personnel accounting procedures that focus only on one product line, such as counterterrorism, noting that cryptographers, target developers, and other personnel contribute to products even if they are not formally part of the product lines. However, NSA was unable to provide a procedure to account for the contributions of these personnel.

As a result of these ambiguities, the Community often does not know how much it spends on particular efforts, making it difficult to compare funding across missions. Moreover, different components of the Community use different measures to determine how much they spend on missions, and there is no universally accepted method to measure indirect costs such as infrastructure.

In light of these difficulties, the estimates of spending on counterterrorism that follow should be viewed as rough outlines, not detailed pictures of overall expenditures. Since counterterrorism is not an explicit budget category for the Intelligence Community, it is difficult to estimate the percentage of Community capabilities (e.g., field officers for spy satellites) dedicated to counterterrorism. Community budget officers advised that components of the Community use different measures to estimate total sums spent on counterterrorism and these measures are not consistently used within agencies. Finally, indirect costs (such as infrastructure or communications) are often excluded from these figures.

In addition to this data problem, the White House refused to allow the Intelligence Community to respond to Joint Inquiry requests for information regarding budgets and budgetary decision making. Many important resource issues revolved around the question of "Who said no?" to requests for additional funds for counterterrorism. However, the White House invoked Executive privilege and refused to permit the Intelligence Community to provide "pre-decisional" data on budget requests that were made by agencies before they were sent to Congress. The Joint Inquiry received some of this information indirectly, but large gaps remain. The White House also invoked Executive privilege in response to requests for information on spending for covert action.

253

[Page 266]

B. Overall Intelligence Community Funding

Overall funding of intelligence agencies and associated personnel levels fell or remained roughly even in constant dollars from the end of the Cold War until September 11, 2001, hindering the Community's response to the growing terrorist threat. As Chart 1.0 shows, the Intelligence Community budget fell or remained even in constant dollars throughout the 1990s.

Chart 1.0: Total NFIP Funding And Positions, FY1990 To FY 2000 [Redacted]

Image

Source: CMS

[Page 267]

Many of the overall capabilities, such as communications and training, that are needed to support counterterrorism and other intelligence operations were cut as part of money-saving efforts. Some critics claim these cuts went too far. For example, Deputy Secretary of Defense

254

Wolfowitz testified that his work with the "Rumsfeld Commission" in 1998 concerning the ballistic missile threat to the United States made clear to him that "resources for intelligence had been cut too deeply." DCI Tenet testified that the CIA regularly asked OMB for more money, but had little success. This led to a shortage of trained agents and other resources.

Former FBI Director Freeh testified that the FBI did not have sufficient resources to "maintain the critical growth and priority of the FBI's counterterrorism program." From 1996 to 1999, Congress increased appropriations substantially, but from 2000 to 2002, requests for additional funds were denied. As a result, FBI Headquarters units that dealt with Islamic extremism had insufficient resources. According to Mr. Freeh:

For FY 2000, 2001, and 2002 FBI counterterrorism budgets, I asked for a total of 1,895 Special Agents, analysts, linguists, and others. The final, enacted allocation I received was 76 people over those three years. ...Thus, at the most critical time, the available resources for counterterrorism did not address the known critical needs.


The House and Senate Intelligence Committees typically authorized more for the Intelligence Community in the years before September 11 than the Congressional appropriators eventually approved. As Chart 1. I indicates, only in one fiscal year (FY 1996) did the appropriation exceed the authorization.

[Page 268]

255

Chart 1.1: NFIP Appropriations and Authorizations, FY1993-FY2001 [Redacted]

Image

Source: HPSCI

C. Resources Dedicated To Counterterrorism

[Spending dedicated to counterterrorism grew, however, even as overall resources on intelligence declined. Former National Security Advisor Samuel Berger noted for the record that "working with Congress, [the Clinton administration] more than doubled the counterterrorism budget from 1995 to 2000, during a time of budget stringency -with a 350% increase in the FBI's counterterrorism funds, and (although classified) substantial increases in CIA's counterterrorism resources." Information from the CIA's Chief Financial Officer shows that funds appropriated to CTC increased from [] in FY 1992 to [] in FY 2000, excluding supplemental appropriations, Former FBI Director Freeh testified that the number of [page 269] Special Agent and support positions dedicated to terrorism more than doubled from 1993 to 1999. To achieve these increases, the Intelligence Community shielded counterterrorism programs from

256

budget cuts and, as the terrorist threat grew, increased the number of personnel and the amount of resources dedicated to counterterrorism. However, despite this relative increase in resources, there was no massive increase before September 11, 2001].

Chart 1.2 describes overall trends in the Intelligence Community budget dedicated to counterterrorism before September 11, 2001. As Chart 1.2 shows, in the decade before September 11, direct spending on counterterrorism throughout the Community roughly quintupled in a time of tight budgets.

[Page 270]

Chart 1.2: Intelligence Community Counterterrorism Spending Before September 11 [Redacted]

Image

Source: CMS

257

Charts 1.3, 1.4, and 1.5 compare the amounts the President requested of Congress for CIA, NSA and the FBI with the amounts, including supplemental appropriations, that were eventually appropriated. Agency leaders testified that their requests for resources were sometimes not satisfied, even though Congress appropriated as much or more than the President requested. This is because OMB often reduces agency requests before transmitting them to Congress. As mentioned earlier, the White House denied the Joint Inquiry access to pre-decis1onal budget data about what was asked of the White House and what was transmitted to Congress. Thus, the Joint Inquiry was not able to obtain that information for the Intelligence Community agencies, apart from FBI data available to the Senate Intelligence Committee.

[Page 271]

Chart 1.3. CIA Spending on Counterterrorism Before September 11 [Redacted]

Image

Source: CMS

258

As Chart 13 illustrates, CIA appropriations for counterterrorism increased throughout the 19905, In general, appropriations for CIA met or exceeded the requests that were submitted by the President to Congress.

[Page 272]

Chart 1.4. FBI Spending On Counterterrorism Before September 11 [Redacted]

Image

Source: FBI (information provided to SSCI)

The FBI usually received more -at times far more -than the amounts the President initially requested from Congress, FBI appropriations for counterterrorism increased dramatically in the mid-1990s and then fell or remained roughly constant in the years before September 11, 2001.

[Page 273]

259

Chart 1.5. NSA Spending On Counterterrorism Before September 11 [Redacted]

Image

Source: CMS

NSA received increases in counterterrorism funding, consistent with the rest of the Intelligence Community, with dramatic increases throughout the 1990s. Appropriations consistently met or exceeded Presidential requests to Congress.

Intelligence Community officials contend that the increasing resources they received were not sufficient to meet the growing threat, For example, Cofer Black, former CTC Chief, testified that a lack of resources was a major impediment for CTC, Officials at NSA and CIA also stated in Joint Inquiry interviews that resources had been a problem.

D. Personnel Shortages [Page 274]

The number of analysts, operations officers, field agents, and other intelligence professionals working on al-Qa'ida was limited, creating personnel shortages that led to important information being overlooked.

260

a. Personnel Concerns At CIA

At the request of the Joint Inquiry, the CIA reviewed its counterterrorism effort from 1998 to 2002. This included analysts and operators outside CTC, many of whom made important contributions but worked only part time on al-Qa'ida. The review resulted in estimates of total "work-years" (i.e., 2087 labor hours per annum) combining the time expended by analysts focusing exclusively on al-Qa'ida and those working on related issues, such as terrorist financing. The results are summarized in Table 2.0.

Table 2.0. Full-Time Equivalent Personnel Dedicated to Counterterrorism at CIA (Excludes CIA Contractors and Detailees From Other Agencies)

Image

As Table 2.0 indicates, the number of CIA personnel working on al-Qa'ida almost doubled from the August 1998 East Africa U .S. embassy attacks to September 11, 2001. Before [page 275] September 11, the numbers of CTC personnel involved in the effort against terrorism grew, though much of the increase occurred in the field.

Despite these increases, the former Chief of the CTC's Sunni Extremist Group testified that "[w]e always needed more," though he also noted that every other part of the CIA's Directorate of Operations CDO) also believed they needed more resources. DCI Tenet testified

261

that "we never had enough" personnel working on al-Qa'ida." Many CTC personnel asserted in interviews that the number of employees was well below the levels that were necessary, given the volume of information and the growing nature of the threat. One officer claimed she was told when appeals for more resources were rejected: "People [ will] have to die for them to get resources."

The lack of adequate resources meant that CTC personnel responsible for al-Qa' ida were required to work extremely long hours without relief. This created morale problems, made retention difficult, and fostered the perception that the DO did not truly support the counterterrorism mission. As the former Chief of the CTC unit focused on Bin Ladin testified:

We never had enough officers from the [DO]. The officers we had were greatly overworked. And there was always more senior-level concern for [ ] than for providing more officers to protect the health and welfare of the unit's officers.


[Despite recognition of the menace al-Qai'da posed and the relatively limited understanding of its network, the CIA had relatively few analysts working on the problem. At CTC, the total work-years for terrorism analysis relating to al-Qa'ida inside its analytic group was only nine in September 1998. According to CIA, nine CTC analysts and eight analysts in the Directorate of Intelligence were assigned to UBL and al-Qa'ida in 1999. This was only a fraction of the analytic effort that was to be devoted to al-Qa'ida in July 2002].

b. Personnel Concerns At NSA

[NSA had only a limited number of Arabic linguists. Before September 11, 2001, few were dedicated full-time to al-Qa'ida, which was only one of many priority counterterrorism targets at NSA for which Arabic linguists were needed. For example, those linguists were also used to support other important regional topics and to translate intelligence originating in other parts of the world].

262

c. Personnel Concerns At The FBI

The FBI labored under a hiring freeze in the last years of the Clinton Administration, As a result, it did not train new agents, according to an interview of former Director Freeh Although FBI full-time-equivalent work-years on international terrorism doubled from 1993 to 1998, they fell or remained constant from 1999 to September 2001, according to FBI information, That information also shows that actual work-years of agents and support personnel in the field grew from 482 in 1993 to 1,034 in 2000. Despite this dramatic increase, FBI officials claim they did not receive enough resources to manage the emcrging threat. A summary of FBl requests for additional personnel for counterterrorism and the responses from the Department of Justice, Office ofManagemcnt and Budget, and Congress is presented in Chart 1.6.

[Page 277]

Chart 1.6 FBI Resource Requests

Image

263

Source: FBI

Chart 1.6 demonstrates that FBI requests for additional personnel were cut or rejected at times by the Department of Justice, the Office of Management and Budget, and the Congress. Sometimes the Bureau received most of its initial request, and its request was exceeded in one instance. Former OMB officials noted in Joint Inquiry interviews that it was rare for any agency to receive more than its initial request during a time of budget stringency. They also pointed out that, while the FBI often did not receive additional personnel for counterterrorism, many other agencies faced significant cuts.

E. Counterterrorism and the Competition for Scarce Resources

[Page 278]

Because intelligence budgets were shrinking while counterterrorism resources were steadily growing, senior policy and intelligence officials were reluctant to make the additional cuts in other programs that would have been necessary to augment counterterrorism programs further . This would have jeopardized their ability to satisfy other collection priorities within the Intelligence Community. As Director of Central Intelligence George Tenet testified:

As I "declared war" against al-Qa'ida in 1998 -- in the aftermath of the East Africa embassy bombings -- we were in our fifth year of round-the-clock support to Operation Southern Watch in Iraq. Just three months earlier, we were embroiled in answering questions on the India and Pakistan nuclear tests and trying to determine how we could surge more people to understanding and countering weapons of mass destruction proliferation. In early 1999, we surged more than 800 analysts and redirected collection assets from across the Intelligence Community to support the NATO bombing campaign against the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia.


[Similarly, NSA Director Hayden testified that his energy was focused heavily on a range of regional and global issues. An FBI budget official told the Joint Inquiry that counterterrorism was not a priority for Attorney General Ashcroft before September 11, 2001 and that the FBI faced pressure to make cuts in counterterrorism to satisfy the Attorney General's other priorities].

The CIA 's Associate Deputy Director for Operations CDDO) for Resources recalled some attempt to protect counterterrorism in response to the DCI's declaration of war. However, this did not lead to any change in training, any dramatic increase in the size of CIA 's Middle East stations,

264

or significantly greater numbers of personnel assigned to CTC. A particular problem was that counterterrorism was a worldwide target, and the DO was closing stations in less strategic areas [-] even though al-Qa'ida was active there. This hindered acquisition of information on terrorism in these areas. In interviews, CIA officials explained that they were reluctant to cut entire areas of collection, particularly in the field, because senior U.S. Government policymakers had many requirements for intelligence across a wide variety of issue areas.

[Page 279]

By the late 1990s, Intelligence Community coverage ofmany issues was exceptionally slim, and staffing was skeletal. The CIA 's DO cut by almost one-third the number of personnel deployed overseas, according to the DDO. The Associate DDO for Resources noted that the DO often was not able to meet its collection goals, in part because an increased focus on counterterrorism meant that other issues received less attention. At best" the DO could sustain what it had, but could not invest in the future. Communications and training suffered tremendously, DO officials reported.

[The Intelligence Community was unable to reduce requests for collection on other priorities. As NSA Director Hayden testified, "Our efforts in 2000 to chum money internally were not accepted by the Community; its reliance on [signals intelligence] had made it reluctant to give it up." Former CTC Chief Black noted that shifting resources was difficult because the policy community had other demands for intelligence. He stated in an interview that "[w]e could see it coming in Afghanistan, but, for example, couldn't get more Agency slots [within the theater]" In an interview, the CIA official responsible for the Near East noted that, even after September 11, no major issues were deleted, despite the imperatives of the war on terrorism].

As a result, Intelligence Community officials contend they had too many priorities for the resource levels that were available. The NSA Director testified that, "[g]iven all the other intelligence priorities, it would have been difficult at that time within the [Intelligence Community] or the Department of Defense to accept the kind of resource decisions that would have been necessary to make our effort against the target more robust."

Requests for additional assistance by counterterrorism officials often fell on unsympathetic ears because of declining resources. Mr. Black noted in an interview that the DDO told him that

265

the CTC had more than its share of people when compared with other divisions. According to the Associate DDO for Resources, every office in the DO asked for more people and the demand for Arabists was particularly high. In general, requests for additional personnel were small because managers knew that resources were limited.

[Page 280]

When additional resources did become available, intelligence officials sought to build up overall capabilities, not just those tied to terrorism. According to the Director of the CIA's Office of the Budget, proposals for putting more DO officers in the field, which was a priority for several years, were not specifically tied to counterterrorism. Any additional field officers would be tasked according to current requirements.

F. Policymaker Criticism of Intelligence Community Budget Allocations

Several former OMB and NSC officials asserted in interviews that the FBI and CIA focused too much on protecting overall funding, and not enough on shifting priorities to increase spending on terrorism. Budget requests specifically tied to counterterrorism were generally approved, according to former OMB officials. However, most requests were for overall capabilities, which met with less support.

For example, former National Coordinator for Security, Infrastructure and Counterterrorism Richard Clarke criticized the Intelligence Community and the FBI for not putting aside other priorities to ensure that al-Qa'ida received sufficient coverage. Mr. Clarke explained in a briefing that only a small part of CIA's counterterrorism expenditures was devoted to al-Qa'ida, even though "[w]e in the NSC and we in the OMB asked CIA repeatedly to find programs of lesser priority, either in the CIA budget or the Intelligence Community budget, to increase the size of these activities, and they claimed there was no program anywhere in the intelligence budget where they could get any funding to reprogram." Former OMB officials corroborate Clarke's argument that the Intelligence Community was reluctant to reprogram money to pay for efforts against al-Qa'ida or otherwise re-align overall spending.

The FBI's use of counterterrorism resources received particular criticism. The Bureau assigned fewer than ten tactical analysts and only one strategic analyst to al-Qa'ida before

266

September 11. Analysts instead focused on critical infrastructure, case support, and domestic terrorism. FBI officials told the Joint Inquiry that they focused on investigating overseas terrorism, rather than on strategic analysis or on radical activity in the United States.

[Page 281]

G. Reliance on Supplemental Funding For Counterterrorism

The President submits to the Congress an annual budget for the Intelligence Community for the coming fiscal year. The budget request includes funding for ongoing and new programs. Programs that are part of the President's request are considered programs of record (also called base programs) and have established and well understood oversight and accountability procedures. Whereas the President's budget request anticipates funding for current priorities, supplemental appropriations are a reaction to unforeseen events and are granted in addition to base funding.

The Intelligence Community relied heavily on supplemental appropriations to finance the effort against terrorism. The Community received large supplementals to fight terrorism following several major al-Qa'ida attacks and as part of the effort during the Millennium celebrations. In particular, most of the CIA's program against al-Qa'ida in later years was funded from supplemental appropriations. This hindered efforts to sustain and plan counterterrorism programs.

Chart 1.7 illustrates the critical importance of supplemental funding in the effort against al-Qa'ida.

[Page 282]

267

Chart 1.7 Supplemental Appropriations In The Effort Against al-Qa 'ida [Redacted]

Image

Source: CIA

In interviews, Intelligence Community officials criticized the reliance on supplementals for vital programs such as counterterrorism. Former CTC Chief Black, for example, told the Joint Inquiry that reliance on supplementals made it hard to create a stable program. The Associate DDO for Resources explained several of the challenges supplementals posed:

• Supplemental funding must be used in the fiscal year in which it is appropriated and is not meant to establish long-terrn programs, making it difficult to plan for the future;
• Supplementals were tactically focused and did not pay for additional personnel or infrastructure upgrades (the September II supplemental appropriation was an exception to this rule); and [page 283]
• Programs within the DO take years to develop and cannot be "surged" or cut from year to year.

268

Despite these problems, the Intelligence Community sought additional supplementals to sustain its counterterrorism effort, rather than alter program funds in the President's budget request. DO officials reportedly did not change overall funding patterns because they did not want to lose expertise or capabilities in other areas; they were confident that supplemental funding would be appropriated to sustain their effort; and the overall funding was largely for "target neutral" infrastructure, such as communications, that would also hinder the effort against al-Qa' ida if cut.

The Director of CIA's Office of the Budget noted that, if a supplemental is expected, program managers can plan without changing their base. In his judgment, from late 1998 through 2001, managers reasonably expected supplementals (though the amount was never fixed) and thus could do some planning. If supplemental funding was not appropriated, base funding could have been adjusted to spend more on al-Qa'ida.

H. How Easily Can Money Be Moved?

[The Intelligence Community has limited flexibility in redistributing resources in response to crises. Reallocation can occur within budget categories. For example, operational activities relating to both a foreign country and counterterrorism may fall into "agent operations" or "analysis" and tradeoffs between them are easier to make. According to a senior Community Management Staff CCMS) budget official, there is considerable latitude in re-allocating small sums, though what counts as "small" varies across agencies. To re-allocate larger amounts, approval must be obtained from the Congressional Intelligence Committees].

According to the CMS budget official, CMS tries to influence this budget and agency spending, but has limited authority. CMS tries to use a "bully pulpit" and takes matters up with the DCI when intelligence components do not comply with CMS directives. CMS also has some leverage in these matters because of its influence over future budget proposals. [Page 284]

269

However, CMS exerts only limited control over the expenditure process. Unlike agency comptrollers, CMS cannot withhold money from agencies that do not comply with its directives. Agencies may also appeal to the DCI to overturn CMS guidance or inform Congressional staff about their dissatisfaction. The interests of the Secretary of Defense also matter tremendously in the appropriations process, as the Secretary controls the vast majority of the Intelligence Community budget. As a result, CMS is often able to influence only the margins of the process.

Within agencies, resource realignment is also restricted, according to the CIA's Budget Director. Resources cannot be taken out of programs that OMB and Congress have "fenced," i.e., dedicated for only specified activities. National Security Council-mandated [ ] program money is always fenced. To move fenced money, budget office must negotiate with the Congress, CMS, OMB, and others. In addition, personnel services funds cannot be reallocated to pay for non-personnel services costs.

In light of these limits, there has been a call for increasing the budget authority of Intelligence Community managers. For instance, former National Security Advisor Berger testified: "I believe in strengthening the DCI's program to plan, program, and budget for intelligence collection, analysis, and dissemination will permit much more effective integration of our intelligence priorities and efforts, including better concentration on counterterrorism." And former FBI Director Freeh criticized the budget process as taking away discretion from the FBI Director and making it difficult to transfer money to priorities such as terrorism.

II. Foreign Liaison

AI-Qa'ida is engaged in a worldwide struggle against the United States and its allies. Those responsible for the September 11 plot, for example, became radicalized in Germany, held meetings in Malaysia, and received funds channeled through the United Arab Emirates. The September 11 attack is only one example of the global scope of al-Qa'ida's activities. The group has conducted or supported attacks not only in America, but also in the Balkans, the Caucasus, [Page 285] France, Ethiopia, Indonesia, Kenya, Saudi Arabia, Somalia, Spain, Tanzania, Tunisia, Uzbekistan, Yemen, and dozens of other countries.

270

The Intelligence Community recognized early on that an effective U.S. response to al-Qa'ida must be global and that foreign intelligence and security services ("liaison services") would be important allies in fighting terrorism. Improving ties to liaison services became increasingly important for the CIA, FBI, NSA, and other agencies, and their efforts helped make foreign countries more effective partners and more willing to assist U.S. counterterrorism efforts.

[Several problems remained, however, some of which are inherent to bilateral relationships. CIA's liaison partners vary in competence and commitment. Others are unwilling to share information and some include individuals believed to have cooperated with terrorist groups. At times, U.S. policies and procedures also hinder successful liaison].

A. Efforts to Improve Foreign liaison

[In the mid-1990s, CIA counterterrorism officials recognized that unilateral CIA operations alone were not sufficient in penetrating and countering terrorist organizations. For instance, difficulties in unilaterally penetrating [ ] extremist groups necessitated increased cooperation with liaison services, according to a former CTC Chief. To this end, CIA, NSA, and other Intelligence Community agencies strengthened their liaison relationships with existing partners and forged new relationships to fight al-Qa'ida and other terrorist groups.

Throughout the 1990s, the FBI also greatly expanded its efforts to work with foreign governments against terrorism. Former FBI Director Louis Freeh testified that he met with dozens of foreign leaders to build a global counterterrorism network and greatly expanded the Bureau's presence overseas through its Legal Attache ("Legat") program. As of September 11, 2001, the FBI had agents assigned to 44 U.S. embassies. As Mr. Freeh explained, the FBI began to position itself around the globe "in places that matter in the fight against terrorism," particularly in the Middle East, as Legats were assigned to Cairo, Islamabad, Tel Aviv, Ankara, [page 286] Riyadh, and other sites. As a result, he added, the FBI was often able to expedite access to witnesses and create additional channels for information about terrorism.

271

[Liaison relationships within a country often vary by agency. For instance, interviews the Joint Inquiry conducted in []. Arrangements also vary by location. For example, FBI Legats often have established relationships with liaison services in Europe, but they often coordinate efforts through CIA in certain countries of counterterrorism interest].

[The struggle against al-Qa'ida led U.S. intelligence agencies to work closely with liaison services that were not major partners during the Cold War. The Joint Inquiry received testimony and responses from U.S. Government officials that several foreign liaison services deserved praise for their assistance to the United States. [ ].

[In the developing world, many liaison services are limited in resources, training and [ ], according to CIA officers, and the U.S. may be able to augment their capabilities greatly. According to Joint Inquiry interviews in [-], for example, the U.S. has helped pay for and train the [ ], to the point that the [] require personnel to take several CIA-taught courses in order to rise above the rank of Major. The CIA support has improved [ ] capabilities and has led to several joint efforts against terrorism, according to the Chief of CIA 's Near East Division].

[The CIA has also developed a program that CIA personnel told the Joint Inquiry makes liaison services [page 287] better able and more willing to pursue terrorist groups].

B. Benefits Of Foreign Liaison

[The United States relies heavily on liaison services in the fight against terrorism because they offer many critical advantages. A former CTC Chief described liaison services as a "force multiplier." Their [ ], language skills and cultural backgrounds enable

272

them to work more effectively against local terrorism than can most American intelligence officers [ ]. Some liaison services are highly skilled and have operated against these targets for decades].

Liaison services can also provide considerable assistance in human intelligence operations that goes beyond mere information sharing. [ ].

In addition, liaison services have legal jurisdiction in their own countries, which they used before September 11 to support a number of U.S. Government operations against terrorist suspects and otherwise disrupt terrorist activities. Liaison services, particularly those outside the West, can operate more freely in accordance with laws and procedures often less restrictive than those of liberal democracies. [].

[Page 288]

Liaison operations are often necessary because of the paucity of unilateral Intelligence Community sources, according to CIA's National Intelligence Officer for the Near East and South Asia. This is especially so in remote or hostile parts of the world where U.S. access is limited. [].

Liaison services are also important for [].

273

C. Disadvantages of Relying on Foreign Liaison Services

[Despite the many advantages of working with foreign liaison services, this approach has several limitations that were manifest before September 11. These limitations can hinder cooperation and possibly be exploited by terrorists].

[On some occasions, individuals in some liaison services are believed to have cooperated with terrorist groups, [ ]. In addition, the former Chief of CTC's Bin Ladin unit testified that [].

Governments can also be highly sensitive about information that embarrasses them or implicates their citizens in terrorism. The former Chief of CTC's Bin Ladin unit testified that [ [page 289] ].

Problems are common even with governments that have long been close partners of the United States. Many intelligence services are reluctant to share information. Even the most cooperative services withhold information to protect sources and methods and for other reasons. Several European governments were described as indifferent to the threat al-Qa'ida posed before September 11, while others faced legal restrictions that impeded their ability to disrupt terrorist cells.

Former National Security Advisor Sandy Berger told the Joint Inquiry that European governments (except Britain) did not share the U.S. assessment of the al-Qa'ida threat. Joint

274

Inquiry interviews in Germany showed that the Germans did not see Islamist groups as a significant threat to their interests before September 11. Deputy National Security Advisor Steve Hadley also noted that European support varied according to the perceived threat.

[The former Chief of CTC's Bin Ladin unit testified that some European services had minimal interest in the Bin Ladin target and offered little assistance. []." Bin Ladin also was not a priority target for the [] until after September 11, according to Joint Inquiry interviews abroad].

Several services are apparently excessively bureaucratic. Interviews in Germany revealed that the intelligence apparatus was deliberately fragmented to make abuses of power more difficult. This fragmentation also made coordination and information sharing more difficult. Furthermore, before September 11, it was not illegal to be a member of foreign terrorist organizations in Germany or to raise funds for them. The Assistant Director for the FBI's Counterterrorism Division noted that "the Germans were so restrictive prior to 9/11 with their Constitution about what they can and cannot do, that they could do very little."

[Finally, [ ] liaison partners have their own equities to consider, and this must be taken into account when working with them and in evaluating information received from them. Some services will try to take advantage of joint operations to seek more information [].

D. Liaison Service Problems with the United States

An array of factors can often hinder the degree of liaison service's cooperation. Many of these are outside the control of the Intelligence Community.

275

Leaks of information revealing a liaison service's role in assisting the United States are a source of frustration cited by almost every expert the Joint Inquiry interviewed. At times, leaks are the result of procedures regarding warnings. For example, the U.S. has issued warnings based on information from liaison services -warnings required by U.S. policies -even though this angered the liaison service by potentially revealing its sources. More commonly, leaks are unauthorized, serve no policy purpose and simply anger liaison service's whose sources and methods may be compromised.

[Leaks also hinder cooperation with governments that prefer to minimize public ties to the U.S., and particularly to U.S. intelligence. For example, one foreign government is sensitive to excessive public connections with the United States because they damage its reputation in the area and provide fuel for criticism to [] rivals, according to a U.S. Government official].

Interviews with Intelligence Community officials suggest a range of additional problems. The U.S. can easily overwhelm a small liaison service with many demands. For instance, CIA Station personnel in [-] maintain that one of their principal responsibilities is to decide on the priorities for requests for information so that the [ ] do not receive too many. U.S. laws, [page 291] particularly those that attach the death penalty to crimes, make it difficult for several governments to extradite terrorist suspects to, or provide information in support of prosecutions by, the U.S. This has hindered cooperation in the investigations of Zacarias Moussaoui and other suspects. Finally, although intelligence cooperation is often isolated from shifts in bilateral diplomacy, poor bilateral relations can affect intelligence liaison relations in negative ways.

E. Coordination of Foreign Liaison

[Most Intelligence Community officials operating overseas coordinate liaison relations well with DCI representatives who are responsible for intelligence relations with foreign governments. U.S. Ambassadors are always briefed, according to the Chief of the CIA's [ ]. He emphasized that the primary instruction given to the DCI representatives by CIA is: "Recruit the U.S. Ambassador first," that is, gain the good will of the Ambassador. Interviews with several Ambassadors indicate that, in general, the Intelligence Community coordinates well with U.S. embassies].

276

Nonetheless, there are challenges to coordinating relations with liaison services. For instance, liaison on counterterrorism has not always been integrated into overall U.S. regional goals. Senior policy makers told the Joint Inquiry that, before September 11, they had not always succeeded in incorporating the struggle against al-Qa'ida into U.S. policy toward key states []. As a result, other issues often diverted attention from terrorism.

There are also many channels through different agencies for U.S. Government liaison with foreign governments. These range from CIA and FBI to the Agriculture and Commerce Departments. As former National Security Advisor Sandy Berger noted, U.S. ambassadors often lack control over these relationships and, consequently, the U.S. Government does not always properly consider the priorities of all the requests it makes of foreign governments.

Mr. Clarke also noted that there exists a "gentleman's agreement" with friendly liaison services: "you don't spy in the United States and we don't spy in your country." In his view, [page 292] however, this arrangement can put the U.S. at "some disadvantage when [foreign liaison services] are not terribly aggressive on our behalf."

[This disadvantage was compounded by the decision at the end of the Cold War to cut CIA presence in some Western countries dramatically .[].

[The CIA is responsible for coordinating the overall intelligence liaison relationship, but FBI Legats and Defense Department attaches do not need CIA permission to interact with their local partners when, for example, a U.S. citizen overseas is involved in terrorism. Weaknesses in inter-agency coordination overseas can also reflect lack of coordination within the United States. For example, during Joint Inquiry interviews abroad, it was determined that a joint planning meeting to target al-Qa'ida leader [ ], which was to include CIA officers and their foreign liaison service counterparts, did not include the local FBI Legat. In fact, he was not aware of the meeting, although the Bureau plays a major role in tracking [ ]. In

277

general, however, CIA and FBI have come to learn more about each other's procedures and requirements and, as a result, have improved cooperation overseas].

F. Additional Challenges for the FBI Overseas

The FBI's Legat program, which grew rapidly in the 1990s and remains relatively new, faces several additional problems. FBI agents reported to the Joint Inquiry that some offices were responsible for too large an area or for too many countries. As a result, they have little opportunity for the face-to-face meetings with foreign counterparts that are integral to establishing liaison relationships. In addition, Legats have limited funding for interaction with foreign counterparts. One Legat also noted that most FBI agents in the United States have little understanding of how the program works and, therefore, do not use it effectively.

[Page 293]

In addition, the Joint Inquiry was told in interviews that FBI Headquarters has often been slow in responding to Legat requests for support or information. The FBI Headquarters unit that supports the Legat program appears to be understaffed, since it has the same number of staff to support 45 Legat offices as it did when there were only 20 such offices.

G. Progress After September 11

[The Joint Inquiry did not delve deeply into how liaison relationships changed after the September 11 attacks. However, almost all interviews and testimony that dealt with this subject indicated that cooperation had improved dramatically, particularly in regard to al- Qa'ida. The immediacy and magnitude of the threat impressed governments worldwide. In addition, increased U.S. attention to terrorism increased pressure on other governments to cooperate, and the amount of shared intelligence reporting has greatly increased, as have other types of cooperation, even with some previously recalcitrant or hostile countries [].

278

III. Covert Action and Military Operations Against Bin Ladin

[The Joint Inquiry examined whether the Intelligence Community might have missed opportunities to disrupt the September 11 attacks through covert action or military operations directed against Usama Bin Ladin. To answer that question, the Joint Inquiry reviewed covert action documents and interviewed twenty-six persons with first-hand knowledge of U.S. efforts to capture Bin Ladin before September 11. The review included documents authorizing covert action [ ], and information related to 13 military options formulated by the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff in late 2000. Interviews included CIA personnel involved in covert action to capture Bin Ladin and his principal lieutenants; senior military officers responsible for planning contingency operations; [ ]; senior CIA and NSC officials and senior military officers involved in [Page 294] authorizing and implementing covert action and the use of military force; and State Department counterterrorism officials.

A. Background

The National Security Act of 1947, as amended, defines "covert action" as "activities of the United States Government to influence political, economic, or military conditions abroad, where it is intended that the role of the United States Government will not be apparent or acknowledged publicly." Covert action does not include activities whose primary purpose is to acquire intelligence; traditional diplomatic or military activities; traditional law enforcement activities; or routine support to these activities or the activities of other ! government agencies abroad.

[In spring 1986, President Reagan signed a directive authorizing CIA to conduct certain counterterrorism operations abroad]. [

279

].

[[page 295]]. All actions authorized [ ] must be important to U.S. national security as established in the relevant Presidential Finding. [ ]:

[ ].

[ ].

280

The U.S. military does not require [ ]. Thus, a traditional military operation, such as a strike by cruise missile or special operations forces, to kill or capture Bin Ladin would require only an order from the President.

B. Authorities to Conduct Covert Action Against Bin Ladin

[Page 296]

[Former National Security Advisor Sandy Berger testified that "from August 1998 on, ... [President Clinton] authorized a series of overt and covert actions to try to get Bin Ladin and his principal lieutenants." [ ]:

[ ].


[ ]:

• [ ];
• [ ];

281

• [ ]; and

[Page 297]

• [ ].

According to CIA personnel and NSC officials interviewed by the Joint Inquiry, Bin Ladin and his associates were expected to resist capture attempts. [ ]. The President also ordered the U.S. Navy to fire cruise missiles at targets in Sudan and Afghanistan. Some of the missiles were aimed at a location where Bin Ladin was thought to be, and the Joint Inquiry was told that one of the objectives of the strike was to kill Bin Ladin.

[ ]. The NSC was considering [ ] operations: to capture Bin Ladin and a U.S. Navy cruise missile strike to kill him. According to a former Chief of CTC's Bin Ladin unit, the NSC decided against a cruise missile strike because of concerns about collateral damage to a nearby mosque.

NSC and CIA personnel alike have said that [ ]. They differ in their interpretation [ ],

282

however .[[page 298]].

[Former National Security Advisor Sandy Berger testified to the Joint Inquiry on September 19,2002 that, from the time of the East Africa U.S. Embassy bombings in 1998, the U.S. Government was:

...embarked [on] an very intense effort to get Bin Ladin, to get his lieutenants, through both overt and covert means. ...We were involved -at that point, our intense focus was to get Bin Ladin, to get his key lieutenants. The President conferred a number of authorities on the Intelligence Community for that purpose.

Senator Shelby: By "get him," that meant kill him if you had to, capture him or kill him?

Mr. Berger: I don't know what I can say in this hearing, but capture and kill. ... There was no question that the cruise missiles were not trying to capture him. They were not law enforcement techniques. ..."]


[ ]. Mr. Berger noted that the Administration was openly and simultaneously trying to kill Bin Ladin with cruise missiles. Mr. Clarke also told the Joint Inquiry in June 2002 that "we wanted to make clear to the people in the field that we preferred arrest, but we recognized that that probably wasn't going to be possible." [ ].

[Later in the September 19, 2002 hearing, Mr. Berger and former National Security Advisor Brent Scowcroft were asked whether the Executive Order 123:33 prohibition on assassinations should be reconsidered. They responded:

Mr. Scowcroft: ...it gets us into all kinds of complications and drawing legalistic lines. One of the things that we found [in connection with a 1989 coup attempt in Panama] is that CIA personnel who were -I wouldn't say involved, but who knew about it and were meeting with the coup plotters and so on, were concerned about being accessories; because if you mount a coup, ...it is very likely there are going to be some people killed.

Mr. Berger: ...we received rulings from the Department of Justice that the Executive Order did not prohibit our ability...to try to kill Bin Ladin, because it did not apply to situations in which you are acting in self-defense or you are acting against command and control targets against an enemy, which he certainly was ... [A]s a practical matter, it didn't stop us from doing anything].

Senator Baxh: ...we have heard from some of [those ] who deal in these kinds of areas. They are pretty reluctant, absent an express authorization, to wander too far down that path for fear of having the wrong legal interpretation and someday being faced with a lawyer who has a different analysis of some kind...

Mr. Berger: They certainly would have to have clarity from the President of the United States or something like that. ]


283


[]:

• "[]."
• "[[page 299]].

Page 284

• "[ ]."
• "[ ]."
• "[ ]."

As former National Security Advisor Berger noted in his interview, "We do not have a rogue CIA."

While NSC officials maintained that []. CIA personnel interviewed by the Joint Inquiry explained that [ [page 300] ].

[

285

]:

• []:
• []; and
• []."

[[page 301] ] .

[

286

].

[].

[[page 302] ]:

[ ].

....

[ ].


287

[ ].

[ ].

[ ].

[Page 303]

[ ].

According to individuals interviewed by the Joint Inquiry, []. This idea reflects a tension between two views of counterterrorist efforts. One view is that the problem is primarily a law enforcement matter, with prosecutions and

288

convictions as the ultimate goal, while the other is that we are at war and terrorists are combatants in a foreign army who may be detained until the end of the conflict.

[]. The White House refused to allow the Joint Inquiry to review the relevant documents, but []:

[ ].


[ [Page 304]].

[Deputy Secretary of State Richard Armitage testified to the Joint Inquiry on September 19, 2002 that:

The National Security Council...called for new proposals [in March 2001] on a strategy that would be more aggressive against al-Qa'ida. The first deputies meeting, which is the first decision making body in the administration, met on the 30th of April and set off on a trail of initiatives to include financing, getting at financing, to get at increased authorities for the Central Intelligence Agency, sharp end things that the military was asked to do. ...So, from March through about August, we were preparing a national security Presidential directive, and it was distributed on August 13 to the principals for their final comments. And then, of course, we had the events of September 11...].


289

[] :

• [ ].
• [ ].

The Joint Inquiry was told []. The Joint inquiry was not able to determine whether senior U.S. Government policymakers or the President reviewed them before that date.

Within the Congress, distribution of [] was limited to the Speaker of the House, the Senate Majority Leader, the Minority Leaders of the [page 305] House and Senate, and the Chairs and Ranking Minority members of the House and Senate Intelligence Committees. Congress did nor receive [ ].

Senior U.S. military officers involved in planning military operations against Bin Ladin have told Joint Inquiry staff that there were no documents [ ] authorizing the U.S. military to carry out clandestine operations against Bin Ladin. Nor were there efforts to draft

290

such documents, because they were not deemed necessary. However, Presidential approval would have been required for military operations.
admin
Site Admin
 
Posts: 36135
Joined: Thu Aug 01, 2013 5:21 am

Re: Report of the Joint Inquiry Into the Terrorist Attacks o

Postby admin » Sat Mar 26, 2016 8:20 am

Part 2 of 5

C. Additional Operational Challenges and Constraints

In interviews, CTC personnel pointed out numerous operational challenges and constraints they faced in attempting to capture [ ] Bin Ladin and his lieutenants:

• Bin Ladin resided in a country suspicious of foreigners and embroiled in a civil war. Thus, determining his whereabouts was exceptionally difficult and dangerous, especially for Western intelligence officers.
• Bin Ladin had a number of enemies, anyone of whom might attempt to kill him. As a result, when he traveled inside Afghanistan, he was always in the company of a large security detail. Some of his bodyguards were "hardened killers" who had fought with Bin Ladin against the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan.
• [ ]. Moreover, Bin Ladin and his associates were careful not to reveal operational information [].

[page 306]

• [ ]; and
• The U.S. had limited access to Afghanistan and the countries near it, [].

291

In interviews with the Joint Inquiry, a former CTC Chief and a former Chief of the [] Extremist Group also described constraints on CIA actions:

• The CIA could not violate the Constitution, U.S. law, or human rights, including Bin Ladin's, during these operations;
• The operations could not violate the prohibition on assassinations in Executive Order 12333;
• [ ];
• [ ];
• The CIA was not authorized to upset the political balance in Afghanistan; and
• The U.S. military did not support putting U.S. "boots on the ground" in Afghanistan.

[Page 306]

[In the September 12,2002 hearing, a CIA official also spoke of the constraints he faced in staging covert action against Bin Ladin:

[ ].


In a Joint Inquiry interview, a former CTC Chief also offered his opinion that firing cruise missiles based on a single strand of human intelligence was not advisable since the risk of missing Bin Ladin or inflicting excessive collateral damage outweighed the chances of success.

292

In a statement to the Joint Inquiry, a former CTC Chief cited the "international political context of this period" as presenting "an operational environment with major impediments that CIA constantly fought to overcome":

• The U.S. Government had no official presence in Afghanistan, and relations with the Taliban were seriously strained. Both of these factors made it difficult to get access to Bin Ladin and al-Qa'ida personnel."
• "U.S. policy stopped short of replacing the Taliban regime or providing direct support to others for the specific purpose of overthrowing the Taliban. These realities limited our ability to exert pressure on Bin Ladin."
• "During this period, the Taliban gradually gained control over most of Afghanistan, increasingly limiting the opposition's capabilities and room to maneuver."

[Page 308]

• "U.S. relations with Pakistan, the principal access point to Afghanistan, were strained due to the nuclear tests of 1998 and the military coup in Islamabad in 1999."

He also noted other factors that complicated CIA operations against Bin Ladin:

[ ].


The former CTC Chief explained that these challenges and operational constraints, [], left virtually no room to craft an executable operation. In an interview with the Joint Inquiry, CIA's Deputy Director for Operations also noted that CIA [ ] capabilities had "atrophied" in the years preceding the September 11 attacks.

293

General Hugh Shelton, former Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and the Joint Staffs current Director of Operations pointed to two additional constraints on military operations against Bin Ladin. The first was the absence of "actionable" intelligence on Bin Ladin's whereabouts: the Intelligence Community never provided a location and time at which a missile strike could be launched. The second was the absence of a declaration of war or some similar declaration indicating that the Taliban was a formal enemy. In General Shelton' s view, the absence of such a declaration precluded the United States from sending U.S. soldiers into Afghanistan to capture or kill Bin Ladin. He believes that solving the Afghanistan problem before September 11 required the full range of diplomatic, economic, and military tools available to the U.S. Government.

[Page 309]

In contrast, the Chief of CTC' s Bin Ladin unit through June 1999, told the Joint Inquiry:

[ ].


A former CTC Chief had a somewhat different view of intelligence support to the military during his tenure [ ]:

[The military has] exacting criteria that intelligence needs, that needs to be met before they can launch an operation. [ ].


Another Chief of CTC's Bin Ladin unit had yet another view on actionable intelligence:

I think our swift victory...after September 11th -underscores the fact that we had an enormous body of actionable intelligence on Bin Ladin's terrorist infrastructure.
[ ].


D. CIA Covert Action Against Bin Ladin [ ]

294

[The Joint Inquiry also became aware of the existence of [ ]. The White House declined to provide access, but the Joint Inquiry was able to develop some information about their content.

[Page 310]

Notwithstanding the extensive efforts [ ] to guide CIA covert action against Bin Ladin, actual efforts to implement covert action and military operations against him in Afghanistan before September 11 were very limited. A central element in these efforts was the CTC unit established in 1996 to focus exclusively on Bin Ladin and his terrorist network. Initially, the unit was created to examine terrorist financing and to determine whether Bin Ladin posed a significant threat. [].

[]. In February 1998, Bin Ladin issued his public fatwa authorizing attacks on American civilians and military personnel anywhere in the world. His statement and subsequent indictment in the United States added urgency to the effort to formulate a covert action plan against him. [].

[ ].

295

[ [page 311]].

[ ].

[ ].

[

296

[Page 312] ]:

[ ].


[ ] [The President ordered the U.S. Navy on August 20, 1998 to launch cruise missiles against targets in Afghanistan and Sudan. This is the only instance the Joint Inquiry has been able to identify in which the CIA or U.S. military carried out an operation directly against Bin Ladin before September 11] .

According to the President's public statements at the time, the cruise missile strikes were launched in self-defense against groups that had played key roles in the embassy bombings, had executed earlier attacks against Americans, were planning to launch additional attacks, and were attempting to obtain chemical weapons. All personnel interviewed on this matter by the Joint Inquiry concur that one objective of the strikes in Afghanistan was to kill Bin Ladin.

[ ]:

• [ ]. [Page 313]

297

• [ ].
• [ ].

[ ].

In the summer and fall of 1999, following the arrival of a new Chief of CTC and a new Chief of the Bin Ladin unit, CTC reviewed its covert action program against Bin Ladin and developed "The Plan." This review was propelled by the DCI's December 1998 memorandum declaring "war" against Bin Ladin. The Plan that resulted in September 1999 contained five main elements, with an estimate of each element's prospects of success:

• [ ].
• [ ].

298

• [ ].
• [ ].

A CIA September 1999 briefing presentation outlining these elements concluded:

[The Bin Ladin unit] cannot implement "The Plan" without additional resources. ...Without additional resources, we will continue to be defense [sic]...not offensive. ...[The Chief of the CTC is] working on resource issue.


[ ]." In CTC's view, although there was "lots of desire at the working level," there was "reluctance at the political level," and it was "unlikely that JSOC will ever deploy under current circumstances."

A [ ] CIA document mentions another option to capture Bin Ladin [[Page 315] ].

299

In testimony before the Joint Inquiry, the DCI acknowledged impediments to "The Plan":

U.S. policy stopped short of replacing the Taliban regime, limiting the ability of the U.S. Government to exert pressure on Bin Ladin. U.S. relations with Pakistan, the principal access point to Afghanistan were strained by the Pakistani nuclear tests in 1998 and the military coup in 1999. The U.S. Government had no official presence in Afghanistan, and relations with the Taliban were seriously strained. Both factors made it more difficult to gain access to Bin Ladin and al-Qa'ida personnel.


Over time, CTC officers engaged in these covert action efforts concluded that "getting Bin Ladin" required dealing with the Taliban regime first. They believed that the different means of capturing Bin Ladin were unlikely to succeed as long as the Taliban continued to provide Bin Ladin a safe-haven. In addition, CIA officers recognized that the entire al-Qa' ida apparatus in Afghanistan, not just Bin Ladin, was a problem. Thus, placing pressure on the Taliban to expel Bin Ladin and end its support for terrorism was necessary.

[ ]. [The Joint Inquiry was denied access to that document].

While it appears that CIA was not able to mount a single operation against Bin Ladin directly before September 11, CIA [ ] were key factors in U.S. military execution of Operation Enduring Freedom in Afghanistan beginning in October 2001. The DCI alluded to this in his testimony before the Joint Inquiry on June 18-19, 2002.

[Page 316]

E. [Use of [ ] against Bin Ladin

[In June 2002, then-Presidential Advisor for Cybersecurity Richard Clarke told a Congressional forum examining technology that can be used to combat terrorism:

Because of that development, which was telescoped and done very quickly in six months instead of three years, we were able to launch [ ] into Afghanistan last September].


300

[Former National Security Advisor Berger testified that the President demanded more information on Bin Ladin's location in 2000:

We were continually looking at what we were doing, looking at new techniques, looking at new steps we could take. In the fall -- in February of 2000, for example, I sent a memo to President Clinton outlining what we were doing. And he wrote back, this is not satisfactory .It was particularly related to how you find this guy. We have got to do more. And that prompted us to work with the Intelligence Community and the military on a new technique for detecting Bin Ladin. ... Actually it was very promising as a way of determining where he would be if we had one strand of human intelligence].


[ ].

[ ]:

[ ].


[Page 317]

[ ].

[

301

].

[ ].

[ ].

[ ].

[Page 319]

[

302

]:

[ ].

[Beginning in 2001, the U.S. Government embarked on an effort to develop [ ].

[ ].

[ ].

[Page 319]

F. Use of U.S. Military Force Against Bin Ladin

According to interviews of current and retired senior military officers and DoD civilians about U.S. military options for capturing or killing Bin Ladin, cruise missile strikes in August 1998, following the embassy bombings in East Africa, were the only use of U.S. military force against Bin Ladin or his terrorist network in Afghanistan prior to September 11, 2001 On [ ] occasions in [ ], President Clinton and his advisors contemplated additional missile strikes against Bin Ladin.

• [

303

• ].
• [ ].
• [ [page 320]].

In each situation, the Intelligence Community lacked "actionable intelligence" for a capture or kill operation by military means. Mr. Clarke described the problem.

The Clinton Administration considered additional military strikes against Afghanistan on [] occasions [ ]. We now know that on only one of those [] occasions was the intelligence correct.


[Actionable intelligence was particularly difficult to obtain since killing or capturing Bin Ladin required knowing where he would be when cruise missiles arrived at the target area, not

304

where he had been when they were launched. Several senior CIA officers who were interviewed, including the Deputy Director for Operations, two former CTC Chiefs, a former Chief of CTC's Bin Ladin unit, and a [ ]. Thus, CIA's general reluctance to rely on a single source of information or recommend missile launches based on human intelligence alone was compounded by concerns about the reliability of this information. In addition, policymakers sought information on the presence of non-combatants and property that might be damaged in a strike].

[The interviewees also mentioned contingency plans to launch additional cruise missile strikes at Bin Ladin had the Intelligence Community been able to obtain precise information on his location [Page 321] As former National Security Advisor Sandy Berger explained to the Joint Inquiry:

Unfortunately, after August 1998, we never again had actionable intelligence information reliable enough to warrant another attack against Bin Ladin or his key lieutenants. If we had, President Clinton would have given the order. The President ordered two submarines loaded with cruise missiles on perpetual deployment off the coast of Pakistan for that very purpose. We also were engaged in a number of covert efforts I cannot discuss in this unclassified format].


According to a CIA document, in December 1999, the U.S. Special Operations Command had been tasked to begin planning and was "working closely" with CIA. The Joint Inquiry did not identify any operations that came about as a result of this planning.

In an interview with the Joint Inquiry, General Shelton, former Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff explained the military options beyond cruise missile strikes. In the fall of 2000, he prepared a paper containing 12 or 13 options for using military force against Bin Ladin. Several options reportedly involved "U.S. boots on the ground" in Afghanistan and were aimed at capturing Bin Ladin, [ ]. General Shelton, along with Secretary of Defense William Cohen, discussed these options with National Security Advisor Berger in late 2000, after Mr. Berger had expressed impatience with U.S. efforts to get Bin Ladin. The military Joint Staffs Director of Operations described the military options paper as an effort to "educate" the National Security Advisor about the "extraordinary complexity of the 'boots-on- the-ground' options." According to this officer, the military did not receive any tasking to develop

305

these options further. The Joint Inquiry requested a copy of both the paper detailing the military options as well as the military Joint Staffs pre-September 11 strategic plan for Afghanistan that is discussed below. The NSC denied that request, although a senior officer in the military Joint Staff was allowed to brief the Joint Inquiry on those options.

Former Chairman Shelton said the options could have been executed "very quickly," but depended on the Intelligence Community obtaining actionable intelligence. He said CIA never provided such intelligence and the military had never been tasked to obtain it.

Mr. Clarke explained that "the overwhelming message to the White House from the uniformed military leadership was 'we don't want to do this,' [ ] [Page 322]." Mr. Clarke also said that '[t]he military repeatedly came back with recommendations that their capability not be utilized for commando operations in Afghanistan."

According to CTC officers, the military levied so many requirements for highly detailed, actionable intelligence before conducting an operation -far beyond what the Intelligence Community was ever likely to obtain -that U.S. military units were effectively precluded from conducting operations against Bin Ladin's organization on the ground in Afghanistan before September 11. As noted above, the Joint Inquiry heard conflicting testimony from CIA officers about the Intelligence Community obtaining actionable intelligence. For instance, one former CTC officer told the Joint Inquiry:

[ ].


A former CTC Chief [ ] explained:

[The military has] exacting criteria that intelligence needs...that needs to be met before they can launch an operation. [ ].


306

The military Joint Staff's Director of Operations also mentioned a strategic plan developed by the Joint Staff in late 2000 for dealing with the Taliban regime. The U.S. military was coming to the same conclusion as the Intelligence Community: getting Bin Ladin meant dealing with the Taliban regime first and shutting down the sanctuary in Afghanistan.

The Joint Inquiry also asked General Shelton whether the military and CIA ever pooled assets or developed plans to conduct a joint operation against Bin Ladin. The former Chairman said that no plans existed, and that, as a general principle, he was opposed to joint CIA-military operations. He explained that he did not want U.S. military units to be dependent on the actions of CIA paramilitary units outside the military chain of command. He noted an instance in which CIA and the U.S. military conducted a coordinated operation [ ]. In that case, a "firewall" between CIA and military units allowed the military to proceed even if CIA units did not accomplish their mission. General Shelton said that he would have insisted on similar arrangements for joint operations in Afghanistan against Bin Ladin. In contrast, a former CTC Chief said about joint operations involving CIA and military units:

I think it is an absolutely great [idea]. This is something we have been advocating for a long time. If you want to go to war, you take the CIA, its clandestinity, its authorities, and you match it up with special operations forces of the U.S. military, you can really -you can really do some damage... This is something that we have tried to advocate at the working level, and we haven't made much progress. But, if this is something that you [the Congress] would like to look into, it would be great for the United States.


Similarly, a former Chief of CTC's Bin Ladin unit commented:

As someone who [ ] worked with special forces, they want to work with us and we want to work with them. History was made between the CIA and special forces. We need to do that.

307

IV. Strategy to Disrupt Terrorist Funding

Bin Ladin and al-Qa'ida financial assets and networks are substantial, diverse, and elusive. In addition to Bin Ladin's personal wealth, the al-Qa'ida financial network relies on funds reportedly raised through legitimate and illegitimate businesses and on donations from wealthy Muslims and charitable organizations supporting Muslim causes. Bin Ladin has claimed that he has access to four ways of transferring money: smuggling cash, the global banking system, the Islamic banking system, and hawalas or informal money transfer networks. Bin Ladin once boasted to a Pakistani newspaper that the cracks in the Western financial system were as familiar to him and his al-Qa'ida colleagues as the lines on their own hands.

[Page 324]

A. Financial Tracking before September 11

Before September 11, no single federal agency was responsible for tracking terrorist funds or coordinating U.S. Government efforts and securing international collaboration to interdict these funds. Some agencies did track terrorist financing, but, for the most part, the effort was disorganized and related to specific cases, and the U.S. Government was generally reluctant to seize assets or make arrests relating to that financing.

The General Counsel of the Department of Treasury explained to the Joint Inquiry that, before September 11, 2001, the financial war on terrorism was "ad-hocism," episodic, and informal, with no mechanism for exchanging information among agencies or for setting priorities. He described errors in perception, focus, and targeting of the Bin Ladin threat and his realization as he watched the World Trade Center Towers disintegrate:

It was as if we had been looking at the world through the wrong end of a telescope. ...Money had been spirited around the globe by means and measures and in denominations that mocked all of our detection. ...The most serious threat to our well-being was now clean money intended to kill, not dirty money seeking to be rinsed in a place of hiding.


The fact that, before September 11, no single agency was responsible for coordinating government efforts to attack terrorist funding does not mean that individual agencies were not tracking funds effectively, identifying terrorists and their organizations, and unraveling their plots by targeting assets. The Chief of the FBI's Financial Crimes Section and the Director of

308

Treasury's Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN) told the Joint Inquiry that, before September 11, they had the capacity to develop leads on terrorist suspects and link them to other terrorists by examining funding sources. The FBI Financial Crimes Section Chief also explained his belief that he would have been able to locate hijackers Nawaf al-Hazmi and Khalid al- Mihdhar, if asked, through credit card and banking transactions.

FinCEN started doing linkage analysis of terrorist financing in April 1999 and first identified an account with a direct link to Bin Ladin in February 2001. FinCEN has the advantage of being able to work with law enforcement and intelligence information, which it [Page 325] combines with Bank Secrecy Act information and commercial data to produce a product useful to the Department of Treasury and others in seizing, blocking, and freezing terrorist assets. These capabilities and databases at FinCEN, the Drug Information Center, and across the Intelligence Community enabled the FBI and FinCEN to connect almost all 19 hijackers within days after September 11 by linking their bank accounts, credit cards, debit cards, addresses, and telephone numbers.

B. Financial Tracking after September 11

Since September 11, 200 I, the federal government has taken actions to block and seize terrorist assets such as smuggled cash, to arrest and indict terrorist financiers, and to shut down front companies, charities, banks, and hawala conglomerates that offer financial support to al- Qa'ida. On September 24,2001, four days after signing an Executive Order blocking terrorist funds, President Bush gave a new priority to the effort: "We will starve the terrorists of funding." The Treasury General Counsel described to the Joint Inquiry the change in the government's strategy: "the difference between the activity before 9/1 I and after 9/11 is the difference between a mule and an 8- cylinder Chevy."

V. Khalid Shaykh Mohammed: The Mastermind Of September 11

[Khalid Shaykh Mohammed (KSM) is one of al-Qa'ida's most senior leaders and is believed to be the mastermind behind the September 11 attacks. Although the Intelligence

309

Community knew of KSM's support for terrorism since 1995 and later learned of his links to al- Qa'ida, he was not recognized as a senior al-Qa'ida lieutenant. In Apri1 2002, the Intelligence Community learned that KSM and his group conceived the September 11 plot. KSM is also known as Mukhtar or "the Brain]."

The efforts the Intelligence Community took against KSM illustrate the difficulties it had in understanding al-Qa'ida's activities and structure and formulating a coherent response. The Community devoted few analytic or operational resources to tracking KSM or understanding his [page 326] activities. Coordination within the Community was irregular at best, and the little information that was shared was usually forgotten or dismissed.

A. KSM's Links to Terrorist Attacks before September 11

KSM and his followers played a major role in several Islamist extremist plots before September 11. These plots are notable for the large number of casualties they sought to create, the use of airplanes, and focus on symbolic targets such as the World Trade Center and U.S. government facilities, all characteristics of the September 11 attacks.

Investigators determined in 1995 that KSM was linked to the February 1993 bombing of the World Trade Center. Federal prosecutors gave CIA a copy of a financial wire transaction for $660 between Qatar and the U.S., dated several days before the blast, from "Khaled Shaykh" in Doha to Muhammad Salameh, one of four defendants convicted in the World Trade Center bombing. With additional information that emerged from the Philippines investigation described below, CIA was able to determine that Khaled was KSM, that KSM was an uncle of Ramzi Yousef, the mastermind of the first World Trade Center bombing plot, and that KSM had married the sister of Yousef's wife.

[In 1995, Yousef's plots to bomb twelve U.S. airplanes flying Asian routes, kill the Pope, and crash a plane into CIA Headquarters were thwarted by Philippine police when a fire erupted in an apartment where Yousef was preparing explosives. The police seized a list of names and telephone numbers and found a notation for "Khalid Doha" with telephone and facsimile numbers in Qatar. [

310

]. Yet another link to KSM was made when Yousef, who was apprehended shortly after fleeing the Philippines, made a call from detention to Qatar and asked to speak with "Khalid." This number was similar to the one found by the Philippine police. [ ].

[Page 327]

B. The Hunt for KSM

The Intelligence Community agencies worked together to apprehend KSM during his time in Qatar and in the Balkans. However, KSM's frequent travels, and the slow pace of efforts to learn his whereabouts, [ ].

C. Finding KSM and Building the Case

[ ]. [Prosecutors asked that C1A continue to assist the FBI by using its assets to help establish the case. [ ].

[ ].

[It was determined that KSM was a top priority. The FBI was poised to take a photograph abroad for identification purposes. If KSM were identified from the photograph, an indictment

311

would be sought. [ ]. On December 30, 1995 KSM was identified [page 328] from the photograph, and he was indicted by a New York City grand jury in January 1996. The indictment was sealed and would be opened once KSM was in custody].

D. [ ]

[ ].

[ ].

[ ].

[ ].

312

E. Link to al-Qa'ida Discovered

The Intelligence Community was not sure ofKSM's alliances until after [ ]. For example, a December 1995 CIA cable stated, " As far as we know, Yousef and his [page 329] confederates -such as [KSM] -are not allied with an organized terrorist group and cannot readily call upon such an organized unit to execute retaliatory strikes against the U.S. or countries that have cooperated with the U.S. in the extradition of Yousefand his associates."

[This assessment changed in 1996 when a foreign government shared information that Bin Ladin and KSM had traveled together to a foreign country the previous year. 1n August 1998, after the bombing of the U.S. Embassy in Nairobi, another foreign government sent CIA a list of the names of individuals who flew into Nairobi before the attack. Based on information delivered by another liaison service, CIA recognized that one of the passengers' names was an alias for KSM. The liaison report also described KSM as close to Bin Ladin. In an interview, the FBI agent responsible for the KSM case could not remember this information, even though it had been disseminated by CIA. This information and subsequent reporting led the CIA to see KSM as part of Bin Ladin's organization. Several CIA cables indicated that following up on information relevant to KSM was essential, given his past activities and his links to al-Qa'ida].

F. The Emphasis on Renditions

[ ].

[ ]: Page 330]

313

[ ].


Only once before September 11 did an analyst write requirements that were intended to determine KSM's role in al-Qa'ida, his future plans, or other traditional intelligence concerns.

G. KSM's U.S. Connection

[Though KSM had numerous links to the United States, it appears that information concerning such links was difficult to discover and did not generate an aggressive response. The Intelligence Community knew that KSM had attended college in the United States in the 1980s. Both the CIA and FBI tried to track this down, but they were unsuccessful until the Kuwaitis published information in the media. CIA disseminated a report that KSM had traveled to the United States as recently as May 2001 and was sending recruits to the United States to meet colleagues already in the country did not cause the Intelligence Community to mobilize, even though it contained apparently significant [ ] information. The report explained that KSM was a relative of convicted World Trade center bomber Ramzi Yousef, appeared to be one of Bin Ladin's most trusted lieutenants and was active in recruiting people to travel outside Afghanistan, including to the United States, to carry out unspecified activities on behalf of Bin Ladin. According to the report, he continued to travel frequently to the United States, including as recently as May 2001, and routinely told others that he could arrange their entry into the United States as well. Reportedly, these individuals were expected to establish contact with colleagues already there. The clear implication of his comments, according to the report, was that they would be engaged in planning terrorist-related activities].

[Page 331]

The CIA did not find the report credible, but noted that it was worth pursuing in case it was accurate: "if it is KSM, we have both a significant threat and an opportunity to pick him up." The Joint Inquiry requested that CIA review this particular source report and provide information

314

concerning how CTC, CIA field personnel, and other agencies reacted to this information. That information has not been received.

H. The Hunt for KSM Continues

[Since September 11, the CIA has come to believe that KSM may have been responsible for all Bin Ladin operations outside Afghanistan. In Spring 2002, intelligence indicated that he played a leading role in the USS Cole bombing. In the Summer 2002, CIA created a new High Value Target Team to track and target terrorist masterminds such as KSM. In the summer of 2002, KSM appeared along with Ramzi Bin al-Shibh in a taped al-Jazeera interview. Despite Bin al-Shibh's capture in Pakistan shortly thereafter, KSM has not yet been found].

VI. The FBI's Investigation of Zacarias Moussaoui Before September 11

Zacarias Moussaoui came to the attention of the FBI as the Intelligence Community was detecting numerous signs of an impending terrorist attack against U.S. interests somewhere in the world. He was in the custody of the Immigration and Naturalization Service (INS) on September 11, 2001. The Joint Inquiry examined whether information resulting from the FBI's investigation of Moussaoui could have alerted the government to the scope and nature of the attacks on September 11.

From interviews with flight school personnel and with Moussaoui himself in August 2001, the FBI pieced together the details of his arrival in the United States. Moussaoui contacted the Airman Flight School in Oklahoma by e-mail on September 29, 2000 and expressed interest in taking lessons to fly a small Cessna aircraft. On February 23, 2001, he entered the United States at Chicago's O'Hare Airport, traveling on a French passport that allowed him to stay in [page 331] the country without a visa for 90 days until May 22, 2001. On February 26, he began flight lessons at Airman Flight School.'

_______________

* On March I, 2003, Khalid Shaykh Mohammed was captured in Rawalpindi, Pakistan as a result of a joint operation by Pakistani and U.S. authorities.

315

Moussaoui was unhappy with the training and, at the end of May, contacted Pan American International Flight School in Minneapolis. While Airman provided flight lessons in piloting Cessnas and similar small aircraft, Pan Am provided ground training and access to a Boeing 747 flight simulator used by professional pilots.

Most of Pan Am's students were newly hired airline pilots, who used the flight simulator for initial training, or active airline pilots, who used the equipment for refresher training. Although anyone can sign up for lessons at Pan Am, the typical student has a pilot's license, is employed by an airline, and has several thousand flight hours. Moussaoui had none of these qualifications.

On August 11, Moussaoui and his roommate, Hussein al-Attas, arrived in Egan, Minnesota and checked into a hotel. Moussaoui began classes at Pan Am on August 13. On Wednesday, August 15, a Pan Am employee called the FBI's Minneapolis Field Office because he and other Pan Am employees had become suspicious of Moussaoui.

Before September 11, the FBI determined that Moussaoui had paid approximately $6,800 in cash for training on the Boeing 747 simulator, but met none of the usual criteria for students at the flight school. Moussaoui had no aviation background and, apparently, no pilot's license. It was also considered odd that Moussaoui simply wanted to learn the most challenging elements of flying, taking off and landing a 747, which he referred to as an "ego boosting thing."

Based on information from the flight school, the FBI field office opened an international terrorism investigation of Moussaoui. Agents within that office saw him as a threat to national security. Because the FBI field office in Minneapolis hosts and is part of a Joint Terrorism Task Force, INS agents, who share space and work closely with the FBI in Minneapolis, were able to determine immediately that Moussaoui had been authorized to stay in the United States until May 22,2001 and, thus, was "out of status" when the FBI began to investigate him in August. [Page 333] On the day the Minneapolis field office learned about Moussaoui, it asked both the CIA and the FBI's legal attache in Paris for information about him. The FBI field office also informed FBI Headquarters about the investigation.

316

FBI documents indicate Moussaoui's instructors thought that ht: had what they characterized as a "legitimate" interest in aircraft. Nonetheless, he was unlike any other student with whom his flight instructor had worked. Moussaoui began the ground school portion of the training with a Power Point presentation on aircraft systems. The instruction was reportedly useless for Moussaoui, who had no background in sophisticated aircraft systems and, apparently, had only approximately 50 hours of flight training in light civil aircraft. In addition, Moussaoui was extremely interested in the operation of the plane's doors and control panel. Pan Am found that suspicious. Further, Moussaoui reportedly said that he would "love" to fly a simulated flight from Heathrow Airport in England to John F. Kennedy Airport in New York. Thus, the Minneapolis FBI office decided to arrest Moussaoui.

In a Joint Inquiry interview, a Minneapolis FBI field office agent said that a Supervisory Agent at Headquarters had suggested that Moussaoui be put under surveillance, but Minneapolis did not have enough agents to do that. In testimony before the Joint Inquiry, however, the Minneapolis agent said that he had relied on his criminal experience in deciding to arrest Moussaoui, rather than surveilling him:

The decision on whether or not we were going to put Mr. Moussaoui under surveillance rested with me. And I made the decision that he was going to be arrested because we had a violation. The INS was participating as a member, a full member of our joint terrorism task force. My background in the criminal arena suggests that when a violation occurs and you can stop further or potential criminal activity, you act on that. So that is exactly what I instructed the agents to do. If we had the possibility of arresting him, we were going to arrest him. If we needed to surveil him, we certainly could have instituted a surveillance plan. ...It was not appropriate to do [so] in this case.


In response to questions, the agent explained in more detail why he decided to arrest Moussaoui, rather than put him under surveillance:

Because I didn't want him to get any additional time on a flight simulator that would allow him to have the knowledge that we could no longer take back from him to operate an aircraft. This provided us the opportunity to freeze the situation as it was going on right there, prevent him from gaining the knowledge that he could use at some point in the future. And, if ultimately we determined all we could do, after interviewing him and doing some other investigative steps, if all we could do was deport him, then we would be sensitized to the fact that he was interested in doing something else and he could be put in the Tip-off System. He would be put in--the appropriate notifications could have been made if he attempted to reenter the United States. But our focus was on preventing him getting the knowledge that he would have needed. ...


317

[I]t is important to remember the circumstances that were present before September 11th. We had no real incidents of airplane hijacking that had happened domestically within the preceding decade. We now have a different perspective, that it is very, very difficult to go back and forget and not acknowledge. But, again, I speak to my criminal background in saying if a violation has occurred, and we can take further steps to stop what could speak to a continued violation, we will act. And those were the circumstances under which I made that decision.


Thus, on August 16,2001, FBI agents, along with two INS agents, went to Moussaoui's hotel. The INS agents temporarily detained Moussaoui and his roommate, Hussein al-Attas, while checking to determine if they were legally in the United States. Al-Attas showed the INS agents a valid student visa and agreed to allow the agents to search his property in the hotel room.

Moussaoui showed the agents his passport case, which included his passport, a British driver's license, a bank statement showing a deposit of $32,000 in cash to an Oklahoma account, and a notification from INS acknowledging his request to extend his stay in the United States. The INS agents determined that Moussaoui had not received an extension beyond May 22, 2001, and they therefore took him into custody.

Moussaoui declined to allow the agents to search his belongings. When the agents told him that he would be deported, Moussaoui agreed to let the agents take his belongings to the INS office for safekeeping. In packing those items, the agents noticed that Moussaoui had a laptop computer.

[Page 335]

The agents interviewed Moussaoui at the INS office in Minneapolis. He told them that he had traveled to Morocco, Malaysia, and Pakistan for business, although he could not provide details of his employment or convincingly explain the $32,000 bank balance.

After Moussaoui's detention, the Minneapolis case agent called the field office's legal counsel and asked if there was any way to search Moussaoui's possessions without his consent. He was told that he had to obtain a search warrant. Over the ensuing days, Minneapolis agents considered several alternatives, including a criminal search warrant and a Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA) Court search order. They also considered deporting Moussaoui to France, after arranging for French authorities to search his possessions and share their findings

318

with the FBI. Adding to the sense of urgency, a supervisor in the INS Minneapolis office told the FBI that INS typically does not hold visa-waiver violators like Moussaoui for more than 24 hours before returning them to their home countries. Under the circumstances, however, the supervisor said that INS would hold Moussaoui for seven to ten days.
After August 17, the FBI did not conduct additional interviews of Moussaoui. On Saturday, August 18, Minneapolis sent a detailed memorandum to FBI Headquarters describing the Moussaoui investigation and concluding that Minneapolis had reason to believe that Moussaoui, al-Attas "and others yet unknown" were conspiring to seize control of an airplane, based on Moussaoui's "possession of weapons and his preparation through physical training for violent confrontation."

In Joint Inquiry interviews, FBI Minneapolis field office agents said that FBI Headquarters advised against trying to obtain a criminal search warrant as that might prejudice subsequent efforts to obtain a FISA Court order. Under FISA, an order warrant could be obtained if the agents could establish probable cause to believe that Moussaoui was an agent of a foreign power and that he had engaged in international terrorism or was preparing to do so. FBI Headquarters was concerned that if a criminal warrant were denied and the agents then tried to obtain a FISA Court order, the FISA Court would think the agents were trying to use authority for an intelligence investigation to pursue a criminal case.

[Page 336]

Around this time, an attorney in the National Security Law Unit at FBI Headquarters asked the Chief Division Counsel in the Minneapolis field office whether she had considered trying to obtain a criminal warrant. The Chief Division Counsel replied that a FISA order would be the safer course. Minneapolis also wanted to notify, through the local U.S. Attorney's Office, the Criminal Division within the Department of Justice about Moussaoui, believing it was obligated to do so under Attorney General guidelines that require notification when there is a "reasonable indication" of a felony. FBI Headquarters advised the Minneapolis field office that there was not enough evidence to justify notifying the Criminal Division.

The Minneapolis field office agent became increasingly frustrated with what he perceived as a lack of assistance from the Radical Fundamentalist Unit (RFU) at Headquarters. He had had

319

conflicts with the RFU agent over FISA issues earlier and believed that Headquarters was not being responsive to the threat Minneapolis had identified. At the suggestion of a Minneapolis supervisor, the agent contacted an FBI officer who had been detailed to the CTC. The agent shared the details of the Moussaoui investigation with the CTC detailee and provided the names of Moussaoui's associates. The agent explained in a Joint Inquiry interview that he was looking for any information CTC could provide to strengthen the case linking Moussaoui to international terrorism.

On August 21, the Minneapolis field office agent sent an e-mail to the RFU Supervisory Special Agent handling this matter:

[It's] imperative that the [U.S. Secret Service] be apprised of this threat potential indicated by the evidence. ...If [Moussaoui] seizes an aircraft flying from Heathrow to NYC, it will have the fuel on board to reach D.C.


The RFU supervisory special agent sent a teletype to several U.S. Government agencies on September 4, 2001, recounting the interviews of Moussaoui and al-Attas and other information the FBI had obtained in the meantime. The teletype, however, merely described the investigation. It did not place Moussaoui's actions in the context of the increased level of terrorist threats during the summer of 2001, and it did not analyze Moussaoui's actions or plans or present information about the type of threat he might have presented.

[Page 337]

A CIA officer detailed to FBI Headquarters learned of the Moussaoui investigation from CTC personnel in the third week of August. The officer was alarmed about Moussaoui for several reasons. First, Moussaoui had denied being a Muslim to the flight instructor, while al-Attas, Moussaoui's companion at the flight school, informed the FBI that Moussaoui was a fundamentalist. Further, the fact that Moussaoui was interested in using the Minneapolis flight school simulator to learn to fly from Heathrow to Kennedy Airport made the CIA officer suspect that Moussaoui was a potential hijacker. As a result of these concerns, CIA Stations were advised by cable of the facts known about Moussaoui and al-Attas and were asked to provide information they had. Based on information received from the FBI, CIA described the two in the cable as "suspect 747 airline attackers" and "suspect airline suicide attacker[s]," who might be "involved in a larger plot to target airlines traveling from Europe to the U.S."

320

On Wednesday, August 22, the FBI Legat in Paris provided a report that [] started a series of discussions between Minneapolis and Headquarters RFU as to whether a specific group of Chechen rebels was a "recognized" foreign power, that is, was on the State Department's list of terrorist groups and for which the FISA Court had previously granted orders.

The RFU agent told Joint Inquiry staff that, based on advice he received from the NSLU, he believed that the Chechen rebels were not a "recognized" foreign power and that, even if Moussaoui were to be linked to them, the FBI could not obtain a search order under FISA. The RFU agent told the Minneapolis agents that they had to connect Moussaoui to al-Qa'ida, which he believed was a "recognized" foreign power. The Minneapolis case agent later testified before the Joint Inquiry that he had had no training in FISA, but that he believed that "we needed to identify a¬ and the term that was thrown around was 'recognized foreign power' and so that was our operational theory."

As the FBI's Deputy General Counsel would later testify, the agents were incorrect. The FBI can obtain a search warrant under FISA for an agent of any international terrorist group, including Chechen rebels. Because of this misunderstanding, the Minneapolis field office spent valuable time and resources trying to connect the Chechen group to al-Qa'ida. The Minneapolis field office agent contacted CTC, asking for additional information regarding connections between the group and al-Qa'ida. The Minneapolis supervisor also suggested that the RFU agent contact CTC for assistance on the issue. The RFU agent responded that he had all the information he needed and requested that Minneapolis work through FBI Headquarters when contacting CTC in the future. Ultimately, the RFU agent agreed to submit Minneapolis' FISA request to attorneys in the FBI's NSLU for review.

In interviews, several FBI attorneys with whom the RFU agent consulted confirmed that they advised the RFU agent that the evidence was insufficient to link Moussaoui to a foreign power. One of the attorneys noted that Chechen rebels were not an international foreign terrorism group under FISA. The Deputy General Counsel, however, testified before the Joint Committee that "no one in the national security law arena said that Chechens were not a power that. ..could qualify as a foreign power under the FISA statute." The FBI attorneys also said that, had they had

321

been aware of the July 2001 communication from the Phoenix field office raising concerns about al-Qa'ida flight training in the U.S., they would have forwarded the FISA request to the Justice Department's Office of Intelligence Policy and Review.

Two FBI agents assigned to the Oklahoma City field office's international terrorism squad visited Airman Flight School on August 23 as part of the Moussaoui investigation. In September 1999, one of the agents had been assigned a lead from the Orlando field office to inquire at the flight school about another individual, who had been identified as Usama Bin Ladin's personal pilot and who had received flight training at Airman Flight School. The agent had not been given any background information about this individual, and he did not know that the person had cooperated with the Bureau during the East Africa U.S. embassy bombings trial. Although the agent told the Joint Inquiry that this lead had been the most significant terrorism information he had seen in Oklahoma City, he did not remember it when he returned to the flight school two years later to ask questions about Moussaoui. The agent acknowledged that he should have connected the two visits but he did not have time to do so.

[Page 339]

[The Joint Inquiry also confirmed that an individual, who attempted to post bond for Moussaoui's roommate, had been the subject of a full-field FBI international terrorism investigation in the Oklahoma City Field Office. According to FBI reports, this individual was a Vice President of Overseas Operations and Recruiting for al-Fatah, the Palestinian group, and a member of the Muslim Brotherhood. He was also a close associate of [ ], the imam at the Islamic Center [ ], which hijackers al-Hazmi and al-Midhar attended when they lived there. That imam was also a close associate of the imam in San Diego who served as the hijackers I spiritual leader. The Minneapolis field office agent and the head of the RFU both testified that neither of them knew that the individual who had attempted to post bond for Moussaoui's roommate was the subject of a terrorism investigation before September 11 ].

On August 27, the RFU agent told the Minneapolis supervisor that the supervisor was getting people "spun up" over Moussaoui. According to his notes and his statement to the Joint Inquiry, the supervisor replied that he was trying to get people at FBI Headquarters "spun up" because he was trying to make sure that Moussaoui "did not take control of a plane and fly it into the World Trade Center." The Minneapolis agent said that the Headquarters agent told him:

322

[T]hat's not going to happen. We don't know he's a terrorist. You don't have enough to show he is a terrorist. You have a guy interested in this type of aircraft - that is it.


[On August 28, the RFU agent edited, and returned to Minneapolis for comment, the request for a FISA Court order that Minneapolis had prepared. The RFU agent told the Joint Inquiry that it was not unusual for FBI Headquarters agents to make changes to field submissions. The major substantive change was removal of information that tried to make connections between the Chechen rebels and al-Qa'ida. After the edit was complete, the RFU agent briefed the FBI Deputy General Counsel, who told the Joint Inquiry that he agreed with the agent that there was insufficient information to show that Moussaoui was an agent of a foreign power].

The Bureau's focus shifted to arranging for Moussaoui's planned deportation to France, planned for September 17. French officials had agreed to search his belongings and provide the results to the FBI. Although the FBI was no longer considering a FISA Court order, no one [Page 340] revisited the idea of attempting to obtain a criminal search warrant, even though the only reason for not attempting to obtain a criminal search warrant earlier -concern that it would prejudice a request under FISA -no longer existed.

On Thursday, September 4, Headquarters sent a teletype to the Intelligence Community and other government agencies, including the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), providing information about the Moussaoui investigation. The teletype noted that Moussaoui was being held in custody, but did not describe any particular threat that the FBI thought he posed --for example, that he might be connected to a larger plot. The teletype also did not recommend that the addressees take action or look for additional indicators of a terrorist attack. It also did not provide any analysis of a possible hijacking threat or specific warnings. The following day, the Minneapolis field office agent hand-carried the teletype to two employees of the FAA's Bloomington, Minnesota office and briefed them on the investigation. The two FAA employees told the Joint Inquiry that the agent did not convey any urgency about the teletype and did not ask them to take specific action. The final preparations for Moussaoui's deportation were underway on September 11.

323

The Joint Inquiry record demonstrates that the FB1's focus when Moussaoui was taken into custody appears to have been almost entirely on investigating specific crimes and not on identifying links between investigations or on sharing information with other agencies with counterterrorist responsibilities. The RFU chief testified that no one at Headquarters saw a connection between the Moussaoui case and the Phoenix communication, the possible presence of al-Mihdhar and al-Hazmi in the United States, and the flood of warnings about possible terrorists attacks in the United States, some using airplanes as weapons, all of which developed in the spring and summer of2001. Moreover, as the RFU Chief testified, before September 11, the FBI did not canvass persons in custody and cooperating with the government in terrorist investigations to see whether they knew Moussaoui. After September 11, FBI agents showed one of those persons a photograph of Moussaoui and asked him what he knew of Moussaoui. He asserted that he had met Moussaoui in an al-Qa'ida terrorist camp in Afghanistan. When asked about this during testimony before the Joint Inquiry, the RFU Chief admitted that "[t]he photograph was not shown before 9/11 and it should have been."

[The indictment against Moussaoui, which was filed on December 11, 2001, alleges that Moussaoui possessed a number of items on August 16, 2001. On that day, which is when FBI and INS agents first interviewed him, the INS took Moussaoui's possessions for safekeeping. Absent search authority, however, the possessions were not examined at that time. As it turned out, according to the indictment, Moussaoui's possessions included letters indicating that Moussaoui was a marketing consultant in the United States for Infocus Tech. The letters had been signed in October 2000 by Yazid Sufaat, whom the Intelligence Community was aware was the owner of the Malaysian condominium used for the January 2000 al-Qa'ida meeting attended by hijackers al- Mihdhar and al-Hazmi. The indictment also alleges that Moussaoui possessed a notebook listing two German telephone numbers and the name " Ahad Sabet," which the indictment states was used by Ramzi Bin al-Shibh to send funds to Moussaoui. Bin al-Shibh, who was apprehended in Pakistan in September 2002, is named in the indictment as a supporting conspirator.]

324
admin
Site Admin
 
Posts: 36135
Joined: Thu Aug 01, 2013 5:21 am

Re: Report of the Joint Inquiry Into the Terrorist Attacks o

Postby admin » Sat Mar 26, 2016 8:28 am

Part 3 of 5

VII. The Phoenix Electronic Communication

In July 2001, an FBI agent in the Phoenix field office sent an "Electronic Communication" (EC) to the Usama Bin Ladin and the Radical Fundamentalist Units at Headquarters and to several agents on an International Terrorism squad in the New York field office. The agent outlined his concerns about a coordinated effort by Bin Ladin to send students to the United States for aviation training. He noted an "inordinate number of individuals of investigative interest" taking such training in Arizona and speculated that this was part of an effort to establish a cadre of persons, trained in aviation, who could conduct terrorist activity. The EC contained a number of recommendations the agent asked FBI Headquarters to consider.

The FBI's handling of the Phoenix EC is symptomatic of its focus on short-term operational priorities, often at the expense oflong-term strategic analysis. The Bureau's ability to handle strategic analytic products, such as the EC, was limited before September 11, 2001. The EC also highlights inadequate information sharing within the FBI, particularly between operational and analytic units. Several addressees on the EC, especially at the supervisory level, did not receive it before September 11 because of limitations in the electronic dissemination [Page 342] system. The Joint Inquiry repeatedly heard such complaints about the FBI's information technology. Finally, the FBI's case-driven approach, while extremely productive in the Bureau's traditional law-enforcement mission, does not generally encourage FBI personnel to pay attention to preventive analysis and strategy, particularly when the matter appears to have no direct, immediate impact on ongoing counterterrorism investigations.

A. The Phoenix EC

The Special Agent in Phoenix who wrote the EC told the Joint inquiry he first became concerned about aviation-related terrorism in the early 1990s, while he was investigating Libyans with suspected terrorist ties who were working for U.S. aviation companies. Possible terrorists with easy access to aircraft conjured up for the agent visions of Pan Am Flight 103, which terrorists had blown up years before. His primary concern was that Islamic extremists, studying aviation subjects ranging from security to piloting, could learn how to hijack or destroy aircraft

325

and evade airport security. However, the agent told the Joint Inquiry that, in writing the EC, he never imagined terrorists using airplanes as was done on September 11.

The Phoenix EC focused on ten individuals who were subjects of FBI investigations, Sunni Muslims from Kenya, Pakistan, Algeria, the United Arab Emirates, India, and Saudi Arabia. Not all were in flight training; several were aeronautical engineering students, and one was studying international aviation security.

The Phoenix agent testified that in April 2000 he interviewed the primary subject of the EC. In the agent's experience, young foreign nationals who are subjects of interviews tend to be somewhat intimidated in their first contact with the FBI. By contrast, this subject told the agent that he considered the U.S. Government and military to be legitimate targets of Islam. The agent noticed a poster of Bin Ladin and another poster of wounded Chechen mujahideen fighters in the subject's apartment. He was also concerned that the subject, who was taking expensive aviation training, was from a poor Middle Eastern country and had not studied aviation before his arrival in the United States.

[Page 343]

The agent described to the Joint Inquiry another incident that increased his suspicion about Middle Eastern flight students in the Phoenix area. During a physical surveillance, the agent determined that the primary subject of the Phoenix EC was using a vehicle registered to another person, who in 1999 had been detained with a third person after trying to gain access to the cockpit of a commercial airliner on a domestic flight. The two told FBI agents who questioned them that they thought the cockpit was the bathroom, and they accused the Bureau of racism. After an investigation, they were released and the case was closed. In November 2000, the subject's name was added to the State Department's watchlist after intelligence information was received that he may have received explosive and car bomb training in Afghanistan. In August 2001, the same person applied for a visa to re-enter the United States and, as a result of the watchlisting, was denied entry.

Finally, the Phoenix agent's concern about Middle Eastern flight students in Arizona was fueled by suspicion that al-Qa'ida had an active presence in Arizona. Several Bin Ladin operatives had lived and traveled to the Phoenix area, and one of them --Wadih EI-Hage, a Bin

326

Ladin lieutenant --had been convicted for his role in the 1998 East Africa U.S. embassy bombings. The agent believes that El-Hage established a Bin Ladin support network in Arizona that is still in place.

• The Phoenix EC requested that FBI Headquarters consider four recommendations: Headquarters should accumulate a list of civil aviation university and colleges around the country;
• FBI offices should establish liaison with these schools;
• Headquarters should discuss the theories in the EC with the Intelligence Community; and
• Headquarters should consider seeking authority to obtain visa information on persons seeking to attend flight schools.

[Page 344]

B. Headquarters' Response to the Phoenix EC

When the Phoenix agent sent the EC to FBI Headquarters, he requested that the Radical Fundamentalist Unit (RFU) and the Usama Bin Ladin Unit (UBLU) consider implementing the suggested actions. The Phoenix agent explained in testimony to the Joint Inquiry that:

Basically what I wanted was an analytic product. I wanted this discussed with the Intelligence Community. I wanted to see if my hunches were correct.


The EC was initially assigned to an Intelligence Operations Specialist (IOS) in the RFU, who worked on it with a Intelligence Operations Specialist in the UBLU. The latter consulted two lOSs in her unit, mentioning specifically the paragraph in the EC about obtaining visa information. Their discussion centered on the legality of the proposal and whether it raised profiling issues. The IOS also decided to forward the EC to the Portland FBI field office because a person named in the EC, with ties to suspected terrorists arrested in the Middle East in early 2001, was an employee of an airline and had previously lived and studied in the northwestern United States. Portland did not take action on the communication or disseminate it because it was sent to the field for "informational purposes" only.

327

On August 7, 2001, the Specialists in the two units decided that the matter should be closed. The Specialist in the UBLU told the Joint inquiry that she intended to return to the project once she had time to do additional research, but on September 1 I, she had not yet had an opportunity to do so. Both Specialists also said that they had considered assigning the Phoenix communication to a Headquarters analytic unit, but had decided against it.

The Chiefs of both the RFU and UBLU informed the Joint Inquiry that they did not see the Phoenix EC before September 11. They do not remember even hearing about the flight school issue until after September 11. An FBI audit of the central records system requested by the Joint Inquiry supports their statements.

[Page 345]

The Phoenix EC was also not shared with other agencies before September 11, although the former Chief of the FBI's International Terrorism Operations Section explained in testimony to the Joint Inquiry:

One of the great frustrations is that [the Phoenix Communication] talks about airlines-we have F AA people in the [International Terrorism Operations Section]; it talks about intelligence-we have CIA people; it talks about visas-there are State Department people and immigration people in that unit. That information should have been shared, if only for [informational] purposes, with all those people at our Headquarters. And it wasn't done, and it should have been done.


In fact, Transportation Security Administration Assistant Undersecretary for Intelligence Claudio Manno testified at a Joint Inquiry hearing that "the first time that we saw [the Phoenix EC] was when it was brought to our attention by [the Joint Inquiry Staff]. Had the F AA received the memo before September 11, Mr. Manno believes that:

[W]e would have started to ask a lot more probing questions of FBI as to what this was all about, to start with. There were a number of things that were done later to try to determine what connections these people may have had to flight schools by going back [to information] maintained by the FAA to try to identify additional people. ...[I]n fact our process is whenever we get a threat, we open. ..an intelligence case file, and that is so we segregate that issue from the hundreds and hundreds and hundreds of other intelligence reports that we get and that we focus on it. And the work that may entail in trying to determine whether this is a credible threat, something that needs to be acted upon, maybe going back and working with FBI to try and get additional information. In some cases it can be working with the State Department or the CIA if it requires overseas work. So we make all efforts to try to get to the bottom of what this is all about.


328

C. New York FBI Office Action in Connection with the Phoenix EC

The Phoenix EC was sent to two FBI New York field agents who specialize in Bin Ladin cases. They were asked to "read and clear" the memorandum, but were not asked to take follow-up action. A Joint Inquiry audit of electronic records shows that at least three people in New York saw the EC before September 11. Two of the three do not recall seeing the communication [page 346] before September 11; the third remembers reading it, but said that it did not resonate with him because he found it speculative.

The New York agents stated in Joint Inquiry interviews that they had been aware that Middle Eastern men frequently came to the United States for flight training because the United States was considered the best and most reasonably priced venue for such training. In the agents, view, information about Middle Eastern men with ties to Usama Bin Ladin receiving flight training in the United States would not necessarily be alarming because the agents knew that persons connected to al-Qa'ida had already received training in the United States. Before September 11, many agents believed that Bin Ladin needed pilots to operate aircraft he had purchased in the United States to move men and material. Two pilots with al-Qa'ida ties testified for the government during the East African embassy bombing trial.

Nonetheless, the FBI had also received reports not entirely consistent with this view of Bin Ladin pilots. One of those who testified and one other pilot had been trained in al-Qa'ida camps in Afghanistan to conduct terrorist operations. One who had received training in surveillance and intelligence apparently was selected for the course because of his aviation skills. In addition, the FBI's New York field office was one of the recipients of the 1997 communication from FBI Headquarters, asking that the field office identify Islamic students from certain countries who were studying aviation within its area of responsibility.

D. Handling of Phoenix EC Indicates FBI Headquarters Weaknesses

The manner in which FBI Headquarters handled the Phoenix EC provides valuable insight into the Bureau's operational environment before September 11, 2001. A number of FBI

329

executives have acknowledged that the handling of the EC illustrates important weaknesses before September 11. For example, Director Mueller told the Joint Inquiry:

...the Phoenix memo should have been disseminated to all field offices and to our sister agencies, and it should have triggered a broader analytical approach. ... These incidents. ..have informed us on needed changes, particularly the need to improve accountability, analytic capacity and resources, information sharing and technology, to name but a few.


[Page 347]

The Joint Inquiry found that the FBI's strategic, analytic, and technological problems were the primary weaknesses demonstrated by the handling of the Phoenix EC. As a supervisory Headquarters agent testified: "when you want to look at systemic problems, ...clearly you are going to be focused in on strategic analysis and you are going to be focused in on technology; and to run a national program you have to do both."

The Phoenix EC demonstrates how strategic analysis took a back seat to operational priorities at the Bureau before September 11. Many people throughout the government and the FBI believed that an attack was imminent in Summer 2001, but this led only to further de- emphasis of strategic analysis. For example, the Specialist in the UBL unit who handled the Phoenix EC was primarily concerned with a person in the EC connected to persons arrested overseas and paid less attention to the flight school theories.

The RFU Chief told the Joint Inquiry that because he could not keep up with the approximately one hundred pieces of mail he saw daily, he assigned responsibility for reviewing intelligence reports to an Intelligence Operations Specialist in the unit. Even the FBI analytic unit responsible for strategic analysis was largely producing tactical products to satisfy the operational section. There was no system for handling projects with nationwide impact, such as the Phoenix EC, differently than other matters. In fact, the Phoenix agent testified that he recognized the possibility that his EC might not receive a great deal of attention.

I am also a realist. I understand that the people at FBI Headquarters are terribly overworked and understaffed, and they have been for years. And at the time that I am sending this in, having worked this stuff for thirteen years, and watched the unit in action over the years, I knew that this was going to be at the bottom of the pile, so to speak, because they were dealing with real-time threats, real-time issues trying to render fugitives back to the United States from overseas for justice.


330

The handling of the Phoenix EC also exposed information sharing problems among FBI Headquarters elements. A number of analysts commented in Joint Inquiry interviews that the UBLU and RFU frequently do not share information with the International Terrorism analytic unit. A UBLU supervisor explained that the Investigative Services Division, of which the analytic unit is a part, was not a "major player" and that information was often not shared with it. In testimony before the Joint Inquiry, the FBI's Deputy Assistant Director for Counterterrorism Analysis referred to strategic analysis as the Bureau's "poor stepchild" before September 11. As a result, strategic analysts were often marginalized by the operational units and rarely if ever received requests from those units for assessments of pending al-Qa'ida cases.

Even if the Phoenix EC had been transmitted to the International Terrorism Analytic Unit, its capacity to conduct strategic analysis on al- Qa'ida was limited because five of the unit's analysts had been transferred to operational units. According to the Chief of the National Security Intelligence Section, the Bureau had no personnel dedicated solely to strategic analysis before September 11. The Joint Inquiry has also been told that, as competent new analysts arrived, UBLU and RFU would recruit them as operational support analysts or refuse to share information with them if they remain in the analytic unit.

Due to the FBI's technological limitations, operational units, such as UBLU and RFU, controlled information flow. Strategic analysts often had to rely on operational units for incoming intelligence, a problem the FBI's Deputy Assistant Director for Counterterrorism Analysis acknowledged before the Joint Inquiry: "[because] the FBl lacked effective data mining capabilities and analytical tools, it has often been unable to retrieve key information and analyze it in a timely manner-and a lot has probably slipped through the cracks as a result." Thus, even if the project had been assigned to an al-Qa'ida analyst in the analytic unit, there can be no guarantee that the several reports the FBI had received about airplanes as weapons and terrorist networks sending students to flight schools in the United States would have been drawn together.

The handling of the Phoenix EC also illustrates the extent to which technological limitations affected information flow because most EC addressees have told the Joint Inquiry that they had not seen the EC before September 11. The FBI's electronic system is not designed to ensure that all addressees receive communications, a point a Headqual1ers supervisory agent

331

addressed in testimony before the Joint Inquiry: "I can tell you that, based on my position, that my name is on hundreds, if not thousands of documents in that building that will probably not be brought to my attention." In fact, the electronic system was considered so unreliable that many [page 349] personnel in the field and at Headquarters used e-mail and followed up personally on important communications to ensure that they were not neglected. The same supervisory agent described the FBI's information systems as "a setup for failure in terms of keeping a strategic picture of what we are up against." He went on to conclude that, "the technology problems...are still there."

RFU and UBLU policies at the time of the Phoenix EC gave the person to whom the matter was assigned discretion to determine which people in the unit would see the report. One FBI employee said that he was not certain why the Phoenix agent put all the addressees on the EC but believes the Intelligence Operations Specialist probably decided that the EC was more relevant to UBLU and therefore did not route the communication to all addressees within the RFU.

E. Links from the Phoenix EC to September 11

FBI officials have noted in public statements and Joint Inquiry testimony that the September 11 hijackers did not associate with anyone of "investigative interest." However, there are indications that hijacker Hani Hanjour, who was unknown to the Intelligence Community and law enforcement agencies before September 11, associated with [-.-], an individual who was mentioned in the Phoenix EC, had taken flight training in the United States, and was possibly a radical fundamentalist. There are several reasons why [ ]'s association with Hanjour did not bring Hanjour to the FBI's attention before September 11.

FBI personnel believe that, beginning in 1997, Hanjour and the person named in the Phoenix EC trained together at a flight school in Arizona and may also have known each other through a religious center. The Bureau attempted to investigate this person in May 2001 , but discovered that he was out of the country. The Phoenix office generally did not open investigations on persons they believed had permanently left the United States. Although there were no legal bars to opening an investigation, Headquarters discouraged this practice. The Phoenix office did not notify [NS, the State Department, or CIA of its interest in this person. The

332

[page 350] FBI was apparently unaware that the person returned to the United States soon thereafter and may have associated with Hanjour and several other Islamic extremists.

For the FBI to be aware that persons of investigative interest have returned to the United States, close contact must be maintained with INS and CIA. Unfortunately, before September 11, no system was in place to ensure coordination. In this case, the FBI did not notify the INS, State Department, or CIA of its interest in the Phoenix subject. Therefore, this person was able to get back into the United States without any notification to the FBI.

The FBI has confirmed since September 11, 2001, that another individual mentioned in the Phoenix EC is also connected to the al-Qa'ida network. This individual was arrested [ ] in Pakistan in 2002 with [ ], one of the most prominent al-Qa'ida figures and one of the primary al-Qa'ida facilitators.

F. Previous FBI Focus on Suspected Terrorists at U.S. Flight Schools

The Phoenix EC must be understood in a broader context: it was not the first occasion that the FBI was concerned about terrorist groups sending persons to the United States for aviation study. The agents involved in drafting the Phoenix EC and the Headquarters personnel who worked on it were unaware of this context.

In 1981, as the U.S. military was involved in hostilities with Libya, President Reagan decided to revoke visas held by Libyan students in the United States involved in aviation or nuclear studies. In March 1983, the INS published a rule in the Federal Register, terminating the non-immigrant status of Libyan nationals or persons acting on behalf of Libyan entities engaged in aviation or nuclear studies. The INS turned to the FBI for assistance in locating such persons. In May 1983, FBI Headquarters sent a "priority" communication to all field offices, asking for assistance in complying with the INS request.

In 1998, the Chief Pilot in the FBI's Oklahoma City Field Office informed an agent on the office's counterterrorism squad that he had observed many Middle Eastern men at Oklahoma flight schools. An intra-office communication to the counterterrorism squad supervisor

333

was drafted noting the Chief Pilot's concern that the aviation education might be related to terrorist activity and his speculation that light planes would be an ideal means to spread chemical or biological agents. The communication was sent to the office's "Weapons of Mass Destruction" control file, apparently for informational purposes only with no follow-up requested or conducted.

The FBI also received reports in 1998 that a terrorist organization might be planning to bring students to the United States for flight training. The FBI was aware that persons connected to the organization had performed surveillance and security tests at airports in the United States and had made comments suggesting an intention to target civil aviation.

In 1999, the FBI received reports that another terrorist organization was planning to send students to the United States for aviation training. The purpose of this training was unknown, but organization leaders viewed the plan as "particularly important" and reportedly approved open- ended funding for it. An operational unit in the Counterterrorism Section at Headquarters instructed 24 field offices to pay close attention to Islamic students from the target country engaged in aviation training. This communication was sent to the Phoenix Office's International Terrorism squad, but the agent who wrote the Phoenix EC does not recall it. The communication requested that field offices "task sources, coordinate with the INS, and conduct other logical inquiries, in an effort to develop an intelligence baseline" regarding the terrorist group's involvement with students. There is no indication that field offices conducted any investigation after receiving the communication. The analyst who drafted it explained that he received several calls from the field for guidance since it raised concerns about the Buckley Amendment, which bars post-secondary educational institutions that receive federal funding from releasing personal information without written student consent.

The project was subsequently assigned to the International Terrorism Analytic Unit at Headquarters, where an analyst determined that 75 academic and more than 1000 non-academic institutions offered flight education in the United States. In November 2000, the analyst informed field offices that no information had been uncovered about the terrorist group recruiting students and stated that "further investigation by FBI field offices is deemed imprudent" by FBI Headquarters.

334

The former chief of the operational unit involved in this project told the Joint Inquiry that he was not surprised by the apparent lack of vigorous investigative action by the field offices. The FBI's structure often prevented Headquarters from forcing field offices to take investigative action they were unwilling to take. The FBI was so decentralized, he said, and Special Agents in Charge of field offices wielded such power that when field agents complained to a supervisor about a request from Headquarters, the latter would generally back down.

Personnel working on the Phoenix EC at Headquarters were not aware of these earlier reports on terrorist groups sending aviation students to the United States and did not know that Headquarters had undertaken a systematic effort in 1999 to identify Middle Eastern flight students in the United States. This example demonstrates the lack of information sharing in the FBI. According to interviewees, this is a problem not only at Headquarters, but also in the field. Agents often will be familiar only with cases in their own squad. The FBI's Deputy Assistant Director for Counterterrorism Analysis, recently detailed from CIA to improve the FBI's analytic capability, testified before the Joint Inquiry that the Bureau "didn't have analysts dedicated to sort of looking at the big picture and trying to connect the dots, say between the Phoenix memo... and some other information that might have come in that might have suggested that there were persons there who might be preparing to hijack aircraft."

The Phoenix agent also testified that he was unaware of most of the earlier reports on the potential use of airplanes as weapons. He explained that after a downsizing at Headquarters "we in the field...saw a decreased amount of analytical material that came out of Headquarters that could assist someone like myself in Arizona." In an interview, the agent noted that he often felt "out on an island" investigating counterterrorism in Phoenix. In his words, before September Il counterterrorism and counterintelligence were the "bastard stepchild" of the FBI because these programs do not generate career-enhancing statistics like other programs, such as Violent Crimes/Major Offenders or drugs.

[Page 353]

335

VIII. Strategic Analysis

A recurrent theme throughout this Joint Inquiry has been the need for stronger, more focused analytic capability throughout the Intelligence Community .The FBl had fewer than ten tactical analysts and only one strategic analyst assigned to al-Qa'ida before September 11. At CTC, only three analysts were assigned to al-Qa' ida full time between 1998 and 2000, and five analysts between 2000 and September 11, 2001. Including analysts from other CIA components in CIA who focused on al-Qa'ida to some degree, the total was fewer than 40 analysts. DCI Tenet acknowledged at a Joint Inquiry hearing that the number of analysts in the CTC analytic unit working on Bin Ladin and al-Qa'ida was "too small" and "we should have had more analysts than we did."

NSA had, in all, approximately [-] analysts in its Counterterrorism "Product Line," supported by analysts in other lines. Throughout 2001 , the Counterterrorism Product Line had a standing request for an additional [-] SIGINT analysts, but there was little expectation that such a large request would be satisfied. Moreover, requirements for NSA's Arabic linguists were substantial. Before September 11, only [ ] language analysts were working "campaign languages," such as Arabic, Pashto, and Dari. Today that number is almost [-], but requirements continue to increase.

When CTC was created in 1986, DIA's analytic capability remained as a parallel analytic organization. In 1993 or 1994, DIA began a concerted effort against Bin Ladin, with a total authorized strength of 80 terrorism analysts.

A. The Intelligence Community's Lack of Strategic Analysis

The Intelligence Community's analytic focus on al-Qai'da was far more oriented toward tactical analysis in support of operations than on strategic analysis intended to develop a broader understanding of the threat and the organization. For example, the DCI's National Intelligence Council never produced a National Intelligence Estimate on the threat al-Qa'ida posed to the United States. According to an August 2001 CIA Inspector General report, CTC analysts only had time to focus on crises or short-term demands and "did not have the time to spot trends or to [page

336

354] knit together the threads from the flood of information." Commenting on the CTC's analytic record, the Director of Terrorism Analysis explained during a Joint Inquiry hearing:

[W]hile the unit's production had gone up dramatically-particularly in the area of current intelligence where the increase had been more than double-production of strategic research had, in fact, remained flat. Earlier correction of these shortcomings would not have enabled us to produce explicit tactical warning of the September 11 plot-the available data was only sufficient to support the strategic warning we indeed provided -but we did recognize our shortcomings and took several steps to address them.


In a Joint Inquiry hearing, DCl Tenet explained the importance of strategic analysis:

[T]he single lesson learned from all of this is the strategic analytical piece of this has to be big and vibrant to give you the chance to be predictive, even when you don't have much information to go on. I think it's a very important point. We've made a lot of progress.


FBI witnesses identified little, if any, strategic analysis against domestic al-Qa'ida activities before September 11, 2001. The Chief of the FBI's National Security Intelligence Section testified to the Joint Inquiry that the FBI had "no analysts" dedicated to strategic analysis before September 11. In fact, as of that date, the FBl had only one analyst working on al-Qa'ida. FBI Assistant Director for Counterterrorism Dale Watson testified that he could not recall any instance where the FBI Headquarters analytical unit produced "an actual product that helped out."

In regard to the September 11 attacks, witnesses confirmed the Bureau's failure to connect information on al-Mihdhar, al-Hazmi, Moussaoui, and the FBl Phoenix memorandum in the summer of2001. The FBI's Deputy Assistant Director for Counterterrorism Analysis, recently detailed from the CIA to improve the FBI's analytic capability, testified before the Joint Inquiry that the Bureau "didn't have analysts dedicated to sort of looking at the big picture and trying to connect the dots, say between the Phoenix memo and Moussaoui and some other information that might have...suggested that there were individuals there who might be preparing to hijack aircraft."

One of the primary reasons there was so little focus on strategic analysis in the Intelligence Community may have been the perception that operational matters were more important to counterterrorism missions than analysis. Consistent with its traditional law enforcement mission, the FBI was, before September 11, a reactive, operationally-driven

337

organization that did not value strategic analysis. While FBI personnel appreciated case-specific analysis, most viewed strategic analytic products as academic and of little use in on-going operations. The FBI's Assistant Director for Counterterrorism acknowledged in Joint Inquiry testimony that the reactive nature of the FBI was not conducive to success in counterterrorism:

No one was thinking about the counterterrorism program what the threat was and what we were trying to do about it. And when that light came on, I realized that, hey, we are a reactive bunch of people, and reactive will never get us to a prevention and what we do. ...Is there anybody thinking and where's al-Qa'ida's next target? And no one was really looking at that.


The Assistant Director also acknowledged the difficulty of going beyond the FBI's traditional case-oriented approach:

We will never move away from being reactive. We understand that. And that's what people want to talk about most of the time is how's that case going in East Africa, or how's the USS Cole investigation going? But if you step back and look at it strategically you need to have people thinking beyond the horizon and that's very difficult for all of us. It's particularly difficult for law enforcement people.


A former CTC Chief also told the Joint Inquiry that in CTC:

We have underinvested in the strategic only because we've had such near-term threats. The trend is always toward the tactical. ...The tactical is where lives are saved. And it is not necessarily commonly accepted, but strategic analysis does not ...get you to saving lives.


In Joint Inquiry testimony, the FBI's Deputy Assistant Director for Counterterrorism Analysis explained that, before September 11, strategic analysis was the FBI's "poor stepchild." As a result, strategic analysts were often marginalized by operational units and rarely, if ever, received requests from operational sections for assessments of pending al-Qa'ida cases.

In 2000, FBI management aggravated this situation by transferring five strategic analysts, who had been working on al-Qa' ida matters, to operational units to assist with ongoing cases. [Page 356] According to a former Chief of the International Terrorism Analytic Unit, this "gutted" the analytic unit's al-Qa'ida expertise and left it with little capacity to perform strategic analysis.

338

Concerns about protecting criminal prosecutions also limited the FBI's ability to utilize strategic analytic products. In interviews, some analysts said they frequently were told not to produce written analyses, lest they be included in discovery during criminal prosecutions. FBI analysts were further hindered because of the limitations of the FBI's information technology.

The Bureau has had little success in building a strategic analytic capability, despite numerous attempts before September 11 to do so. For example, in 1996, the FBI hired approximately 50 strategic analysts, many with advanced degrees. Most of those analysts left the Bureau within two years because they were dissatisfied with the role of strategic analysis at the FBI.

CTC analysts also expressed concern that their opinions were no1: given sufficient weight. A CTC manager confirmed that CIA operations officers in the field resented tasks from analysts because they did not like to take direction from the Directorate of Intelligence. Despite the need for increased analytic capability, CTC reportedly refused to accept analytic support from other agencies in at least two instances before September 11. Both FAA and DIA informed the Joint Inquiry that CTC management rebuffed offers of analytic assistance because the agencies wanted in return greater access to CTC intelligence, particularly intelligence about CIA operations.

NSA analysts told Joint Inquiry staff that the CTC viewed them as subordinate, like an "ATM" for signals intelligence. The analysts attempted to accommodate CTC requests for information by focusing on short-term operational requirements, sometimes at the expense of more thorough analysis, even changing reporting formats because CTC did not like NSA analyst comments to be embedded in the text of the reports. Several NSA analysts also stated their belief that the DCI will always side with the CIA's CTC operational personnel over NSA analysts in the event of agency disagreements.

[Page 357]

B. Analyst Qualifications and Training

The Joint Inquiry explored the extent to which analysts were inexperienced, undertrained, and, in some cases, unqualified for the responsibilities they were given. At the CTC, analysts were a relatively junior group before September 11 with three years experience on the average, in

339

contrast to eight years for analysts in the CIA's Directorate of Intelligence. The Director of Terrorism Analysis explained during a closed hearing:

We had some analysts who had been on the terrorism target for some time, but... our biggest concentration was people at about the three to four years of experience, so we had a few senior analysts, a large cadre of very good, very experienced when we hired them, but nevertheless they hadn't had the ten years, fifteen years on the account that you would want. There's a historical reason for that. In the Counterterrorist Center, when it was founded, people were brought in on a rotational basis and worked there for two years, and then they welt back to their home office. So you hadn't built up that skill back in the late eighties and nineties. Starting in about '97 the Counterterrorist Center had a career service; a nurturing expertise-building service. So by 2000, when I arrived in the Center, what you had is the new people who had been hired into that career service who were reaching their own, but still in the beginning part of their careers.


A January 2002 FBI internal study found that 66% of the FBI's 1200 "Intelligence Research Specialists," or analysts, were unqualified. This problem was compounded by the fact that newly assigned analysts received little counterterrorism training. As the Chief of the FBI's National Security Intelligence Section told the Joint Inquiry:

While there was no standardized training regimen, other than a two-week basic analytical course, training was available on an ad hoc basis and guidance was provided by both the unit chiefs of the analytical units and the FBI's Administrative Services Division. The development of a standardized curriculum, linked to job skills, and career advancement was being planned. ... but it was never implemented.


A senior CTC supervisor testified at a Joint Inquiry hearing that CTC did not have enough analysts with sufficient experience to produce sophisticated, in-depth analysis in the quantities needed. In the same hearing, the FBI's Deputy Assistant Director for Counterterrorism Analysis testified that FBI analysts "had great expertise on investigations, [but] were not in a position to see the big picture [or] connect the dots." As a result, the FBI's [page 358] Counterterrorism Division had great difficulty in producing integrated intelligence assessments that provided early warning of emerging threats. Finally, the Chief of DIA's Joint Intelligence Task Force for Combating Terrorism concluded, "We are probably still in the business of describing potentials more than we are able to really render predictive analysis." That testimony reinforces an observation by a DIA senior official with broad experience in counterterrorism that Intelligence Community analysts largely perform descriptive analysis, and interpretive analysis skills have not been encouraged or built into the workforce.

340

Former NSA Director William Odom also focused on training in materials he submitted to the Joint inquiry:

[Although] the Intelligence Community's system of education and training is extensive, diverse, specialized, and fragmented...it lacks three key elements. First, nowhere is a common doctrinal understanding of intelligence functions and processes documented and taught to all Intelligence Community management and executive leadership personnel. Second, the teaching of Community-wide resource management has been generally neglected. Third, there is no educational emphasis on senior executive leadership and staff training.


C. Analysts' Access to Information

The Joint Inquiry was also told that all-source counterterrorism analysis suffered because analysts not located at CTC had limited access to "raw material" in FBI counterterrorism investigations, including Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act information, unpublished NSA information and CIA operations cables. The Special Assistant for Intelligence at DIA testified about the extent of these problems:

In my opinion, one of the most prolonged and troubling trends in the Intelligence Community is the degree to which analysts, while being expected to incorporate all sources of information into their assessments, have been systematically separated from the raw material of their trade. ...At least for a few highly complex high stakes issues, such as terrorism, where information by its nature is fragmentary, ambiguous and episodic, we need to find ways to emphatically put the "all" back in the discipline of all-source analysis.


At the FBI, information access continues to be frustrated by serious technology shortfalls. The Bureau's Deputy Assistant Director for Counterterrorism Analysis told the Joint Inquiry:

[page 359]

There were a variety of problems in sharing information, not only with other agencies, but within the Bureau itself. This was and is largely attributable to inadequate information technology. In a nutshell, because the Bureau lacks effective data mining capabilities and analytical tools, it has often been unable to retrieve key information and analyze it in a timely manner -and a lot probably has slipped through the cracks as a result.


Following the attack on the USS Cole, DIA recognized the need for better information sharing and initiated the Joint Terrorism Analysis Center. The DIA Special Assistant for Intelligence testified:

341

...a specific aspect of the concept of operations was its provisions for a highly-protected merged data base containing a [] U.S. intelligence on terrorism, regardless of sensitivity, sourcing or collection methods. This was a Director of DIA initiative to overcome the evident vulnerabilities posed by insufficient intelligence sharing within the U.S. Intelligence Community. Although Intelligence Community principals endorsed the idea at the time and since, it has so far not been implemented. ...Legacy rules, policies, interpretation of regulations, and agency cultures continue to impede information and data sharing. As a result, we cannot bring our full analytical power to bear on the terrorist threat, nor can we provide the best possible support to military planners, operators, decision makers or to other consumers of intelligence. ...[] ogress is being made and there are positive developments under way. But so far remedies remain insufficient to the magnitude of the problem.


Witnesses also described a lack of collaboration among analysts within the Intelligence Community. Terrorist-related intelligence often consists of small fragments of seemingly disparate information. Information that may seem unimportant to one agency may be critical to another. Capitalizing on the analytical strengths of each intelligence agency to understand the terrorist target from different angles should be paramount. Unfortunately, there was no mechanism in place to enable inter-agency collaboration. A former CTC Director of Terrorism Analysis described the problem:

I think the only way to overcome the various cultures of the various agencies is to force the interaction. ..where you're putting people together and getting the understanding. You do find out there are real concerns. People aren't trying to be jerks on purpose. They have problems and you start finding out about those and learning how to work with those.


[Page 360]

Although it was established with the intention that it would be the Intelligence Community's hub for counterterrorism activities, some suggested that CTC's operational focus significantly overshadowed collaborative strategic analysis. In interviews, NSA analysts, for example, said that CTC viewed them as subordinate, despite the value of their products. Constructive CTC feedback on their reports was rare. A positive step was taken in early 2001 when NSA and CTC analysts began holding bi-weekly video teleconferences, but these were suspended following September 11 due to workload demands.

DIA analysts reported that their efforts are not fully appreciated by CIA. According to a senior DIA official, a lack of trust on the part of collectors and all-source analysts underlay the failure of the CIA to share information with the rest of the Intelligence Community concerning the January 2000 Malaysia meeting that involved at least two of the September 11 hijackers.

342

Another component of collaboration is understanding the culture and information requirements of other intelligence agencies. NSA regularly sends liaison personnel to other intelligence agencies to help NSA customers better understand its products. Currently there are [ ] NSA analysts assigned to CTC; before September 11, there were [ ]. There also are [ ] NSA analysts at the FBI; before September 11, there were [ ]. These analysts often do double duty as NSA liaison and by working on projects for the offices to which they are assigned.

Conversely, no CIA analyst and only one FBI analyst works in NSA's Counterterrorism Product Line. The lack of Intelligence Community representation at NSA reportedly prevents collaboration and insight into how customers use NSA products. Over a year ago, for example, a CIA analyst agreed to an assignment at NSA. While there, she was able to scour unpublished NSA transcripts for lead information, such as [ ], of utility to CTC operations. She left after four months without a replacement, despite CTC's increasing need for leads. While the CIA analyst was at NSA, she had access to the CIA computer network, which is not otherwise available to NSA analysts. The CIA detailee conducted searches of CIA operational cables to determine how NSA products were being used by CTC and to check lead information relevant to NSA. These NSA analysts found the information very useful. When the detailee left, the CIA computer access left as well. A senior NSA analyst said that, if her office had daily access to CIA [ ] cable traffic, its productivity could increase dramatically with immediate insight into [ ] requirements and lead information. Currently, the responsibility for reviewing CTC [ ] cables for lead information falls to overworked NSA analysts assigned to CTC who usually conduct these searches "when they have the time."

D. Language Skills

[Witnesses emphasized for the Joint Inquiry the critical importance of language skills in counterterrorism analysis. The linguistic expertise needed to identify, analyze, and disseminate intelligence relating to the al-Qa'ida threat includes an understanding of colloquial expression in [ ] "terrorist languages" and dialects. [

343

]. The majority of Intelligence Community language employees, however, do not have the skills necessary to understand terrorist communications.

[According to NSA's Deputy Director for Analysis and Reporting, "[a]nalyzing, processing, translating, and reporting al-Qa'ida related [] communications requires the highest levels of language and target knowledge expertise that exists." Communicants speak all major Arabic dialects, making analysis linguistically and conceptually challenging. Evaluating these communications requires considerable subject-matter expertise in Islam in general and Islamic extremist thought in particular to ensure accurate interpretation. Very few NSA Arabic language analysts have done any graduate work in Islamic Studies, [ ]. The targeted person lives in and understands life in a thoroughly Islamic milieu that is reflected in that person's communications].

[The level of language expertise needed to work on the counterterrorist threat is very high. Subject-matter knowledge is necessary in explosives, chemistry, technical communications, [ ], paramilitary operations, weaponry and tactics. Moreover, speakers of Arabic [page 362] and other languages used by al-Qa'ida are in demand: Arabic linguists are also sought for such important issues [-] as other regional and terrorist intelligence targets].

The pool of qualified persons from which the Intelligence Community can draw to meet this challenge is very small and includes persons with military experience, university students, and those with native background or extensive experience in particular countries. Very few U.S. college graduates have more than a limited capability in Arabic. According to the 2002 Integrated Postsecondary Education Data System statistics, American colleges granted only six degrees in Arabic in the survey year, 183 in Chinese, and 339 in Russian. U.S. colleges or universities offer degrees in languages that are critical in countering the terrorist threat, such as Dari, Pashto, Punjabi, Persian- Farsi, Hindi, Urdu, Turkmen, Tadjik, Tagalog, Somali, Kurdish, Chechen, or Uzbek.

344

In sum, the Joint Inquiry was told that the quality of Intelligence Community counterterrorism analysis affected not only its strategy and operations, but also the ability of U.S. Government policymakers to understand threats and make informed decisions. Several current and former policymakers provided testimony underlining the importance of intelligence analysis. For example, Mr. Clarke, former National Coordinator for Counterterrorism, explained:

The FBI did not provide analysis. The FBI, as far as I could tell, didn't have an analytical shop. They never provided analysis to us, even when we asked for it, and I don't think that throughout that ten-year period we really had an analytical capability of what was going on in this country.


Former National Security Advisor Sandy Berger implied in his testimony that the U.S. Government has often relied too heavily on analytic expertise within its own ranks:

I think we live in a world, Congressman, in which expertise increasingly does not exist in the government. It's a very complicated world. And the five people who know Afghanistan the best or Sierra Leone the best are probably located either in academia, think tanks or in companies, not to devalue the people of the government. So we have to find a way in my judgment to integrate the expertise that exists on the outside with the information that exists on the inside.


[Page 363]

IX. Views of Outside Experts on the Intelligence Community

The Joint Inquiry interviewed and took testimony from many leading experts on the Intelligence Community. The experts touched on a wide array of topics, but much of the discussion revolved around four issues: setting priorities, strategy against international terrorism, reform of the Intelligence Community, and counterterrorism within the United States. Included in the record are, for example, the testimony and statements of several seasoned observers: Lee Hamilton, former chairman of the House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence, Judge William Webster, former Director of the Federal Bureau of Investigation and the Central Intelligence Agency, General William Odom, former Director of the National Security Agency; Frederick Hitz, former CIA Inspector General; former Senator Warren Rudman, co-chairman of the U.S. Commission on National Security/21st Century; and former Governor James Gilmore, chairman of the Advisory Panel to Assess Domestic Response Capabilities for Terrorism Involving Weapons of Mass Destruction.

345

A. Setting Priorities

Former Congressman Hamilton placed "first" on his list of reforms setting "clear priorities for the Intelligence Community." Because demand for intelligence by policymakers has become "insatiable," the Congressman argued, the Intelligence Community has become "demand driven" and "there are simply too many intelligence targets, products, and consumers." Since the end of the Cold War, there has not been a "clear set of priorities" within the Intelligence Community and, consequently, there has not been an ordered allocation of resources.

In addition, Former Congressman Hamilton noted that generally "responsibility [has been] on the consumer of the intelligence in both the Legislative and the Executive branches to set forward in some orderly manner the priorities," and he called on the National Security Council to provide guidelines for "long-term strategic planning." The two most important priorities, he urged, should be "combating and preventing terrorism" and "preventing the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction."

B. Strategy And Organization

Senator Rudman brought to the Joint Inquiry's attention a 1996 recommendation of the Aspin/Brown Commission on Roles and Capabilities of the United States Intelligence Community, "a distinguished group of Americans who spent a lot of time looking in advance of 9/11 at precisely the things that [the Joint Inquiry is] looking at post-9/11." Under the heading, "The Need for a Coordinated Response to Global Crime," the Aspin/Brown Commission recommended that, in responding to terrorism and other transnational criminal dangers to the American people, the U.S. Government may have to develop "strategies which employ diplomatic, economic, military, or intelligence measures. ..instead of, or in collaboration with, law enforcement response." This made it essential "that there be overall direction and coordination of U.S. response to global crime." Senator Rudman reflected, "I will tell you that nobody evidently read it."

346

Congressman Hamilton stated the broad case for reorganizing the Intelligence Community, which he described as now a "loose confederation" with redundant efforts, imbalances between collection and analysis, and coordination problems:

The very phrase 'Intelligence Community' is intriguing. It demonstrates how decentralized and fragmented our intelligence capabilities are. ...New intelligence priorities demand a reorganization of the Intelligence Community. ... [W]e really are in a new era, and we must think anew.


Joint Inquiry witnesses expressed a range of views on two interrelated questions about the organization of the Intelligence Community:

--whether Community leadership should be vested in a new, cabinet-level Director of National Intelligence (DNI) with Community-wide responsibilities beyond those now vested in the Director of Central Intelligence (DCI), particularly with regard to budget planning and execution; and [page 365]

--whether the "double-hatting," by which the DCI is also the Director of the Central Intelligence Agency, should be ended so that the DNI becomes the President's principal intelligence advisor with authority to lead the Community, while a separate Director oversees the CIA.

C. Should a Strong Director of National Intelligence be Established?

Congressman Hamilton testified that:

[w]e need a single cabinet-level official who is fully in charge of the Intelligence Community, a Director of National Intelligence or DNI." To fulfill that role, the DNI "must be in frequent and candid contact with the President[,] have his full confidence...have control over much, if not most of, the Intelligence Community budget, and the power to manage key appointments. [Presently, the DCI] does not have this control, and thus [the DCI] lacks authority.


Former National Security Advisor Sandy Berger also stated:

...[S]trengthening the DCI's authority to plan, program and budget for intelligence collection, analysis and dissemination will permit much more effective integration of our intelligence priorities and efforts, including better concentration on counterterrorism.

347

A DNI with authority over management and particularly budget, Congressman Hamilton concluded, is important for "responsibility and accountability":

The person who controls the budget controls the operation. And if you don't have budget authority, you are dramatically undercut in your ability to manage the operation. That's why the bureaucrats fight so hard over budget. Budget is power.


General Odom expressed a limited difference on the extent of the proposed Director of National Intelligence's budget authority: "I think Congressman Hamilton wants more executive budget authority than I do, but otherwise I think we overlap enormously." The General would give the DNI the planning power necessary to take "an overall comprehensive look" at the intelligence budget and assess whether intelligence agencies are adequately funded. He would not give the DNI budget "execution" or "spending" power, which would require that Congress [page 366] rewrite regulations governing Department of Defense spending because NSA, a principal member of the Intelligence Community, is a component of the Department of Defense.

D. Should the Same Person be both DNI and Director of the CIA?

Several experts called for separate heads of the Intelligence Community and the CIA. Former National Security Advisor Sandy Berger "encourage[d] the Committees to consider proposals to separate the DCI and CIA Director positions, so the DCI can focus primarily on Community issues and not just CIA concerns." Congressman Hamilton was even more definite: to avoid a "natural bias" toward the CIA, the head of the CIA should not also be the DNI: "You cannot be head of the Intelligence Community and head of the CIA at the same time. There's a conflict there. And I want someone over all that. ..." General William Odom, former Director of the National Security Agency; added: "The DCI becomes trapped if he's also directing an agency, and therefore he doesn't look at the Community as a whole as much as he could."

Judge Webster disagreed with separate appointments and roles for the head of the Community and the CIA and argued instead for keeping the DCI "double-hatted," but strengthening the DCI role.

[M]ore emphasis [should be put] on finally addressing the lack of real authority that the DCI has over the Intelligence Community. He does not write the report cards on the agency heads. He does not even pick the agency heads. He has nominal authority over the budget. ...


348
admin
Site Admin
 
Posts: 36135
Joined: Thu Aug 01, 2013 5:21 am

PreviousNext

Return to Another View on 9/11

Who is online

Users browsing this forum: No registered users and 6 guests